UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________
 
Form 10-K
________________
 
(Mark One)
 
þ
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
 
or
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the transition period from                to
 
Commission file number: 000-22339
________________
 
RAMBUS INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
________________
 
Delaware
94-3112828
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
4440 El Camino Real
94022
Los Altos, California
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(650) 947-5000
________________
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $.001 Par Value
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
Preferred Share Purchase Rights
(The NASDAQ Global Select Market)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
________________
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes o      No   o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  þ
Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  o
Smaller reporting company  o
   
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  o      No  þ

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2009 was approximately $1.2 billion based upon the closing price reported for such date on The NASDAQ Global Select Market. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of Common Stock held by officers and directors of the Registrant and persons that may be deemed to be affiliates under the Act have been excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, $.001 par value, was 115,648,517 as of January 29, 2010.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Certain information is incorporated into Part III of this report by reference to the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s annual meeting of stockholders to be held on or about April 29, 2010 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Form 10-K.




 


TABL E OF CONTENTS

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements                                                                                                                                                        
2
   
PART I.                                                                                                                                                        
3
Business                                                                                                                                       
4
Risk Factors                                                                                                                                       
11
Unresolved Staff Comments                                                                                                                                       
24
Properties                                                                                                                                       
25
Legal Proceedings                                                                                                                                       
25
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders                                                                                                                                       
25
   
PART II.                                                                                                                                                        
25
Securities                                                                                                                                       
25
Selected Financial Data                                                                                                                                       
26
28
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk                                                                                                                                       
44
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data                                                                                                                                       
45
45
Controls and Procedures                                                                                                                                       
46
Other Information                                                                                                                                       
47
   
PART III                                                                                                                                                        
47
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance                                                                                                                                       
47
Executive  Compensation                                                                                                                                       
47
47
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence                                                                                                                                       
47
Principal Accountant Fees and Services                                                                                                                                       
47
   
PART IV                                                                                                                                                       
48
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules                                                                                                                                       
48
   
SIGNATURES                                                                                                                                                        
95
   
POWER OF ATTORNEY                                                                                                                                                        
95
   
INDEX TO EXHIBITS                                                                                                                                                        
96
  EX-2.1  
  EX-10.13  
  EX-21.1  
  EX-23.1  
  EX-31.1  
  EX-31.2  
  EX-32.1  
  EX-32.2  


 


SPEC IAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, predictions regarding the following aspects of our future:

 
Outcome and effect of current and potential future intellectual property litigation;

 
Litigation expenses;

 
Resolution of the governmental agency matters involving us;

 
Protection of intellectual property;

 
Amounts owed under licensing agreements;

 
Terms of our licenses;

 
Indemnification and technical support obligations;

 
Success in the markets of our or our licensees’ products;

 
Sources of competition;

 
Operating results;

 
Research and development costs and improvements in technology;

 
Sources, amounts and concentration of revenue, including royalties;

 
Effects of changes in the economy and credit market on our industry and business;

 
Deterioration of financial health of commercial counterparties and their ability to meet their obligations to us;

 
Restructuring activities;

 
Growth in our business;

 
Product development;

 
Pricing policies of our licensees;

 
Success in renewing license agreements;

 
Engineering, marketing and general and administration expenses;

 
Contract revenue;

 
International licenses and operations, including our design facility in Bangalore, India;

 
Acquisitions, mergers or strategic transactions;

 
Issuances of our securities, which could involve restrictive covenants or be dilutive to our existing stockholders;

 
Effective tax rates;

 
Realization of deferred tax assets/release of deferred tax valuation allowance;

2


 
Methods, estimates and judgments in accounting policies;

 
Adoption of new accounting pronouncements;

 
Ability to identify, attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel;

 
Trading price of our Common Stock;

 
Corporate governance;

 
Consequences of the lawsuits related to the stock option investigation;

 
The level and terms of our outstanding debt;

 
Internal control environment;

 
Interest and other income, net; and

 
Likelihood of paying dividends or repurchasing stock.

You can identify these and other forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “future,” “shall,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “intends,” “potential,” “continue,” or the negative of such terms, or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements also include the assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing statements.

Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” All forward-looking statements included in this document are based on our assessment of information available to us at this time. We assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements.

PART  I

Rambus, RDRAM tm , XDR tm , FlexIO tm and FlexPhase tm are trademarks or registered trademarks of Rambus Inc. Other trademarks that may be mentioned in this annual report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners.

Industry terminology, used widely throughout this annual report, has been abbreviated and, as such, these abbreviations are defined below for your convenience:

Double Data Rate
DDR
Dynamic Random Access Memory
DRAM
Fully Buffered-Dual Inline Memory Module
FB-DIMM
Gigabits per second
Gb/s
Graphics Double Data Rate
GDDR
Input/Output
I/O
Peripheral Component Interconnect
PCI
Rambus Dynamic Random Access Memory
RDRAM tm
Single Data Rate
SDR
Synchronous Dynamic Random Access Memory
SDRAM
eXtreme Data Rate
XDR tm



From time to time we will refer to the abbreviated names of certain entities and, as such, have provided a chart to indicate the full names of those entities for your convenience.

Advanced Micro Devices Inc.
AMD
ARM Holdings plc
ARM
Elpida Memory, Inc.
Elpida
Fujitsu Limited
Fujitsu
Global Lighting Technologies, Inc.
GLT
Hewlett-Packard Company
Hewlett-Packard
Hynix Semiconductor, Inc.
Hynix
Infineon Technologies AG
Infineon
Inotera Memories, Inc.
Inotera
Intel Corporation
Intel
International Business Machines Corporation
IBM
Joint Electronic Device Engineering Councils
JEDEC
Juniper Networks, Inc.
Juniper
Micron Technologies, Inc.
Micron
Nanya Technology Corporation
Nanya
NEC Electronics Corporation
NEC
NVIDIA Corporation
NVIDIA
Optical Internetworking Forum
OIF
Qimonda AG (formerly Infineon’s DRAM operations)
Qimonda
Panasonic Corporation
Panasonic
Peripheral Component Interconnect — Special Interest Group
PCI-SIG
Renesas Technology Corporation
Renesas
Research Data Group, Inc.
RDG
Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd.
Samsung
Sony Computer Electronics
Sony
Spansion, Inc.
Spansion
Synopsys Inc.
Synopsys
Texas Instruments Inc.
Texas Instruments
Toshiba Corporation
Toshiba
Velio Communications
Velio

Item 1.   Business

Rambus Inc. (“we” or “Rambus”) was founded in 1990 and reincorporated in Delaware in March 1997. Our principal executive offices are located at 4440 El Camino Real, Los Altos, California. Our Internet address is www.rambus.com. You can obtain copies of our Forms 10-K, 10-Q, 8-K, and other filings with the SEC, and all amendments to these filings, free of charge from our website as soon as reasonably practicable following our filing of any of these reports with the SEC. In addition, you may read and copy any material we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

We are a premier technology licensing company. Our primary focus is the design, development and licensing of chip interface technologies and architectures that are foundational to nearly all digital electronics products. Our chip interface technologies aim to improve the performance, power efficiency, time-to-market and cost-effectiveness of our customers’ semiconductor and system products for computing, gaming and graphics, consumer electronics and mobile applications.

In December 2009, we added lighting technology to our portfolio of solutions through the acquisition of patented innovations and technology from Global Lighting Technologies Inc. This technology is highly complementary to our chip interface technologies since it is intended to improve the visual capabilities, form factor, power efficiency and cost-effectiveness of backlighting of liquid crystal displays (“LCD”) in products for computing, gaming and graphics, consumer electronics and mobile applications. Our new technology also has great potential to enable cost-effective and power-efficient light-emitting diode (“LED”) based general lighting products.


As of December 31, 2009, our chip interface, lighting and other technologies are covered by more than 950 U.S. and foreign patents. Additionally, we have approximately 600 patent applications pending. These patents and patent applications cover important inventions in memory and logic chip interfaces, optoelectronics and other technologies. Some of the patents and pending patent applications are derived from a common parent patent application or are foreign counterpart patent applications. We have a program to file applications for and obtain patents in the United States and in selected foreign countries where we believe filing for such protection is appropriate. In some instances, obtaining appropriate levels of protection may involve prosecuting continuation and counterpart patent applications based on a common parent application. We believe that our patented innovations provide our customers means to achieve higher performance, improved power efficiency, lower risk, and greater cost-effectiveness in their semiconductor and system products.

Our primary method of providing technology to our customers is through our patented innovations. We license our broad portfolio of patented inventions to semiconductor and system companies who use these inventions in the development and manufacture of their own products. Such licensing agreements may cover the license of part, or all, of our patent portfolio. Patent license agreements are generally royalty bearing.

We also develop a range of solutions including “leadership” (which are Rambus-proprietary solutions widely licensed to our customers) and industry-standard solutions that we provide to our customers under license for incorporation into their semiconductor and system products. Due to the often complex nature of implementing state-of-the art technology, we offer engineering services to our customers to help them successfully integrate our solutions into their semiconductors and systems. These technology license agreements may have both a fixed price (non-recurring) component and ongoing royalties. Engineering services are generally offered on a fixed price basis. Further, under technology licenses, our customers may receive licenses to our patents necessary to implement these solutions in their products with specific rights and restrictions to the applicable patents elaborated in their individual contracts with us.

Background

The performance of computers, mobile phones, consumer electronics and other electronic systems rises dramatically with each passing year. Semiconductor and system designers face key challenges in sustaining this pace of innovation. Since battery technology improves modestly over time, mobile device designers face adding increased functionality and higher performance with only small increases in power budget. For plug-in systems, there is a strong desire to reduce power consumption for both economical and environmental reasons while still providing increased computing capability and more visually compelling displays. At the chip level, it becomes increasingly difficult to maintain signal integrity and power efficiency as data transfer speeds rise to support more powerful, multi-core processors. To address these challenges and enable the continued improvement of electronics systems requires ongoing innovation. The many innovations developed by Rambus’ scientists and engineers are key to tackling some of the most difficult chip and system challenges. We have developed what we believe are the world’s fastest memory solutions delivering breakthrough performance at unmatched power efficiency. Our innovations can deliver the memory bandwidth and throughput needed to unleash the potential of multi-core processors. In addition, our advanced lighting technology can enable what we believe to be the thinnest, most power-efficient and cost-effective LCD displays for mobile phones, computers and HDTVs.

Our Offerings

Patented Innovations

Royalties represent a substantial majority of our total revenue. We derive the majority of our royalty revenue by licensing our broad portfolio of patents for chip interfaces to our customers. Such licenses may cover part or all of our patent portfolio. Leading semiconductor and system companies such as AMD, Fujitsu, Intel, NEC, Panasonic, Renesas, and Toshiba have licensed our patents for use in their own products. Examples of the many patented innovations in our portfolio include:

Dual Edge Clocking which is designed to allow data to be sent on both the leading and trailing edge of the clock pulse, effectively doubling the transfer rate out of a memory core without the need for higher system clock speeds.

Variable Burst Length which is designed to improve data transfer efficiency by allowing varying amounts of data to be sent per a memory read or write request in DRAMs and Flash memory.

FlexPhase tm technology which synchronizes data output and compensates for circuit timing errors.


Channel Equalization which is designed to improve signal integrity and system margins by reducing inter-symbol interference in high speed parallel and serial link channels.

Module Threading which improves the throughput and power efficiency of a memory module by applying parallelism to module data accesses.

MicroLens tm optical design technology  which provides optimum utilization of high-brightness LEDs in edge-lit lighting applications delivering superior brightness and uniformity of illumination.

Technology Solutions and Enabling Services

We license a range of technology solutions including our leadership architectures and industry-standard solutions to customers for use in their semiconductor and system products. Our customers include leading companies such as Elpida, IBM, Intel, Panasonic, Sony and Toshiba. Due to the complex nature of implementing our technologies, we provide engineering services under certain of these licenses to help our customers successfully integrate our technology solutions into their semiconductor and system products. Licensees may also receive, in addition to their technology license agreements, patent licenses as necessary to implement the technology in their products with specific rights and restrictions to the applicable patents elaborated in their individual contracts.

Our leadership technology solutions include the XDR tm , XDR tm 2, Mobile XDR tm and RDRAM tm memory architectures and the FlexIO tm processor bus.

The XDR tm Memory Architecture enables what we believe to be the world’s fastest production DRAM with operation up to 7.2Gb/s. XDR tm DRAM is the main memory solution for Sony Computer Entertainment’s PlayStation ® 3 as well as for Texas Instrument’s latest generation of DLP projectors.

The XDR tm 2 Memory Architecture incorporates new innovations, including DRAM micro-threading, to deliver the world’s highest performance for graphics intensive applications such as gaming and digital video.

The Mobile XDR tm Memory Architecture delivers high performance at extremely high power efficiency enabling applications such as HD video recording and 3D gaming on battery powered mobile devices.

RDRAM tm Memory has shipped in the Sony PlayStation ® 2, Intel-based PCs, Texas Instruments DLP TVs and in Juniper routers. Our customers have sold over 500 million RDRAM tm devices across all applications to date. This product is approaching end-of-life, and we anticipate revenue from RDRAM tm will continue to decline.

The FlexIO tm Processor Bus is a high speed chip-to-chip interface. It is one of our two key chip interface products that enable the Cell BE processor co-developed by Sony, Toshiba and IBM. In the PlayStation ® 3, the FlexIO tm bus provides the interface between the Cell BE, the RSX graphics processor and the SouthBridge chip.

We also offer industry-standard chip interface solutions, including DDRx (where the “x” is a number that represents a version), as well as digital logic controllers for PCI Express and other industry standard interfaces.

In addition, we offer custom solutions for LED edge-lit displays and general lighting.

Target Markets, Applications and Customers

We work with leading and emerging semiconductor and system customers to enable their next-generation products. We engage with our customers across the entire product life cycle, from system architecture development, to component design, to system integration, to production ramp up through product maturation. Our patented inventions and technology solutions are incorporated into a broad range of high-volume applications in computing, gaming and graphics, consumer electronics and mobile markets. System level products that utilize our patented inventions and/or solutions include personal computers, servers, printers, video projectors, game consoles, HDTVs, set-top boxes and mobile phones manufactured by such companies as Fujitsu, IBM, Hewlett-Packard, Panasonic, Toshiba and Sony.




Our Strategy

The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

Innovate:   Develop and patent our innovative technology to provide fundamental competitive advantage when incorporated into semiconductors and electronic systems.

Drive Adoption:   Communicate the advantages of our patented innovations and technology to the industry and encourage its adoption through demonstrations and incorporation in the products of select customers.

Monetize:   License our patented inventions and technology solutions to customers for use in their semiconductor and system products.

Design and Manufacturing

Our technology solutions are developed with high-volume commercial manufacturing processes in mind. Our solutions can be delivered in a number of ways, from reference designs to full turnkey custom developments. A reference design engagement might include an architectural specification, data sheet, theory of operation and implementation guides. A custom development would entail a specific design implementation optimized for the licensee’s manufacturing process.

Research and Development

Our ability to compete in the future will be substantially dependent on our ability to develop and patent key innovations that meet the future needs of a dynamic market. To this end, we have assembled a team of highly skilled engineers whose activities are focused on continually developing new innovations within our chosen technology fields. Using this foundation of patented innovations, our engineers also develop new product solutions that enable increased performance, and greater power efficiency as well as other improvements and benefits. Our solution design and development process is a multi-disciplinary effort requiring expertise in system architecture, digital and analog circuit design and layout, semiconductor process characteristics, packaging, printed circuit board routing, signal integrity and high-speed testing techniques.

As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately 200 employees in our engineering departments, representing 59% of our total employees. A significant number of our engineers spend all or a portion of their time on research and development. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, research and development expenses were $67.3 million, $76.2 million and $82.9 million, respectively, including stock-based compensation of approximately $9.7 million, $13.5 million and $16.2 million, respectively. We expect to continue to invest substantial funds in research and development activities. In addition, because our license and support agreements often call for us to provide engineering support, a portion of our total engineering costs are allocated to the cost of contract revenue, even though some of these engineering efforts may have direct applicability to our technology development.

Competition

The electronics industry is intensely competitive and has been impacted by price erosion, rapid technological change, short product life cycles, cyclical market patterns and increasing foreign and domestic competition. We face competition from semiconductor and intellectual property companies who provide their own DDR memory chip interface technology and solutions. In addition, most DRAM manufacturers, including our XDR tm licensees, produce versions of DRAM such as SDR, DDRx and GDDRx SDRAM which compete with XDR tm solutions. Further, there are ongoing efforts to integrate memory and processors such as in system-in-package products. For our lighting technology, we face competition from system and subsystem providers of backlighting and general lighting solutions.
 
We believe that our principal competition for our technologies may come from our prospective licensees, some of whom are evaluating and developing products based on technologies that they contend or may contend will not require a license from us. In addition, our competitors are also taking a system approach similar to ours in seeking to solve the application needs of system companies. Many of these companies are larger and may have better access to financial, technical and other resources than we possess.

To the extent that alternatives might provide comparable system performance at lower than or similar cost to our technologies, or are perceived to require the payment of no or lower royalties, or to the extent other factors influence the industry, our licensees and


prospective licensees may adopt and promote alternative technologies. Even to the extent we determine that such alternative technologies infringe our patents, there can be no assurance that we would be able to negotiate agreements that would result in royalties being paid to us without litigation, which could be costly and the results of which would be uncertain.

Employees

As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately 350 full-time employees. None of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our future success is dependent on our continued ability to identify, attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel. To date, we believe that we have been successful in recruiting qualified employees and that our relationship with our employees is good.

Patents and Intellectual Property Protection

We maintain and support an active program to protect our intellectual property, primarily through the filing of patent applications and the defense of issued patents against infringement. As of December 31, 2009, we have more than 950 U.S. and foreign patents on various aspects of our technology, with expiration dates ranging from 2010 to 2027, and we have approximately 600 pending patent applications. These patents and patent applications cover important inventions in memory and logic chip interfaces, optoelectronics and other technologies. Some of the patents and pending patent applications are derived from a common parent patent application or are foreign counterpart patent applications. We have a program to file applications for and obtain patents in the United States and in selected foreign countries where we believe filing for such protection is appropriate. In some instances, obtaining appropriate levels of protection may involve prosecuting continuation and counterpart patent applications based on a common parent application. In addition, we attempt to protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information through agreements with current and prospective licensees, and confidentiality agreements with employees and consultants and other security measures. We also rely on trademarks and trade secret laws to protect our intellectual property.

Business Segment Data, Customers and Our Foreign Operations

We operate in a single industry segment, the design, development and licensing of intellectual property for memory and logic interfaces, lighting and optoelectronics, and other technologies. Information concerning revenue, results of operations and revenue by geographic area is set forth in Item 6, “Selected Financial Data,” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in Note 13, “Business Segments, Exports and Major Customers,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Information concerning identifiable assets is also set forth in Note 13, “Business Segments, Exports and Major Customers,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Information on customers that comprise 10% or more of our consolidated revenue and risks attendant to our foreign operations is set forth below in Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”



Our Executive Officers

Information regarding our executive officers and their ages and positions as of December 31, 2009, is contained in the table below. Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our Board of Directors. There is no family relationship between any of our executive officers.


Name
Age  
Position and Business Experience                                                                                
Kevin S. Donnelly                                        
48
Senior Vice President, IP Strategy. Mr. Donnelly joined us in 1993. Mr. Donnelly has served in his current position since November 2008. From March 2006 to November 2008, Mr. Donnelly served as our Senior Vice President, Engineering. From February 2005 to March 2006, Mr. Donnelly served as co-vice president of Engineering. From October 2002 to February 2005 he served as vice president, Logic Interface Division. Mr. Donnelly held various engineering and management positions before becoming vice president, Logic Interface Division in October 2002. Before joining us, Mr. Donnelly held engineering positions at National Semiconductor, Sipex, and Memorex, over an eight year period. He holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Sciences from the University of California, Berkeley, and an M.S. in Electrical Engineering from San Jose State University.
 
Sharon E. Holt                                        
45
Senior Vice President, Licensing and Marketing. Ms. Holt has served as our senior vice president, Licensing and Marketing (formerly titled Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales, Licensing and Marketing) since joining us in August 2004. From November 1999 to July 2004, Ms. Holt held various positions at Agilent Technologies, Inc., an electronics instruments and controls company, most recently as vice president and general manager, Americas Field Operations, Semiconductor Products Group. Prior to Agilent Technologies, Inc., Ms. Holt held various engineering, marketing, and sales management positions at Hewlett-Packard Company, a hardware manufacturer. Ms. Holt holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering, with a minor in Mathematics, from the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
 
Harold Hughes                                        
64
Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. Hughes has served as our chief executive officer and president since January 2005 and as a director since June 2003. He served as a United States Army Officer from 1969 to 1972 before starting his private sector career with Intel Corporation. Mr. Hughes held a variety of positions within Intel Corporation from 1974 to 1997, including treasurer, vice president of Intel Capital, chief financial officer, and vice president of Planning and Logistics. Following his tenure at Intel, Mr. Hughes was the chairman and chief executive officer of Pandesic, LLC. He holds a B.A. from the University of Wisconsin and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan. He also serves as a director of Berkeley Technology, Ltd.
 
Thomas Lavelle                                        
59
Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. Lavelle has served in his current position since December 2006. Previous to that, Mr. Lavelle served as vice president and general counsel at Xilinx, one of the world’s leading suppliers of programmable chips. Mr. Lavelle joined Xilinx in 1999 after spending more than 15 years at Intel Corporation where he held various positions in the legal department. Mr. Lavelle earned a J.D. from Santa Clara University School of Law and a B.A. from the University of California at Los Angeles.
 




Name
Age  
Position and Business Experience                                                                                
Satish Rishi                                        
50
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Rishi joined us in his current position in April 2006. Prior to joining us, Mr. Rishi held the position of executive vice president of Finance and chief financial officer of Toppan Photomasks, Inc., (formerly DuPont Photomasks, Inc.) one of the world’s leading photomask providers, from November 2001 to April 2006. During his 20-year career, Mr. Rishi has held senior financial management positions at semiconductor and electronic manufacturing companies. He served as vice president and assistant treasurer at Dell Inc. Prior to Dell, Mr. Rishi spent 13 years at Intel Corporation, where he held financial management positions both in the United States and overseas, including assistant treasurer. Mr. Rishi holds a B.S. with honors in Mechanical Engineering from Delhi University in Delhi, India and an M.B.A. from the University of California at Berkeley’s Haas School of Business. He also serves as a director of Measurement Specialties, Inc.
 
Michael Schroeder                                        
50
Vice President, Human Resources. Mr. Schroeder has served as our vice president, Human Resources since joining us in June 2004. From April 2003 to May 2004, Mr. Schroeder was vice president, Human Resources at DigitalThink, Inc., an online service company. From August 2000 to August 2002, Mr. Schroeder served as vice president, Human Resources at Alphablox Corporation, a software company. From August 1992 to August 2000, Mr. Schroeder held various positions at Synopsys, Inc., a software and programming company, including vice president, California Site Human Resources, group director Human Resources, director Human Resources and employment manager. Mr. Schroeder attended the University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee and studied Russian.
 
Martin Scott, Ph.D.                                        
54
Senior Vice President, Research and Technology Development. Dr. Scott has served in his current position (formerly titled Senior Vice President, Engineering) since December 2006. Dr. Scott joined us from PMC-Sierra, Inc., a provider of broadband communications and storage integrated circuits, where he was most recently vice president and general manager of its Microprocessor Products Division from March 2006. Dr. Scott was the vice president and general manager for the I/O Solutions Division (which was purchased by PMC-Sierra) of Avago Technologies Limited, an analog and mixed signal semiconductor components and subsystem company, from October 2005 to March 2006. Dr. Scott held various positions at Agilent Technologies, including as vice president and general manager for the I/O Solutions division from October 2004 to October 2005, when the division was purchased by Avago Technologies, vice president and general manager of the ASSP Division from March 2002 until October 2004, and, before that, Network Products operation manager. Dr. Scott started his career in 1981 as a member of the technical staff at Hewlett Packard Laboratories and held various management positions at Hewlett Packard and was appointed ASIC business unit manager in 1998. He earned a B.S. from Rice University and holds both an M.S. and Ph.D. from Stanford University.
 
Laura S. Stark                                        
41
Senior Vice President, Corporate Development. Ms. Stark joined us in 1996. Ms. Stark has served in her current position since May 2008. From February 2005 to May 2008, Ms. Stark headed up our Platform Solutions Group. From October 2002 to February 2005, Ms. Stark served as our vice president, Memory Interface Division. Ms. Stark has served as strategic accounts manager, and held the positions of strategic accounts director and vice president, Alliances and Infrastructure, before assuming the position of vice president, Memory Interface Division in October 2002. Prior to joining Rambus, Ms. Stark held various positions in the semiconductor products division of Motorola, a communications equipment company, during a six year tenure, including technical sales engineer for the Apple sales team and field application engineer for the Sun and SGI sales teams. Ms. Stark holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
 



Item 1A.   Risk Factors

RISK FACTORS

Because of the following factors, as well as other variables affecting our operating results, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. See also “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” elsewhere in this report.

Risks Associated With Our Business, Industry and Market Conditions

If market leaders do not adopt our innovations, our results of operations could decline.

An important part of our strategy is to penetrate our target market segments by working with leaders in those market segments. This strategy is designed to encourage other participants in those segments to follow such leaders in adopting our innovations. If a high profile industry participant adopts our innovations but fails to achieve success with its products or adopts and achieves success with a competing technology, our reputation and sales could be adversely affected. For example, if our commercial relationships with Samsung do not achieve success, our reputation could be adversely affected given the market position of Samsung as a leading memory manufacturer. In addition, some industry participants have adopted, and others may in the future adopt, a strategy of disparaging our memory solutions adopted by their competitors or a strategy of otherwise undermining the market adoption of our solutions.

We target system companies to adopt our chip interface technologies, particularly those that develop and market high volume business and consumer products, which were traditionally focused on PCs, including PC graphics processors, and video game consoles, and now include HDTVs, cellular and digital phones, PDAs, digital cameras and other consumer electronics that incorporate all varieties of memory and chip interfaces. In particular, our strategy includes gaining acceptance of our technology in high volume consumer applications, including video game consoles, such as the Sony PLAYSTATION®3, HDTVs and set top boxes. As we diversify our technologies, such as through the establishment of our Lighting Technology Division, we will seek out other target markets in and related to computing, gaming and graphics, consumer electronics, mobile and general lighting applications. We are subject to many risks beyond our control that influence whether or not a potential licensee or partner company will adopt our technologies, including, among others:

 
competition faced by a company in its particular industry;

 
the timely introduction and market acceptance of a company’s products;

 
the engineering, sales and marketing and management capabilities of a company;

 
technical challenges unrelated to our innovations faced by a company in developing its products;

 
the financial and other resources of a company;

 
the supply of semiconductors from our memory and chip interface licensees in sufficient quantities and at commercially attractive prices;

 
the ability to establish the prices at which the chips containing our chip interfaces are made available to system companies; and

 
the degree to which our licensees promote our innovations to their customers.

There can be no assurance that consumer products that currently use our technology will continue to do so, nor can there be any assurance that the consumer products that incorporate our technology will be successful in their markets in order to generate expected royalties, nor can there be any assurance that any of our technologies selected for licensing will be implemented in a commercially developed or distributed product. If any of these events occur and market leaders do not successfully adopt our technologies, our strategy may not be successful and, as a result, our results of operations could decline.


We have traditionally operated in an industry that is highly cyclical and in which the number of our potential customers may be in decline as a result of industry consolidation, and we face intense competition in all of our target markets that may cause our results of operations to suffer.

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and has been impacted by price erosion, rapid technological change, short product life cycles, cyclical market patterns and increasing foreign and domestic competition. As the semiconductor industry is highly cyclical, significant economic downturns characterized by diminished demand, erosion of average selling prices, production overcapacity and production capacity constraints could affect the semiconductor industry. We are currently experiencing such a period of economic downturn. As a result, we may face a reduced number of licensing wins, tightening of customers’ operating budgets, difficulty or inability of our customers to pay our licensing fees, extensions of the approval process for new licenses and consolidation among our customers, all of which may adversely affect the demand for our technology and may cause us to experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in our operating results.

Many of our customers operate in industries that have experienced significant declines as a result of the current economic downturn. In particular, DRAM manufacturers, which make up a majority of our existing and potential licensees, have suffered material losses and other adverse effects to their businesses. These factors may result in industry consolidation as companies seek to reduce costs and improve profitability through business combinations. Consolidation among our existing DRAM and other customers may result in loss of revenues under existing license agreements. Consolidation among companies in the DRAM and other industries within which we license our technology may reduce the number of future licensees for our products and services. In either case, consolidation in the DRAM and other industries in which we operate may negatively impact our short-term and long-term business prospects, licensing revenues and results of operations.

Some semiconductor companies have developed and support competing logic chip interfaces including their own serial link chip interfaces and parallel bus chip interfaces. We also face competition from semiconductor and intellectual property companies who provide their own DDR memory chip interface technology and solutions. In addition, most DRAM manufacturers, including our XDR tm licensees, produce versions of DRAM such as SDR, DDRx, GDDRx SDRAM and LPDDRx which compete with XDR tm chips. We believe that our principal competition for memory chip interfaces may come from our licensees and prospective licensees, some of which are evaluating and developing products based on technologies that they contend or may contend will not require a license from us. In addition, our competitors are also taking a system approach similar to ours in seeking to solve the application needs of system companies. Many of these companies are larger and may have better access to financial, technical and other resources than we possess. Wider applications of other developing memory technologies, including FLASH memory, may also pose competition to our licensed memory solutions.

JEDEC has standardized what it calls extensions of DDR, known as DDR2 and DDR3. Other efforts are underway to create other products including those sometimes referred to as GDDR4 and GDDR5, as well as new ways to integrate products such as system-in-package DRAM. To the extent that these alternatives might provide comparable system performance at lower or similar cost than XDR tm memory chips, or are perceived to require the payment of no or lower royalties, or to the extent other factors influence the industry, our licensees and prospective licensees may adopt and promote alternative technologies. Even to the extent we determine that such alternative technologies infringe our patents, there can be no assurance that we would be able to negotiate agreements that would result in royalties being paid to us without litigation, which could be costly and the results of which would be uncertain.

In the industry standard and leadership serial link chip interface business, we face additional competition from semiconductor companies that sell discrete transceiver chips for use in various types of systems, from semiconductor companies that develop their own serial link chip interfaces, as well as from competitors, such as ARM and Synopsys, which license similar serial link chip interface products and digital controllers. At the 10 Gb/s speed, competition will also come from optical technology sold by system and semiconductor companies. There are standardization efforts under way or completed for serial links from standard bodies such as PCI-SIG and OIF. We may face increased competition from these types of consortia in the future that could negatively impact our serial link chip interface business.

In the FlexIO tm processor bus chip interface market segment, we face additional competition from semiconductor companies who develop their own parallel bus chip interfaces, as well as competitors who license similar parallel bus chip interface products. We may also see competition from industry consortia or standard setting bodies that could negatively impact our FlexIO tm processor bus chip interface business.

As with our memory chip interface products, to the extent that competitive alternatives to our serial or parallel logic chip interface products might provide comparable system performance at lower or similar cost, or are perceived to require the payment of no or

 
lower royalties, or to the extent other factors influence the industry, our licensees and prospective licensees may adopt and promote alternative technologies, which could negatively impact our memory and logic chip interface business.

Our newly established Lighting Technology Division faces competition from system and subsystem providers of backlighting and general lighting solutions, some of which have substantial resources and operations.

If for any of these reasons we cannot effectively compete in these primary market segments, our results of operations could suffer.

If our new Lighting Technology Division does not succeed, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

The future success of our new Lighting Technology Division, formed in connection with the recent acquisition of certain technology and a portfolio of advanced lighting and optoelectronics patents of Global Lighting Technologies, depends on our ability to improve the visual capabilities, form factor, power efficiency and cost-effectiveness of backlighting of LCD displays in products for computing, gaming and graphics, consumer electronics, mobile and general lighting applications. We will need to keep pace with rapid changes in advanced lighting and optoelectronics technology, changing consumer requirements, new product introductions and evolving industry standards, any of which could render our existing technology obsolete if we fail to respond in a timely manner. The development, application and licensing of new backlit lighting technologies is a complex process subject to a number of uncertainties, including the integration of our Lighting Technology Division into the rest of our company and the small size of the Lighting Technology Division. Our competitors have significant marketing, workforce, financial and other resources and longer operating history which could make acceptance of our lighting technologies more difficult. If others develop innovative proprietary lighting technology that is superior to ours or if we fail to accurately anticipate technology and market trends, respond on a timely basis with our own new enhancements and technology, and achieve broad market acceptance of these enhancements and technology, our competitive position may be harmed and our operating results may be adversely affected.

In order to grow, we may have to invest more resources in research and development than anticipated, which could increase our operating expenses and negatively impact our operating results.

If new competitors, technological advances by existing competitors, our entry into new markets, and/or development of new technologies or other competitive factors require us to invest significantly greater resources than anticipated in our research and development efforts, our operating expenses would increase. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, research and development expenses were $67.3 million, $76.2 million and $82.9 million, respectively, including stock-compensation of approximately $9.7 million, $13.5 million and $16.2 million, respectively. If we are required to invest significantly greater resources than anticipated in research and development efforts without an increase in revenue, especially with respect to our new lighting technology division and any other new technologies that we pursue outside of our core memory and chip interface technologies, our operating results could decline. Research and development expenses are likely to fluctuate from time to time to the extent we make periodic incremental investments in research and development, including as a result of our investment in new technologies, and these investments may be independent of our level of revenue. In order to grow, which may include entering new markets and/or developing new technologies, we anticipate that we will continue to devote substantial resources to research and development. We expect these expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the foreseeable future due to the increased complexity and the greater number of products under development as well as selectively hiring additional employees.

Our revenue is concentrated in a few customers, and if we lose any of these customers, our revenue may decrease substantially.

We have a high degree of revenue concentration. As a result of our settlement with Samsung, Samsung is expected to account for a significant portion of our ongoing licensing revenue commencing in 2010. Our top five licensees represented approximately 77%, 67% and 67% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2009, revenue from AMD, Fujitsu, NEC, Panasonic, and Toshiba, each accounted for 10% or more of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2008, revenue from AMD, Elpida, Fujitsu, NEC, Panasonic, and Sony, each accounted for 10% or more of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2007, revenue from Elpida, Fujitsu, Qimonda and Toshiba, each accounted for 10% or more of total revenue. We expect to continue to experience significant revenue concentration for the foreseeable future.

In addition, some of our commercial agreements require us to provide certain customers with the lowest royalty rate that we provide to other customers for similar technologies, volumes and schedules. These clauses may limit our ability to effectively price differently among our customers, to respond quickly to market forces, or otherwise to compete on the basis of price. The particular licensees which account for revenue concentration have varied from period to period as a result of the addition of new contracts, expiration of existing contracts, industry consolidation, the expiration of deferred revenue schedules under existing contracts, and the volumes and


prices at which the licensees have recently sold licensed semiconductors to system companies. These variations are expected to continue in the foreseeable future, although we anticipate that revenue will continue to be concentrated in a limited number of licensees.

We are in negotiations with licensees and prospective licensees to reach patent license agreements for DRAM devices and DRAM controllers. We expect that patent license royalties will continue to vary from period to period based on our success in renewing existing license agreements and adding new licensees, as well as the level of variation in our licensees’ reported shipment volumes, sales price and mix, offset in part by the proportion of licensee payments that are fixed. A number of our material license agreements are scheduled to expire throughout 2010, including certain ones that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2009. We are currently in discussions with those licensees whose agreements are scheduled to expire in 2010. However, we cannot provide any assurance that we will reach agreement on renewal terms or that the royalty rates we will be entitled to receive under the new agreements will be as favorable to us as our current agreements. If we are unsuccessful in renewing any of these patent license agreements, our results of operations may decline significantly.

Weak global economic conditions may adversely affect demand for our products and services.

Our operations and performance depend significantly on worldwide economic conditions, and the U.S. and world economies continue to experience weak economic conditions. Uncertainty about global economic conditions poses a risk as consumers and businesses may postpone spending in response to tighter credit, negative financial news and declines in income or asset values, which could have a material negative effect on the demand for the products of our licensees in the foreseeable future. Other factors that could influence demand include continuing increases in fuel and energy costs, competitive pressures, including pricing pressures, from companies that have competing products, changes in the credit market, conditions in the residential real estate and mortgage markets, consumer confidence, and other macroeconomic factors affecting consumer spending behavior. If our licensees experience reduced demand for their products as a result of economic conditions or otherwise, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

If our counterparties are unable to fulfill their financial and other obligations to us, our business and results of operations may be affected adversely.

Any downturn in economic conditions could threaten the financial health of our counterparties, including companies with whom we have entered into licensing arrangements, settlements agreements or that have been subject to litigation judgments that provide for payments to us, and their ability to fulfill their financial and other obligations to us. Economic downturns such as the one we are currently experiencing lead to financial pressures on our counterparties and may eventually lead to bankruptcy proceedings or other attempts to avoid financial obligations that are due to us under licenses, settlement agreements or litigation judgments. Because bankruptcy courts have the power to modify or cancel contracts of the petitioner which remain subject to future performance and alter or discharge payment obligations related to pre-petition debts, we may receive less than all of the payments that we would otherwise be entitled to receive from any such counterparty as a result of a bankruptcy proceedings.

In 2009, two of our counterparties, Qimonda and Spansion, were subject to insolvency proceedings in their applicable jurisdictions as a result of a downturn in business. Qimonda, which was a party to a settlement and licensing agreement with us, is under the process of being liquidated under its German insolvency proceeding. As part of the process, the administrator for Qimonda’s insolvency informed us that our license agreement was terminated. Under the license agreement, if we entered into licenses with certain other DRAM manufacturers, Qimonda would have been required to make certain additional payments to us up to an aggregate of $100.0 million. Given the status of Qimonda’s liquidation and the notice of termination of the license agreement, we do not believe that even if we satisfied the conditions for additional payments, we will obtain any future payment from Qimonda or the successors to its business. Spansion, which was one of our licensees that owed us an immaterial amount, is in the process of exiting a voluntary Chapter 11 reorganization.

If we are unable to collect all of such payments owed to us, or if other of our counterparties enter into bankruptcy or otherwise seek to renegotiate their financial obligations to us as a result of the deterioration of their financial health, our business and results of operations may be affected adversely.

Our business and operating results may be harmed if we undertake any restructuring activities or if we are unable to manage growth in our business.

From time to time, we may undertake to restructure our business. There are several factors that could cause a restructuring to have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These include potential disruption of our operations,


the development of our technology, the deliveries to our customers and other aspects of our business. Employee morale and productivity could also suffer and we may lose employees whom we want to keep. Loss of sales, service and engineering talent, in particular, could damage our business. Any restructuring would require substantial management time and attention and may divert management from other important work. Employee reductions or other restructuring activities also cause us to incur restructuring and related expenses such as severance expenses. Moreover, we could encounter delays in executing any restructuring plans, which could cause further disruption and additional unanticipated expense.

Our business historically experienced periods of rapid growth that placed significant demands on our managerial, operational and financial resources. In the event that we return to such a period of growth, whether through internal expansion or acquisitions of other businesses or technologies, we would need to improve and expand our management, operational and financial systems and controls. We also would need to expand, train and manage our employee base. We cannot assure you that in connection with any such growth we will be able to timely and effectively meet demand and maintain the quality standards required by our existing and potential customers and licensees. If we ineffectively manage our growth or we are unsuccessful in recruiting and retaining personnel, our business and operating results will be harmed.

If we cannot respond to rapid technological change in our target markets by developing new innovations in a timely and cost-effective manner, our operating results will suffer.

We derive most of our revenue from our chip interface technologies that we have patented. We expect that this dependence on our fundamental technology will continue for the foreseeable future. The semiconductor industry is characterized by rapid technological change, with new generations of semiconductors being introduced periodically and with ongoing improvements. The introduction or market acceptance of competing chip interfaces that render our chip interfaces less desirable or obsolete would have a rapid and material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The announcement of new chip interfaces by us could cause licensees or system companies to delay or defer entering into arrangements for the use of our current chip interfaces, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We are dependent on the semiconductor industry to develop test solutions that are adequate to test our chip interfaces and to supply such test solutions to our customers and us.

Our continued success depends on our ability to introduce and patent enhancements and new generations of our chip interface technologies that keep pace with other changes in the semiconductor industry and which achieve rapid market acceptance. We must continually devote significant engineering resources to addressing the ever increasing need for higher speed chip interfaces associated with increases in the speed of microprocessors and other controllers. The technical innovations that are required for us to be successful are inherently complex and require long development cycles, and there can be no assurance that our development efforts will ultimately be successful. In addition, these innovations must be:

 
completed before changes in the semiconductor industry render them obsolete;

 
available when system companies require these innovations; and

 
sufficiently compelling to cause semiconductor manufacturers to enter into licensing arrangements with us for these new technologies.

Significant technological innovations generally require a substantial investment before their commercial viability can be determined, and this concept applies to all of our target markets. There can be no assurance that we have accurately estimated the amount of resources required to complete our innovation efforts, or that we will have, or be able to expend, sufficient resources required for the development of our innovations. In addition, there is market risk associated with these products for which we develop technological innovations, and there can be no assurance that unit volumes, and their associated royalties, will occur. If our technology fails to capture or maintain a portion of the high volume target consumer market, our business results could suffer.

Some of our revenue is subject to the pricing policies of our licensees over whom we have no control.

We have no control over our licensees’ pricing of their products and there can be no assurance that licensee products using or containing our chip interfaces will be competitively priced or will sell in significant volumes. One important requirement for our memory chip interfaces is for any premium charged by our licensees in the price of memory and controller chips over alternatives to be reasonable in comparison to the perceived benefits of the chip interfaces. If the benefits of our technology do not match the price


premium charged by our licensees, the resulting decline in sales of products incorporating our technology could harm our operating results.

Our licensing cycle is lengthy and costly and our marketing and licensing efforts may be unsuccessful.

The process of persuading customers to adopt and license our chip interface and other technologies can be lengthy and, even if successful, there can be no assurance that our technologies will be used in a product that is ultimately brought to market, achieves commercial acceptance, or results in significant royalties to us. We generally incur significant marketing and sales expenses prior to entering into our license agreements, generating a license fee and establishing a royalty stream from each licensee. The length of time it takes to establish a new licensing relationship can take many months or even years. In addition, our ongoing intellectual property litigation and regulatory actions have and will likely continue to have an impact on our ability to enter into new licenses and renewals of licenses. As such, we may incur costs in any particular period before any associated revenue stream begins, if at all. If our marketing and sales efforts are very lengthy or unsuccessful, then we may face a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations as a result of delay or failure to obtain royalties.

Future revenue is difficult to predict for several reasons, and our failure to predict revenue accurately may cause us to miss analysts’ estimates and result in our stock price declining.

Our lengthy and costly license negotiation cycle and our ongoing intellectual property litigation make our future revenue difficult to predict because we may not be successful in entering into licenses with our customers on our estimated timelines and we are reliant on the litigation timelines for any results or settlements, such as our January 2010 settlement with Samsung.

While some of our license agreements provide for fixed, quarterly royalty payments, many of our license agreements provide for volume-based royalties, and may also be subject to caps on royalties in a given period. The sales volume and prices of our licensees’ products in any given period can be difficult to predict. As a result, our actual results may differ substantially from analyst estimates or our forecasts in any given quarter.

In addition, a portion of our revenue comes from development and support services provided to our licensees. Depending upon the nature of the services, a portion of the related revenue may be recognized ratably over the support period, or may be recognized according to contract accounting. Contract revenue accounting may result in deferral of the service fees to the completion of the contract, or may be recognized over the period in which services are performed on a percentage-of-completion basis. There can be no assurance that the product development schedule for these projects will not be changed or delayed. All of these factors make it difficult to predict future licensing revenue and may result in our missing previously announced earnings guidance or analysts’ estimates which would likely cause our stock price to decline.

Our quarterly and annual operating results are unpredictable and fluctuate, which may cause our stock price to be volatile and decline.

Since many of our revenue components fluctuate and are difficult to predict, and our expenses are largely independent of revenue in any particular period, it is difficult for us to accurately forecast revenue and profitability. Factors other than those set forth above, which are beyond our ability to control or assess in advance, that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:

 
semiconductor and system companies’ acceptance of our chip interface products;

 
the success of high volume consumer applications, such as the Sony PLAYSTATION® 3;

 
the dependence of our royalties upon fluctuating sales volumes and prices of licensed chips that include our technology;

 
the seasonal shipment patterns of systems incorporating our chip interface products;

 
the loss of any strategic relationships with system companies or licensees;

 
semiconductor or system companies discontinuing major products incorporating our chip interfaces;

 
the unpredictability of litigation results or settlements and the timing and amount of any litigation expenses;

 
changes in our customers’ development schedules and levels of expenditure on research and development;


 
our licensees terminating or failing to make payments under their current contracts or seeking to modify such contracts, whether voluntarily or as a result of financial difficulties;

 
the results of our efforts to expand into new target markets, such as with our Lighting Technology Division;

 
changes in our strategies, including changes in our licensing focus and/or acquisitions of companies with business models or target markets different from our own; and

 
changes in the economy and credit market and their effects upon demand for our technology and the products of our licensees.

We believe that royalties will continue to represent a majority of total revenue for the foreseeable future. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, royalties accounted for 96%, 89% and 86%, respectively, of our total revenue. Royalties are generally recognized in the quarter in which we receive a report from a licensee regarding the sale of licensed chips in the prior quarter; however, royalties are recognized only if collectability is assured. As a result of these uncertainties and effects being outside of our control, royalty revenue is difficult to predict and makes it difficult to develop accurate financial forecasts, which could cause our stock price to become volatile and decline.

A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from sources outside of the United States and this revenue and our business generally are subject to risks related to international operations that are often beyond our control.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, revenue from our sales to international customers constituted approximately 83%, 84% and 85% of our total revenue, respectively. As a result of our continued focus on international markets, we expect that future revenue derived from international sources will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue.

To date, all of the revenue from international licensees has been denominated in U.S. dollars. However, to the extent that such licensees’ sales to systems companies are not denominated in U.S. dollars, any royalties which are based as a percentage of the customer’s sales that we receive as a result of such sales could be subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In addition, if the effective price of licensed semiconductors sold by our foreign licensees were to increase as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of the relevant currencies, demand for licensed semiconductors could fall, which in turn would reduce our royalties. We do not use financial instruments to hedge foreign exchange rate risk.

We currently have international operations in India (design), Japan (business development), Taiwan (business development) and Germany (business development). Our international operations and revenue are subject to a variety of risks which are beyond our control, including:

 
export controls, tariffs, import and licensing restrictions and other trade barriers;

 
profits, if any, earned abroad being subject to local tax laws and not being repatriated to the United States or, if repatriation is possible, limited in amount;

 
treatment of revenue from international sources and changes to tax codes, including being subject to foreign tax laws and being liable for paying withholding, income or other taxes in foreign jurisdictions;

 
foreign government regulations and changes in these regulations;

 
social, political and economic instability;

 
lack of protection of our intellectual property and other contract rights by jurisdictions in which we may do business to the same extent as the laws of the United States;

 
changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

 
cultural differences in the conduct of business both with licensees and in conducting business in our international facilities and international sales offices;


 
operating centers outside the United States;

 
hiring, maintaining and managing a workforce remotely and under various legal systems; and

 
geo-political issues.

We and our licensees are subject to many of the risks described above with respect to companies which are located in different countries, particularly home video game console, PC and other consumer electronics manufacturers located in Asia and elsewhere. There can be no assurance that one or more of the risks associated with our international operations could not result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We have in the past and may in the future make acquisitions or enter into mergers, strategic transactions or other arrangements that could cause our business to suffer.

As part of our strategic initiatives, we have completed, currently are evaluating, and expect to continue to engage in, investments in or acquisitions of companies, products or technologies, and the entry into strategic transactions or other arrangements. These acquisitions, investments, transactions or arrangements are likely to range in size, some of which may be significant. After completing an acquisition, including the recent acquisition of technology and a patent portfolio from Global Lighting Technologies, we may experience difficulty integrating that company’s or division’s personnel and operations, which could negatively affect our operating results. In addition:

 
the key personnel of the acquired entity or business may decide not to work for us or may not perform according to our expectations;

 
we may experience additional legal, financial and accounting challenges and complexities in areas such as licensing, tax planning, cash management and financial reporting;

 
our ongoing business may be disrupted or receive insufficient management attention;

 
we may not be able to recognize the financial benefits we anticipated, both with respect to our ongoing business and the acquired entity or business;

 
our increasing international presence resulting from acquisitions may increase our exposure to international currency, tax and political risks; and

 
our lack of experience in new markets, products or technologies may cause us to fail to recognize the forecasted financial and strategic benefits of the acquisition.

In connection with our strategic initiatives related to future acquisitions or mergers, strategic transactions or other arrangements, we may incur substantial expenses regardless of whether any transactions occur. Further, the risks described above may be exacerbated as a result of managing multiple acquisitions simultaneously. In addition, we may be required to assume the liabilities of the companies we acquire. By assuming the liabilities, we may incur liabilities such as those related to intellectual property infringement or indemnification of customers of acquired businesses for similar claims, which could materially and adversely affect our business. We may have to incur debt or issue equity securities to pay for any future acquisition, the issuance of which could involve restrictive covenants or be dilutive to our existing stockholders.

Unanticipated changes in our tax rates or in the tax laws and regulations could expose us to additional income tax liabilities which could affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are subject to income taxes in both the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision (or benefit) for income taxes and, in the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws and regulations as well as other factors. Our tax determinations are regularly subject to audit by tax authorities and developments in those audits could adversely affect our income tax provision. Although we believe that our tax estimates are


reasonable, the final determination of tax audits or tax disputes may be different from what is reflected in our historical income tax provisions which could affect our operating results.

Our results of operations could vary as a result of the methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies.

The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our accounting policies have a significant impact on our results of operations, including the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, as described elsewhere in this report. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, such as percentage-of-completion contracts, investments, income taxes, litigation, goodwill and intangibles, and other contingencies. Such methods, estimates, and judgments are, by their nature, subject to substantial risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, and factors may arise over time that lead us to change our methods, estimates, and judgments. In addition, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Changes in those methods, estimates, and judgments could significantly affect our results of operations. In particular, the measurement of share-based compensation expense requires us to use valuation methodologies and a number of assumptions, estimates, and conclusions regarding matters such as expected forfeitures, expected volatility of our share price, and the exercise behavior of our employees. Changes in these factors may affect both our reported results (including cost of contract revenue, research and development expenses, marketing, general and administrative expenses and our effective tax rate) and any forward-looking projections we make that incorporate projections of share-based compensation expense. Furthermore, there are no means, under applicable accounting principles, to compare and adjust our reported expense if and when we learn about additional information that may affect the estimates that we previously made, with the exception of changes in expected forfeitures of share-based awards. Factors may arise that lead us to change our estimates and assumptions with respect to future share-based compensation arrangements, resulting in variability in our share-based compensation expense over time.

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified personnel, our business and operations could suffer.

Our success is dependent upon our ability to identify, attract, compensate, motivate and retain qualified personnel, especially engineers, who can enhance our existing technologies and introduce new technologies. Competition for qualified personnel, particularly those with significant industry experience, is intense, in particular in the San Francisco Bay Area where we are headquartered and in the area of Bangalore, India where we have a design center. We are also dependent upon our senior management personnel. The loss of the services of any of our senior management personnel, or key sales personnel in critical markets, or critical members of staff, or of a significant number of our engineers could be disruptive to our development efforts or business relationships and could cause our business and operations to suffer.

Our operations are subject to risks of natural disasters, acts of war, terrorism or widespread illness at our domestic and international locations, any one of which could result in a business stoppage and negatively affect our operating results.

Our business operations depend on our ability to maintain and protect our facility, computer systems and personnel, which are primarily located in the San Francisco Bay Area. The San Francisco Bay Area is in close proximity to known earthquake fault zones. Our facility and transportation for our employees are susceptible to damage from earthquakes and other natural disasters such as fires, floods and similar events. Should an earthquake or other catastrophes, such as fires, floods, power loss, communication failure or similar events disable our facilities, we do not have readily available alternative facilities from which we could conduct our business, which stoppage could have a negative effect on our operating results. Acts of terrorism, widespread illness and war could also have a negative effect at our international and domestic facilities.

Risks Related to Corporate Governance and Capitalization Matters

The price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly, which may make it difficult for holders to resell their shares when desired or at attractive prices.

Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “RMBS.” The trading price of our common stock has been subject to wide fluctuations which we expect to continue in the future in response to, among other things, the following:

 
 
new litigation or developments in current litigation, including an unfavorable outcome to us from court proceedings relating to our litigation with Hynix, Micron, Nanya and NVIDIA and reaction to any settlements that we enter into with former litigants, such as Samsung;
 
any progress, or lack of progress, real or perceived, in the development of products that incorporate our innovations;
 
 
our signing or not signing new licensees;

 
announcements of our technological innovations or new products by us, our licensees or our competitors;

 
positive or negative reports by securities analysts as to our expected financial results;

 
developments with respect to patents or proprietary rights and other events or factors; and

 
issuance of additional securities by us, such as our issuance of approximately 9.6 million shares of common stock to Samsung in connection with our settlement agreement in January 2010.

In addition, the stock market in general, and prices for companies in our industry in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance. Because our outstanding senior convertible notes are convertible into shares of our common stock, volatility or depressed prices of our common stock could have a similar effect on the trading price of our notes. In addition, the existence of the notes may encourage short selling in our common stock by market participants because the conversion of the notes could depress the price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In addition, lack of positive performance in our stock price may adversely affect our ability to retain key employees.

Compliance with changing regulation of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including new Securities and Exchange Commission, regulations and NASDAQ rules, have historically created uncertainty for companies such as ours. Any new or changed laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Any new investment of resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new or changed laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, our reputation may be harmed and our business and operations would suffer.

We have been party to, and may in the future be subject to, lawsuits relating to securities law matters which may result in unfavorable outcomes and significant judgments, settlements and legal expenses which could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to suffer.

In connection with our stock option investigation, we and certain of our current and former officers and directors, as well as our current auditors, were subject to several stockholder derivative actions, securities fraud class actions and/or individual lawsuits filed in federal court against us and certain of our current and former officers and directors. The complaints generally allege that the defendants violated the federal and state securities laws and state law claims for fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. While we have settled the derivative and securities fraud class actions, the individual lawsuits continue to be adjudicated. For more information about the historic litigation described above, see Note 16, “Litigation and Asserted Claims,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. The amount of time to resolve these current and any future lawsuits is uncertain, and these matters could require significant management and financial resources which could otherwise be devoted to the operation of our business. Although we have expensed or accrued for certain liabilities that we believe will result from certain of these actions, the actual costs and expenses to defend and satisfy all of these lawsuits and any potential future litigation may exceed our current estimated accruals, possibly significantly. Unfavorable outcomes and significant judgments, settlements and legal expenses in litigation related to our past and any future securities law claims could have material adverse impacts on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and the trading price of our common stock.



We are leveraged financially, which could adversely affect our ability to adjust our business to respond to competitive pressures and to obtain sufficient funds to satisfy our future research and development needs, and to defend our intellectual property.

We have indebtedness. In 2009, we issued $172.5 million aggregate principal amount of our senior convertible notes due June 2014. The degree to which we are leveraged could have important consequences, including, but not limited to, the following:

 
our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, litigation, general corporate or other purposes may be limited;

 
a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to the payment of the principal of our indebtedness as we are required to pay the principal amount of our convertible notes in cash upon conversion if specified conditions are met or when due;

 
if upon any conversion of our notes we are required to satisfy our conversion obligation with shares of our common stock or we are required to pay a “make-whole” premium with shares of our common stock, our existing stockholders’ interest in us would be diluted; and

 
we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, less able to withstand competitive pressures and less flexible in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

A failure to comply with the covenants and other provisions of our debt instruments could result in events of default under such instruments, which could permit acceleration of all of our notes. Any required repayment of our notes as a result of a fundamental change or other acceleration would lower our current cash on hand such that we would not have those funds available for use in our business.

If we are at any time unable to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness when payment is due, we may be required to attempt to renegotiate the terms of the instruments relating to the indebtedness, seek to refinance all or a portion of the indebtedness or obtain additional financing. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully renegotiate such terms, that any such refinancing would be possible or that any additional financing could be obtained on terms that are favorable or acceptable to us.

If securities or industry analysts change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business or our market. If one or more of the analysts who cover us change their recommendation regarding our stock adversely, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our stockholder rights plan, Delaware law and our outstanding convertible notes contain provisions that could discourage transactions resulting in a change in control, which may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

Our restated certificate of incorporation, our bylaws, our stockholder rights plan and Delaware law contain provisions that might enable our management to discourage, delay or prevent a change in control. In addition, these provisions could limit the price that investors would be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. Pursuant to such provisions:

 
our board of directors is authorized, without prior stockholder approval, to create and issue preferred stock, commonly referred to as “blank check” preferred stock, with rights senior to those of common stock;

 
our board of directors is staggered into two classes, only one of which is elected at each annual meeting;

 
stockholder action by written consent is prohibited;


 
nominations for election to our board of directors and the submission of matters to be acted upon by stockholders at a meeting are subject to advance notice requirements;

 
certain provisions in our bylaws and certificate of incorporation such as notice to stockholders, the ability to call a stockholder meeting, advance notice requirements and action of stockholders by written consent may only be amended with the approval of stockholders holding 66 2/3% of our outstanding voting stock;

 
the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders is prohibited; and

 
our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws.

In addition, the provisions in our stockholder rights plan could make it more difficult for a potential acquirer to consummate an acquisition of our company. We are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides, subject to enumerated exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, the person is an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in any “business combination” with us for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock.

Certain provisions of our outstanding convertible notes could make it more difficult or more expensive for a third party to acquire us. Upon the occurrence of certain transactions constituting a fundamental change, holders of the notes will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase, at a cash repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the notes, all of their notes or any portion of the principal amount of such notes in multiples of $1,000. We may also be required to issue additional shares of our common stock upon conversion of such notes in the event of certain fundamental changes.

Litigation, Regulation and Business Risks Related to our Intellectual Property

We face current and potential adverse determinations in litigation stemming from our efforts to protect and enforce our patents and intellectual property, which could broadly impact our intellectual property rights, distract our management and cause a substantial decline in our revenue and stock price.

We seek to diligently protect our intellectual property rights. In connection with the extension of our licensing program to SDR SDRAM-compatible and DDR SDRAM-compatible products, we became involved in litigation related to such efforts against different parties in multiple jurisdictions. In each of these cases, we have claimed infringement of certain of our patents, while the manufacturers of such products have generally sought damages and a determination that the patents in suit are invalid, unenforceable, and not infringed. Among other things, the opposing parties have alleged that certain of our patents are unenforceable because we engaged in document spoliation, litigation misconduct and/or acted improperly during our 1991 to 1995 participation in the JEDEC standard setting organization (including allegations of antitrust violations and unfair competition). See Note 16, “Litigation and Asserted Claims,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

There can be no assurance that any or all of the opposing parties will not succeed, either at the trial or appellate level, with such claims or counterclaims against us or that they will not in some other way establish broad defenses against our patents, achieve conflicting results, or otherwise avoid or delay paying royalties for the use of our patented technology. Moreover, there is a risk that if one party prevails against us, other parties could use the adverse result to defeat or limit our claims against them; conversely, there can be no assurance that if we prevail against one party, we will succeed against other parties on similar claims, defenses, or counterclaims. In addition, there is the risk that the pending litigations and other circumstances may cause us to accept less than what we now believe to be fair consideration in settlement.

Any of these matters, whether or not determined in our favor or settled by us, is costly, may cause delays (including delays in negotiating licenses with other actual or potential licensees), will tend to discourage future design partners, will tend to impair adoption of our existing technologies and divert the efforts and attention of our management and technical personnel from other business operations. In addition, we may be unsuccessful in our litigation if we have difficulty obtaining the cooperation of former employees and agents who were involved in our business during the relevant periods related to our litigation and are now needed to assist in cases or testify on our behalf. Furthermore, any adverse determination or other resolution in litigation could result in our losing certain rights beyond the rights at issue in a particular case, including, among other things: our being effectively barred from suing others for violating certain or all of our intellectual property rights; our patents being held invalid or unenforceable or not infringed; our being subjected to significant liabilities; our being required to seek licenses from third parties; our being prevented from licensing our patented technology; or our being required to renegotiate with current licensees on a temporary or permanent basis. Even


if we are successful in our litigation, or any settlement of such litigation, there is no guarantee that the applicable opposing parties will be able to pay any damages awards timely or at all as a result of financial difficulties or otherwise. Delay or any or all of these adverse results could cause a substantial decline in our revenue and stock price.

An adverse resolution by or with a governmental agency could result in severe limitations on our ability to protect and license our intellectual property, and would cause our revenue to decline substantially.

From time to time, we are subject to proceedings by government agencies. These proceedings may result in adverse determinations against us or in other outcomes that could limit our ability to enforce or license our intellectual property, and could cause our revenue to decline substantially.

In addition, third parties have and may attempt to use adverse findings by a government agency to limit our ability to enforce or license our patents in private litigations and to assert claims for monetary damages against us. Although we have successfully defeated certain attempts to do so, there can be no assurance that other third parties will not be successful in the future or that additional claims or actions arising out of adverse findings by a government agency will not be asserted against us.

Further, third parties have sought and may seek review and reconsideration of the patentability of inventions claimed in certain of our patents by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (“PTO”) and/or the European Patent Office (the “EPO”). Currently, we are subject to several re-examination proceedings, including proceedings initiated by Hynix, Micron and NVIDIA as a defensive action in connection with our litigation against those companies. An adverse decision by the PTO or EPO could invalidate some or all of these patent claims and could also result in additional adverse consequences affecting other related U.S. or European patents, including in our intellectual property litigation. If a sufficient number of such patents are impaired, our ability to enforce or license our intellectual property would be significantly weakened and this could cause our revenue to decline substantially.

The pendency of any governmental agency acting as described above may impair our ability to enforce or license our patents or collect royalties from existing or potential licensees, as our litigation opponents may attempt to use such proceedings to delay or otherwise impair any pending cases and our existing or potential licensees may await the final outcome of any proceedings before agreeing to new licenses or pay royalties.

Litigation or other third-party claims of intellectual property infringement could require us to expend substantial resources and could prevent us from developing or licensing our technology on a cost-effective basis.

Our research and development programs are in highly competitive fields in which numerous third parties have issued patents and patent applications with claims closely related to the subject matter of our programs. We have also been named in the past, and may in the future be named, as a defendant in lawsuits claiming that our technology infringes upon the intellectual property rights of third parties. In the event of a third-party claim or a successful infringement action against us, we may be required to pay substantial damages, to stop developing and licensing our infringing technology, to develop non-infringing technology, and to obtain licenses, which could result in our paying substantial royalties or our granting of cross licenses to our technologies. Threatened or ongoing third-party claims or infringement actions may prevent us from pursuing additional development and licensing arrangements for some period. For example, we may discontinue negotiations with certain customers for additional licensing of our patents due to the uncertainty caused by our ongoing litigation on the terms of such licenses or of the terms of such licenses on our litigation. We may not be able to obtain licenses from other parties at a reasonable cost, or at all, which could cause us to expend substantial resources, or result in delays in, or the cancellation of, new product.

If we are unable to successfully protect our inventions through the issuance and enforcement of patents, our operating results could be adversely affected.

We have an active program to protect our proprietary inventions through the filing of patents. There can be no assurance, however, that:

 
any current or future U.S. or foreign patent applications will be approved and not be challenged by third parties;

 
our issued patents will protect our intellectual property and not be challenged by third parties;

 
the validity of our patents will be upheld;

 
our patents will not be declared unenforceable;


 
the patents of others will not have an adverse effect on our ability to do business;

 
Congress or the U.S. courts or foreign countries will not change the nature or scope of rights afforded patents or patent owners or alter in an adverse way the process for seeking patents;

 
changes in law will not be implemented that will affect our ability to protect and enforce our patents and other intellectual property;

 
new legal theories and strategies utilized by our competitors will not be successful; or

 
others will not independently develop similar or competing chip interfaces or design around any patents that may be issued to us.

If any of the above were to occur, our operating results could be adversely affected.

Our inability to protect and own the intellectual property we create would cause our business to suffer.

We rely primarily on a combination of license, development and nondisclosure agreements, trademark, trade secret and copyright law, and contractual provisions to protect our non-patentable intellectual property rights. If we fail to protect these intellectual property rights, our licensees and others may seek to use our technology without the payment of license fees and royalties, which could weaken our competitive position, reduce our operating results and increase the likelihood of costly litigation. The growth of our business depends in large part on the use of our intellectual property in the products of third party manufacturers, and our ability to enforce intellectual property rights against them to obtain appropriate compensation. In addition, effective trade secret protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Although we intend to protect our rights vigorously, if we fail to do so, our business will suffer.

We rely upon the accuracy of our licensees’ recordkeeping, and any inaccuracies or payment disputes for amounts owed to us under our licensing agreements may harm our results of operations.

Many of our license agreements require our licensees to document the manufacture and sale of products that incorporate our technology and report this data to us on a quarterly basis. While licenses with such terms give us the right to audit books and records of our licensees to verify this information, audits rarely are undertaken because they can be expensive, time consuming, and potentially detrimental to our ongoing business relationship with our licensees. Therefore, we typically rely on the accuracy of the reports from licensees without independently verifying the information in them. Our failure to audit our licensees’ books and records may result in our receiving more or less royalty revenue than we are entitled to under the terms of our license agreements. If we conduct royalty audits in the future, such audits may trigger disagreements over contract terms with our licensees and such disagreements could hamper customer relations, divert the efforts and attention of our management from normal operations and impact our business operations and financial condition.

Any dispute regarding our intellectual property may require us to indemnify certain licensees, the cost of which could severely hamper our business operations and financial condition.

In any potential dispute involving our patents or other intellectual property, our licensees could also become the target of litigation. While we generally do not indemnify our licensees, some of our license agreements provide limited indemnities, and some require us to provide technical support and information to a licensee that is involved in litigation involving use of our technology. In addition, we may agree to indemnify others in the future. Any of these indemnification and support obligations could result in substantial expenses. In addition to the time and expense required for us to indemnify or supply such support to our licensees, a licensee’s development, marketing and sales of licensed semiconductors could be severely disrupted or shut down as a result of litigation, which in turn could severely hamper our business operations and financial condition as a result of lower or no royalty payments.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

None.


Item  2.   Properties

As of December 31, 2009, we occupied offices in the leased facilities described below:

Number of
Offices
Under Lease
 
 
Location
 
 
Primary Use
3
United States
Los Altos, CA (current Headquarters)
Chapel Hill, NC
Cleveland, OH
Executive and administrative offices, research and development, sales and marketing and service functions
1
Bangalore, India
Administrative offices, research and
development and service functions
1
Tokyo, Japan
Business development
1
Taipei, Taiwan
Business development
1
Pforzheim, Germany
Business development

On December 15, 2009, we entered into a lease agreement for an incompleted office space located in Sunnyvale, California. We plan to move to the new premises in the second half of 2010 following completion of tenant improvements and will no longer occupy the Los Altos facilities after the move. The office space will serve as our corporate headquarters, as well as engineering, marketing and administrative operations and activities.  

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

For the information required by this item regarding legal proceedings, see Note 16 “Litigation and Asserted Claims,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.

Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None.

PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our Common Stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “RMBS.” The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the high and low sales price per share of our Common Stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 
 
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2009
   
Year Ended
December 31, 2008
 
 
 
High
   
Low
   
High
   
Low
 
First Quarter
  $ 18.70     $ 5.99     $ 26.41     $ 14.64  
Second Quarter
  $ 19.65     $ 9.07     $ 24.85     $ 18.61  
Third Quarter
  $ 19.94     $ 14.33     $ 18.90     $ 12.29  
Fourth Quarter
  $ 25.54     $ 15.53     $ 16.59     $ 4.95  

The graph below matches Rambus Inc.’s cumulative five-year total shareholder return on Common Stock with the cumulative total returns of The NASDAQ Composite Index and the RDG Semiconductor Composite Index. The graph tracks the performance of a $100 investment in our Common Stock and in each of the indexes (with the reinvestment of all dividends) from December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2009.


COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Rambus Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The RDG Semiconductor Composite Index
 
COMPARISON OF RETURN


$100 invested on 12/31/04 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.

 
Fiscal years ending:
      12/04       12/05       12/06       12/07       12/08       12/09  
Rambus Inc. 
    100.00       70.39       82.30       91.04       69.22       106.09  
NASDAQ Composite
    100.00       101.33       114.01       123.71       73.11       105.61  
RDG Semiconductor Composite
    100.00       111.52       105.29       118.19       59.74       87.55  

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

Information regarding our securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans will be included in Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” of this report on Form 10-K.

As of January 29, 2010, there were 737 holders of record of our Common Stock. Because many of the shares of our Common Stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of beneficial stockholders represented by these record holders. We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our Common Stock or other securities. However, in the future, we may plan to pay or declare cash dividends depending on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business conditions and other factors.

Share Repurchase Program

In October 2001, our Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a share repurchase program of our Common Stock, principally to reduce the dilutive effect of employee stock options. To date, the Board has approved the authorization to repurchase up to 19.0 million shares of our outstanding Common Stock over an undefined period of time. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not repurchase any Common Stock. As of December 31, 2009, we had repurchased a cumulative total of approximately 16.8 million shares of our Common Stock with an aggregate price of approximately $233.8 million since the commencement of this program. As of December 31, 2009, there remained an outstanding authorization to repurchase approximately 2.2 million shares of our outstanding Common Stock.

We record stock repurchases as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. We record a portion of the purchase price of the repurchased shares as an increase to accumulated deficit when the cost of the shares repurchased exceeds the average original proceeds per share received from the issuance of Common Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not repurchase any Common Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the cumulative price of the shares repurchased exceeded the proceeds received from the issuance of the same number of shares. The excess of $44.2 million was recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data for and as of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was derived from our consolidated financial statements. The summary consolidated selected financial data for and as of the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005 has been adjusted as a result of the retrospective adoption on January 1, 2009 of a new Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) accounting guidance which clarifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, including partial cash settlement (“new FASB accounting guidance”). Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The


following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and other financial data included elsewhere in this report. Our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of results of operations to be expected for any future period.

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008 (1)
   
2007 (1)
   
2006 (1) (2)
   
2005 (2)
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Total revenue
  $ 113,007     $ 142,494     $ 179,940     $ 195,324     $ 157,198  
Net income (loss)
  $ (92,186 )   $ (199,110 )   $ (34,221 )   $ (18,006 )   $ 6,914  
Net income (loss) per share:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.88 )   $ (1.90 )   $ (0.33 )   $ (0.17 )   $ 0.07  
Diluted
  $ (0.88 )   $ (1.90 )   $ (0.33 )   $ (0.17 )   $ 0.07  
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
                                       
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
  $ 460,193     $ 345,853     $ 440,882     $ 436,341     $ 355,390  
Total assets
  $ 555,869     $ 397,370     $ 617,963     $ 591,295     $ 497,141  
Convertible notes
  $ 248,044     $ 125,474     $ 135,214     $ 124,719     $ 115,039  
Stockholders’ equity
  $ 255,327     $ 232,941     $ 422,486     $ 404,247     $ 349,616  

____________

(1)
Adjusted to reflect adoption of the new FASB accounting guidance. Refer to Note 3, “Retrospective Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncement,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

(2)
The year ended December 31, 2006 includes adjustments for the new FASB accounting guidance to decrease total assets by $13,322 and convertible notes by $35,281 and increase stockholders’ equity by $21,959. The year ended December 31, 2005 includes additional interest expense (including amortization of debt issuance costs) of $12,253, decrease to interest income and other income (expense), net of $24,732, decrease to provision for income taxes of $14,959, decrease to net income of $22,026, decrease to basic net income per share of $0.22, decrease to diluted net income per share of $0.21, decrease to total assets of $18,812, decrease to convertible notes of $44,961 and increase to stockholders’ equity of $26,149.



Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements relate to our expectations for future events and time periods. All statements other than statements of historical fact are statements that could be deemed to be forward-looking statements, including any statements regarding trends in future revenue or results of operations, gross margin or operating margin, expenses, earnings or losses from operations, synergies or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning developments, performance or industry ranking; any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance; any statements regarding pending investigations, claims or disputes; any statements of expectation or belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Generally, the words “anticipate,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “future,” “intends,” “may,” “should,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, forecasts and assumptions and are subject to risks, uncertainties and changes in condition, significance, value and effect. As a result of the factors described herein, and in the documents incorporated herein by reference, including, in particular, those factors described under “Risk Factors,” we undertake no obligation to publicly disclose any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring subsequent to filing this report with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Business Overview

We are a premier technology licensing company. Our primary focus is the design, development and licensing chip interface technologies and architectures that are foundational to nearly all digital electronics products. Our chip interface technologies aim to improve the performance, power efficiency, time-to-market and cost-effectiveness of our customers’ semiconductor and system products for computing, gaming and graphics, consumer electronics and mobile applications. The key elements of our strategy are as follows:

Innovate:   Develop and patent our innovative technology to provide fundamental competitive advantage when incorporated into semiconductors and electronic systems.

Drive Adoption:   Communicate the advantages of our patented innovations and technology to the industry and encourage its adoption through demonstrations and incorporation in the products of select customers.

Monetize:   License our patented inventions and technology solutions to customers for use in their semiconductor and system products.

In December 2009, we added lighting technology to our portfolio of solutions through the acquisition of patented innovations and technology from Global Lighting Technologies Inc. (“GLT”). This technology is highly complementary to our chip interface technologies since it is intended to improve the visual capabilities, form factor, power efficiency and cost effectiveness of backlighting of LCD displays in products for  computing, gaming and graphics, consumer electronics and mobile applications. Our new technology also has great potential to enable cost-effective and power-efficient LED-based general lighting products.

As of December 31, 2009, our chip interface, lighting and other technologies are covered by more than 950 U.S. and foreign patents. Additionally, we have approximately 600 patent applications pending. These patents and patent applications cover important inventions in memory and logic chip interfaces, optoelectronics and other technologies. Some of the patents and pending patent applications are derived from a common parent patent application or are foreign counterpart patent applications. We have a program to file applications for and obtain patents in the United States and in selected foreign countries where we believe filing for such protection is appropriate. In some instances, obtaining appropriate levels of protection may involve prosecuting continuation and counterpart patent applications based on a common parent application. We believe that our patented innovations provide our customers means to achieve higher performance, improved power efficiency, lower risk, and greater cost-effectiveness in their semiconductor and system products.

Our primary method of providing technology to our customers is through our patented innovations. We license our broad portfolio of patented inventions to semiconductor and system companies who use these inventions in the development and manufacture of their own products. Such licensing agreements may cover the license of part, or all, of our patent portfolio. Patent license agreements are generally royalty bearing.


We also develop a range of solutions including “leadership” (which are Rambus-proprietary solutions widely licensed to our customers) and industry-standard solutions that we provide to our customers under license for incorporation into their semiconductor and system products. Due to the often complex nature of implementing state-of-the art technology, we offer engineering services to our customers to help them successfully integrate our solutions into their semiconductors and systems. These technology license agreements may have both a fixed price (non-recurring) component and ongoing royalties. Engineering services are generally offered on a fixed price basis. Further, under technology licenses, our customers may receive licenses to our patents necessary to implement these solutions in their products with specific rights and restrictions to the applicable patents elaborated in their individual contracts with us.

Royalties represent a substantial majority of our total revenue. We derive the majority of our royalty revenue by licensing our broad portfolio of patents for chip interfaces to our customers. Such licenses may cover part or all of our patent portfolio. Leading semiconductor and system companies such as AMD, Fujitsu, Intel, NEC, Panasonic, Renesas, and Toshiba have licensed our patents for use in their own products.

We also derive additional revenue by licensing a range of technology solutions including our leadership architectures and industry-standard solutions to customers for use in their semiconductor and system products. Our customers include leading companies such as Elpida, IBM, Intel, Panasonic, Sony and Toshiba. Due to the complex nature of implementing our technologies, we provide engineering services under certain of these licenses to help our customers successfully integrate our technology solutions into their semiconductors and system products. Licensees also may receive, in addition to their technology license agreements, patent licenses as necessary to implement the technology in their products with specific rights and restrictions to the applicable patents elaborated in their individual contracts.

The remainder of our revenue is contract services revenue which includes license fees and engineering services fees. The timing and amounts invoiced to customers can vary significantly depending on specific contract terms and can therefore have a significant impact on deferred revenue or account receivables in any given period.

We intend to continue making significant expenditures associated with engineering, marketing, general and administration including litigation expenses, and expect that these costs and expenses will continue to be a significant percentage of revenue in future periods. Whether such expenses increase or decrease as a percentage of revenue will be substantially dependent upon the rate at which our revenue or expenses change.

Executive Summary

Fiscal 2009 continued to be a difficult and challenging time for us. The economic recession had caused our revenue from variable royalties to decrease. In addition, we were not able to grow our revenue from new customers as many potential customers are hesitant to sign licensing agreements with us until the current litigation activities are resolved. Our revenue for 2009 therefore decreased $29.5 million, or 20.7%, from 2008. In fiscal 2009, cutting costs, strengthening our business and attempting to reach agreements with those companies that have infringed our patented technologies remained our primary focus. We have lowered costs in 2009 through reductions in headcount in the third quarter of 2008 as well as curtailing capital expenditures and implementing other cost control measures. Our cost cutting initiatives are working, in spite of the continuing impact of the economic recession.

We also have taken several additional critical steps to better position ourselves not only to weather the recession but to capitalize on opportunities when the economy improves. Research and development continues to play a key role in our efforts to maintain product innovations. Consistent with our strategy to expand our patent portfolio and diversify our business, we added lighting technology through the acquisition of patented innovations and technology from GLT.

As a result of our reorganization and reductions in headcount in 2008, our engineering costs for 2009, in aggregate and as a percentage of revenue, decreased $23.4 million and 2.9%, respectively, in 2009 as compared to 2008. Marketing, general and administrative expenses in aggregate increased $4.1 million in 2009 as compared to 2008 primarily due to expenses related to acquisition activities. Our lower revenue combined with the increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses, has caused marketing, general and administrative expenses to increase as a percentage of revenue. In 2009, we had a net recovery of restatement and related legal activities of $13.5 million, primarily due to recognition of insurance settlements of $12.3 million from the insurance carriers and the receipt of $4.5 million from former executives as part of their settlement agreements with us in connection with the derivative and class action lawsuits.



Trends

There are a number of trends that we expect may or will have a material impact on us in the future, including global economic conditions with the resulting impact on sales, continuing pursuit of litigation against companies that have infringed our patented technologies and shifts in our overall effective tax rate.

We have a high degree of revenue concentration, with our top five licensees representing approximately 77%, 67% and 67% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As a result of our Samsung settlement, Samsung is expected to account for a significant portion of our ongoing licensing revenue commencing in 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2009, revenue from AMD, Fujitsu, NEC, Panasonic, and Toshiba, each accounted for 10% or more of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2008, revenue from AMD, Elpida, Fujitsu, NEC, Panasonic, and Sony, each accounted for 10% or more of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2007, revenue from Elpida, Fujitsu, Qimonda and Toshiba, each accounted for 10% or more of total revenue.

Many of our licensees have the right to cancel their licenses. The particular licensees which account for revenue concentration have varied from period to period as a result of the addition of new contracts, expiration of existing contracts, industry consolidation and the volumes and prices at which the licensees have recently sold licensed semiconductors to system companies. These variations are expected to continue in the foreseeable future, although we expect that our revenue concentration will decrease over time as we license new customers.

The semiconductor industry is intensely competitive and highly cyclical. Our visibility with respect to future sales is very limited at this time.  We are continuing to experience a period of economic downturn, which has resulted in and may continue to result in, among other things, diminished demand and the erosion of average selling prices in the semiconductor industry. To the extent that these macroeconomic pressures affect our principal licensees, the demand for our technology may be significantly and adversely impacted and we may experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations in our operating results. The downturn in worldwide economic conditions also threatens the financial health of our commercial counterparties, including companies with whom we have entered into licensing arrangements, settlement agreements or that have been subject to litigation judgments that provide for payments to us, and their ability to fulfill their financial and other obligations to us. Some of our existing patent licensees have fixed royalty payments which are not impacted by the current economic downturn. Royalty payments from the remaining licensees are related to variable royalty agreements which have been impacted by the current economic conditions. Current market indicators are mixed, but there are some recent signs of some stabilization. However, there continue to be indications that global demand will not quickly recover and may continue to contract for most, if not all, of 2010. Such lower demand levels may adversely impact our revenue and profitability. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”

The royalties we receive are partly a function of the adoption of our chip interfaces by system companies. Many system companies purchase semiconductors containing our chip interfaces from our licensees and do not have a direct contractual relationship with us. Our licensees generally do not provide us with details as to the identity or volume of licensed semiconductors purchased by particular system companies. As a result, we face difficulty in analyzing the extent to which our future revenue will be dependent upon particular system companies. System companies face intense competitive pressure in their markets, which are characterized by extreme volatility, frequent new product introductions and rapidly shifting consumer preferences. There can be no assurance as to the unit volumes of licensed semiconductors that will be purchased by these companies in the future or as to the level of royalty-bearing revenue that our licensees will receive from sales to these companies. Additionally, there can be no assurance that a significant number of other system companies will adopt our chip interfaces or that our dependence upon particular system companies will decrease in the future. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”

Our revenue from companies headquartered outside of the United States accounted for approximately 83%, 84% and 85% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We expect that revenue derived from international licensees will continue to represent a significant portion of our total revenue in the future. To date, all of the revenue from international licensees have been denominated in U.S. dollars. However, to the extent that such licensees’ sales to their customers are not denominated in U.S. dollars, any royalties that we receive as a result of such sales could be subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In addition, if the effective price of licensed semiconductors sold by our foreign licensees were to increase as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of the relevant currencies, demand for licensed semiconductors could fall, which in turn would reduce our royalties. We do not use financial instruments to hedge foreign exchange rate risk.

For additional information concerning international revenue, see Note 13, “Business Segments, Exports and Major Customers,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K.



Engineering costs as a percent of net sales decreased in the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the prior year, reflecting the decrease in engineering costs from reductions in headcount. In the near term, we expect engineering costs to be higher than in 2009 due primarily to the engineering activities in our newly established Lighting Technology Division which was created from the acquisition of patented innovations and technology from GLT. In addition, we intend to continue to make investments in the infrastructure and technologies required to maintain our product innovations and leadership position in chip interface technologies and, as a result, expenses are expected to increase.

Marketing, general and administrative expenses in the aggregate and as a percentage of net sales increased in the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the prior year, reflecting the increase in marketing, general and administrative expenses due to expenses related to acquisition activities as well as the decrease in revenue. Historically, we have been involved in significant litigation stemming from the unlicensed use of our inventions. Our litigation expenses have been high and difficult to predict and we anticipate future litigation expenses will continue to be significant, volatile and difficult to predict. If we are successful in the litigation and/or related licensing, our revenue could be substantially higher in the future; if we are unsuccessful, our revenue may not grow. Furthermore, our success in litigation matters pending before courts and regulatory bodies that relate to our intellectual property rights have impacted and will likely continue to impact our ability and the terms upon which we are able to negotiate new or renegotiate existing licenses for our technology. We will continue to pursue litigation against those companies that have infringed our patented technologies, which in turn will continue to increase marketing, general and administrative expenses as litigation expenses will continue to increase until such litigation is resolved.

As we continue to pursue litigation and invest in research and development projects combined with the recent lower revenue from our licensees, our cash from operations will continue to be negatively affected.

Our overall effective tax rate will continue to fluctuate as a result of the allocation of earnings among various taxing jurisdictions with varying tax rates.  



Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage of total revenue represented by certain items reflected in our consolidated statements of operations:

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Revenue:
                 
Royalties
    95.6 %     89.1 %     85.8 %
Contract revenue
    4.4 %     10.9 %     14.2 %
Total revenue
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of contract revenue*
    6.1 %     15.0 %     15.1 %
Research and development*
    59.5 %     53.5 %     46.1 %
Marketing, general and administrative*
    113.4 %     87.1 %     67.0 %
Costs (recoveries) of restatement and related legal activities
    (11.9 )%     2.3 %     10.8 %
Restructuring costs*
    %     2.9 %     %
Impairment of intangible asset
    %     1.5 %     %
Total costs and expenses
    167.1 %     162.3 %     139.0 %
Operating loss
    (67.1 )%     (62.3 )%     (39.0 )%
Interest income and other income, net
    3.6 %     10.7 %     12.1 %
Interest expense
    (18.6 )%     (8.3 )%     (6.1 )%
Interest and other income (expense), net
    (15.0 )%     2.4 %     6.0 %
Loss before income taxes
    (82.1 )%     (59.9 )%     (33.0 )%
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (0.5 )%     79.8 %     (14.0 )%
Net loss
    (81.6 )%     (139.7 )%     (19.0 )%
* Includes stock-based compensation:
                       
Cost of contract revenue
    0.9 %     3.6 %     3.3 %
Research and development
    8.6 %     9.5 %     9.0 %
Marketing, general and administrative
    18.5 %     13.0 %     12.6 %
Restructuring costs
    %     0.4 %     %
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
   
2008 to 2009
   
2007 to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
Change
   
Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
             
Total Revenue
                             
Royalties
  $ 108.0     $ 126.9     $ 154.3       (14.9 )%     (17.8 )%
Contract revenue
    5.0       15.6       25.6       (67.9 )%     (39.2 )%
Total revenue
  $ 113.0     $ 142.5     $ 179.9       (20.7 )%     (20.8 )%
 
Royalty Revenue

Patent Licenses

Royalties related to our patents for SDR and DDR-compatible products decreased approximately $21.2 million to $79.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $100.5 million for the same period in 2008. The decrease was primarily due to the expiration of the Elpida licensing agreement in the first quarter of 2008, the one-time receipt of previously withheld royalties from the FTC Disposition Order in 2008 and lower variable patent royalty payments received in 2009, as a result of, among other things, lower product shipment volumes reported by customers.

Royalties related to our patents for SDR and DDR-compatible products decreased approximately $32.5 million to $100.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $133.0 million for the same period in 2007. The decrease was primarily due to the higher licensing payments received in 2007 as a result of, among other things, our receipt of the final installment payments from Qimonda, which we were entitled to under the terms of our license agreement and settlement with Qimonda, in 2007 and lower licensing payments received in 2008 as a result of, among other things, the expiration of the Elpida licensing agreement in the first quarter of 2008.


   We are in negotiations with prospective licensees as well as existing licensees regarding renewals as some of the existing patent license agreements will expire in 2010. We expect SDR and DDR-compatible royalties will continue to vary from period to period based on our success in renewing existing license agreements and adding new licensees, as well as the level of variation in our licensees’ reported shipment volumes, sales price and mix, offset in part by the proportion of licensee payments that are fixed.

Technology Licenses

Royalties from technology licenses increased approximately $2.3 million to $28.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $26.4 million for the same period in 2008. The increase was primarily due to higher royalties reported from increased shipments related to DDR2 technologies and a one-time catch-up royalty payment in the second quarter of 2009 related to RDRAM tm controllers associated with shipments of the Sony PlayStation®2 product, offset by decreased royalties from XDR tm DRAM associated with decreased shipments of the Sony PLAYSTATION®3 product.

Royalties from technology licenses increased approximately $5.1 million to $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $21.3 million for the same period in 2007. This increase was primarily due to higher royalties reported from increased shipments related to DDR2 technologies and increased royalties from XDR tm DRAM associated with increased amount of shipments of the Sony PLAYSTATION®3 product.

In the future, we expect technology royalties will continue to vary from period to period based on our licensees’ shipment volumes, sales prices, and product mix.

Contract Revenue

Contract revenue decreased approximately $10.6 million to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease is due to fewer new technology development contracts, decrease in work performed on existing technology development contracts, as well as decreased revenue from reseller arrangements.

Contract revenue decreased approximately $10.0 million to $15.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $25.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease is due to fewer new technology development contracts as well as a decrease in work performed on existing technology development contracts.

We believe that contract revenue recognized will continue to fluctuate over time based on our ongoing contractual requirements, the amount of work performed, the timing of completing engineering deliverables, and by changes to work required, as well as new technology development contracts booked in the future.
 
  Engineering costs:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
   
2008 to 2009
   
2007 to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
Change
   
Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
             
Engineering costs
                             
Cost of contract revenue
  $ 5.9     $ 16.1     $ 21.2       (63.6 )%     (24.0 )%
Stock-based compensation
    1.0       5.2       5.9       (80.7 )%     (12.2 )%
Total cost of contract revenue
    6.9       21.3       27.1       (67.7 )%     (21.5 )%
Research and development
    57.5       62.7       66.7       (8.3 )%     (5.9 )%
Stock-based compensation
    9.7       13.5       16.2       (28.0 )%     (16.7 )%
Total research and development
    67.2       76.2       82.9       (11.8 )%     (8.0 )%
Total engineering costs
  $ 74.1     $ 97.5     $ 110.0       (24.0 )%     (11.3 )%
 
Engineering costs are allocated between cost of contract revenue and research and development expenses. Cost of contract revenue reflects the portion of the total engineering costs which are specifically devoted to individual licensee development and support services. The balance of engineering costs, incurred for the development of generally applicable chip interface technologies, is charged to research and development. In a given period, the allocation of engineering costs between these two components is a function of the timing of the development and implementation schedules of individual licensee contracts.


     For the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the same period in 2008, engineering costs decreased primarily due to lower headcount and the related decrease in salary, benefits, allocations and stock based compensation expenses as well as decreases in consulting and travel and entertainment costs as a result of our cost reduction initiatives that commenced in the second half of 2008.

For the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the same period in 2007, engineering costs decreased primarily due to tax reimbursement expenses in 2007 associated with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A of approximately $4.1 million and decreased salary and related stock-based compensation expenses in 2008 due to the restructuring initiative. The tax reimbursement expenses were associated with our decision to reimburse current employees for the Internal Revenue Code Section 409A penalty taxes imposed on them in connection with their exercise of repriced options in 2006. In addition, depreciation and amortization expense decreased in 2008 due to lower design software maintenance amortization.

In the near term, we expect engineering costs to be higher than in 2009 due primarily to the engineering activities in our newly established Lighting Technology Division which was created from the acquisition of patented innovations and technology from GLT. In addition, we intend to continue to make investments in the infrastructure and technologies required to maintain our product innovation and leadership position in chip interface technologies and, as a result, costs are expected to increase.

Marketing, general and administrative costs:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
   
2008 to 2009
   
2007 to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
Change
   
Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
             
Marketing, general and administrative costs
                             
Marketing, general and administrative costs
  $ 51.8     $ 49.9     $ 58.4       3.8 %     (14.7 )%
Litigation expense
    55.5       55.7       39.5       (0.3 )%     41.1 %
Stock-based compensation
    20.9       18.5       22.7       12.8 %     (18.5 )%
Total marketing, general and administrative costs
  $ 128.2     $ 124.1     $ 120.6       3.3 %     2.9 %
 
Marketing, general and administrative expenses include expenses and costs associated with trade shows, public relations, advertising, litigation, general legal, insurance and other marketing and administrative efforts. Litigation expenses are a significant portion of our marketing, general and administrative expenses and they can vary significantly from quarter to quarter. Consistent with our business model, licensing and marketing activities are focused on developing relationships with potential licensees and on participating with existing licensees in marketing, sales and technical efforts directed to system companies. Due to the long business development cycles we face and the semi-fixed nature of marketing, general and administrative expenses in a given period, these expenses generally do not correlate to the level of revenue in that period or in recent or future periods.

For the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 2008, total marketing, general and administrative costs were higher due primarily to ongoing patent acquisition activities in 2009, higher headcount in corporate development as a result of our strategic initiatives related to our investing activities, increased stock-based compensation expenses primarily related to nonvested equity awards granted during late 2008 and early 2009, and higher allocated costs. These increases were offset by decreases in depreciation expenses, rent and facilities expenses and overall marketing expenses due primarily to our cost reduction initiatives taken in 2008. Litigation expenses remained relatively flat from 2008 to 2009 as we continued to pursue litigation against those companies that have infringed on our patented technologies.

For the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 2007, the increase in total marketing, general and administrative costs was primarily due to higher litigation expense, partially offset by decreased stock-based compensation, salary expenses due to the restructuring initiative in 2008, general legal costs, marketing and advertising costs, professional fees and the lack of the $2.5 million of tax reimbursement expenses associated with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A incurred in 2007. The tax reimbursement expenses were associated with our decision to reimburse current and former non-executive employees for the Internal Revenue Code Section 409A penalty taxes imposed on them in connection with their exercise of repriced options in 2006. The higher litigation expenses were primarily due to costs incurred in connection with cases that came to trial in 2008.

In the future, marketing, general and administrative costs will vary from period to period based on the trade shows, advertising, legal, and other marketing and administrative activities undertaken, and the change in sales, marketing and administrative headcount in any given period. Litigation expenses are expected to vary from period to period due to the variability of litigation activities.


Costs (recoveries) of restatement and related legal activities:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
2008 to 2009
 
2007 to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Change
 
Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
         
Costs (recoveries) of restatement and related legal activities
  $ (13.5 )   $ 3.3     $ 19.5  
NM*
    (83.2 )%
 
* NM — percentage is not meaningful as the change is too large
 
Costs (recoveries) of restatement and related legal activities consist primarily of investigation, audit, legal and other professional fees related to the 2006-2007 stock option investigation and the filing of the restated financial statements and related litigation.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, recoveries of restatement and related legal activities were $13.5 million due primarily to recognition of insurance settlements of $12.3 million from the insurance carriers and the receipt of $4.5 million from former executives as part of their settlement agreements with us in connection with the derivative and class action lawsuits. The $16.8 million was recorded as recoveries of restatement and related legal activities. Until all the litigation and related issues are resolved, we anticipate that there could be additional costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the same period in 2007, the decrease in costs of restatement and related legal activities was primarily associated with the decrease in accounting and consulting charges related to the filing of our restated financial statements in 2007 and a decrease in legal expenses in connection with related lawsuits. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2008, we received approximately 163,000 shares of Rambus stock with a value of approximately $0.8 million from a former executive as part of the former executive’s settlement agreement with Rambus in connection with the derivative and class action lawsuits. The $0.8 million was recorded as recoveries of restatement and related legal activities.

 
Restructuring costs:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
   
2008 to 2009
   
2007 to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
Change
   
Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
             
Restructuring costs
  $     $ 4.2     $       N/A *     N/A *
 
* N/A — not applicable
 
During the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not incur any costs associated with restructuring activities. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we initiated a workforce reduction in certain areas of excess capacity. The cash severance, including continuance of certain employee benefits, totaled approximately $3.6 million and non-cash employee severance was approximately $0.5 million of stock-based compensation expense. We also leased a facility in Mountain View, California, through November 11, 2009, which we vacated during the fourth quarter of 2008 as a result of the restructuring measures. This facility was being subleased at a rate equal to our rent associated with the facility and, as a result no restructuring charge was recorded. The total restructuring charge for the year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately $4.2 million. We paid approximately $3.5 million of severance and benefits during 2008. We paid the remaining $0.1 million of severance and benefits during 2009.

Impairment of intangible asset:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
   
2008 to 2009
   
2007 to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
Change
   
Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
             
Impairment of intangible asset 
  $     $ 2.2     $       N/A *     N/A *
 
* N/A — not applicable
 
In 2009, we did not impair any of our intangible assets. In 2008, we determined that approximately $2.2 million of our intangible assets had no alternative future use and were impaired as a result of a customer’s change in technology requirements. The impairment of the intangible asset related to a contractual relationship acquired in the Velio acquisition during December 2003.



Interest and other income (expense), net:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
   
2008 to 2009
   
2007 to 2008
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
Change
   
Change
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
             
Interest income and other income, net 
  $ 4.1     $ 15.2     $ 21.7       (73.1 )%     (30.1 )%
Interest expense
  $ (21.0 )   $ (11.8 )   $ (11.0 )     77.5 %     7.2 %
Interest and other income (expense), net
  $ (16.9 )   $ 3.4     $ 10.7    
NM*
      (68.4 )%
 
* NM — percentage is not meaningful as the change is too large
 
Interest income and other income, net, consists primarily of interest income generated from investments in high quality fixed income securities. For the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the same period in 2008, the decrease in interest income and other income, net, was primarily due to lower yields on invested balances.

For the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the same period in 2007, the decrease in interest income and other income, net, was primarily due to lower average investment balances and lower yields on invested balances, offset by a gain of $2.5 million related to the repurchase of $23.1 million in face value of the zero coupon convertible senior notes due 2010 (the “2010 Notes”) for $18.7 million during the fourth quarter of 2008. In the future, we expect that interest and other income, net, will vary from period to period based on the amount of cash and marketable securities as well as changes in interest rates.

Interest expense primarily consists of non-cash interest expense related to the amortization of the debt discount on the 2010 Notes and the 5% convertible senior notes due 2014 (the “2014 Notes”) as well as the coupon interest related to the 2014 Notes. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we made a payment of approximately $4.0 million related to the 2014 Notes. We expect interest expense to be higher in 2010 as the 2014 Notes were outstanding for only six months in 2009 and remain substantially the same thereafter until maturity. See Note 15 “Convertible Notes,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes:
 
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
2008 to 2009
2007 to 2008
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Change
Change
   
(Dollars in millions)
     
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
  $ (0.5 )   $ 113.8     $ (25.1 )
NM*
NM*
Effective tax rate
    0.6 %     (133.4 )%     42.4 %    

* NM — percentage is not meaningful as the change is too large
 
We report certain items of income and expense for financial reporting purposes in different years than they are reported for tax purposes. We recognize revenue for financial reporting purposes as such amounts are earned and this could occur over several reporting periods. As a result of the above and other differences between tax and financial reporting for income and expense recognition, our net operating loss for tax purposes may be more or less than the amount recorded for financial reporting purposes. In addition, we maintain estimated liabilities for uncertain tax positions.

Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2009 was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate applied to our net loss primarily due to a full valuation allowance on our U.S. net deferred tax assets, foreign income taxes and state income taxes, partially offset by refundable research and development tax credits and carryback of net operating loss. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2008 was lower than the U.S. statutory tax rate applied to our net loss primarily due to the establishment of a full valuation allowance on our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Our effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2007 was higher than the U.S. statutory tax rate applied to our net loss primarily due to research and development tax credits, stock-based compensation expense associated with executives and state income taxes.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, we remained in a full valuation allowance on our U.S. net deferred tax assets. Management periodically evaluates the realizability of our net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative. The realization of net deferred tax assets is solely dependent on our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income during periods prior to the expiration of tax statutes to fully utilize these assets. Based on all available evidence, we determined that it was not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would be realized. In January 2010, we signed an agreement with Samsung which will be


considered in assessing the need for a valuation allowance going forward which may result in a partial or full valuation release on its deferred tax assets.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 
 
 
December 31,
2009
   
December 31,
2008
 
   
(In millions)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 289.1     $ 116.3  
Marketable securities
    171.1       229.6  
Total cash, cash equivalents, and marketable securities
  $ 460.2     $ 345.9  

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In millions)
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ (40.6 )   $ (38.5 )   $ 5.3  
Net cash provided by investing activities
  $ 24.5     $ 82.7     $ 33.2  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
  $ 188.9     $ (47.5 )   $ 7.6  

Liquidity

Although we used cash for operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2009, total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities are expected to continue at adequate levels to finance our operations, projected capital expenditures and commitments for the next twelve months. Cash needs for the year ended December 31, 2009 were funded primarily from financing and investing activities, including the issuance of the 2014 Notes, common stock under our equity incentive plans and some of our investments in marketable securities that matured and were not reinvested.

Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities of $40.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily attributable to the net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items including stock-based compensation expense, non-cash interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense. Changes in operating assets and liabilities which included decreases in accrued litigation expenses due to recognition of proceeds of $5.0 million from an insurance company related to the derivative and class action lawsuits offset by increases in accounts payable due to the timing of vendor payments.

Cash used in operating activities of $38.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 was primarily attributable to the net loss for the period adjusted for non-cash items, including the tax provision related to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, stock-based compensation expense, non-cash interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, impairment of an asset, offset by gain on repurchase of convertible notes and recoveries of restatement and related legal activities. The change in operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was primarily due to a decrease in accrued litigation expenses due to payments related to the class action lawsuit settlement.

Cash provided by operating activities of $5.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 was primarily attributable to the net loss for the period adjusted for non-cash items including stock-based compensation expense, non-cash interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, partially offset by a deferred tax benefit. Changes in operating assets and liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2007 included increases in prepaid and other assets primarily due to prepaid software maintenance agreements and deferred tax assets resulting from our operating loss, decreases in deferred revenue and accrued salaries and benefits and other accrued liabilities, offset by a net increase in accounts payable primarily due to restatement and related legal expenses and capitalized software license maintenance agreements.

Investing Activities

Cash provided by investing activities of approximately $24.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2009 primarily consisted of proceeds from the maturities of available-for-sale marketable securities of $240.9 million, partially offset by purchases of available-for-sale marketable securities of $183.2 million.  In December 2009, we paid $26.0 million to acquire technology and a portfolio of advanced lighting and optoelectronics patents from GLT. Additionally, we paid $2.7 million to acquire property and equipment,


primarily computer software, and $2.5 million for intangible assets. We also made a $2.0 million investment in a non-marketable equity security of a technology company.

Cash provided by investing activities of approximately $82.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2008 primarily consisted of proceeds from the maturities and sale of available-for-sale marketable securities of $455.8 million, partially offset by purchases of available-for-sale marketable securities of $363.0 million. Additionally, we paid $9.9 million to acquire property and equipment, primarily computer equipment and computer software licenses.

Cash provided by investing activities of approximately $33.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily consisted of proceeds from the maturities and sale of available-for-sale marketable securities of $707.1 million, partially offset by purchases of available-for-sale marketable securities of $664.4 million. Additionally, we purchased $5.7 million of primarily computer software and $2.6 million of leasehold improvements.

Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $188.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2009. We received proceeds of $168.2 million from the issuance of 2014 Notes. Additionally, we received approximately $20.7 million from the issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans.

Cash used in financing activities was $47.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2008. We repurchased stock with an aggregate price of $49.2 million under our share repurchase program. Additionally, we repurchased approximately $23.1 million in face value of our zero coupon convertible senior notes for $18.7 million. We also received approximately $21.7 million from the issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans. In addition, we paid $1.3 million under installment payment plans used to acquire software license agreements.

Cash provided by financing activities was $7.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. We received proceeds from the issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans of $11.8 million during the fourth quarter of the year and paid $4.3 million under installment payment plans used to acquire software license agreements. No other significant financing activities occurred during the year primarily due to the stock option investigation and restatement, during which we suspended our common stock repurchase program and suspended employee stock option exercises and purchases under our employee stock purchase plan.

We currently anticipate that existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balances and cash flows from operations will be adequate to meet our cash needs for at least the next 12 months. In February 2010, we satisfied our requirement to pay the 2010 Notes with an aggregate principal amount of $137.0 million. We do not anticipate any liquidity constraints as a result of either the current credit environment or investment fair value fluctuations. We have the ability to hold and we believe that we can recover the amortized cost of our investments. There is no evidence of impairment due to credit losses in our portfolio. We continually monitor the credit risk in our portfolio and mitigate our credit risk exposures in accordance with our policies. We may also incur additional expenditures related to future potential restructuring activities. As described elsewhere in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are involved in ongoing litigation related to our intellectual property and our past stock option investigation. Any adverse settlements or judgments in any of this litigation could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, cash balances and cash flows in the period in which such events occur.

Contractual Obligations

We lease our present office facilities in Los Altos, California, under an operating lease agreement through December 31, 2010. As part of this lease transaction, we provided a letter of credit restricting approximately $0.6 million of our cash as collateral for certain obligations under the lease. The cash is restricted as to withdrawal and is managed by a third party subject to certain limitations under our investment policy. We also leased a facility in Mountain View, California, through November 11, 2009, which we vacated during the fourth quarter of 2008 and subleased at a rate equal to its rent associated with the facility. We lease a facility in Chapel Hill, North Carolina through November 14, 2015, a facility for our design center in Bangalore, India through November 4, 2012 and a facility in Tokyo, Japan through July 31, 2010. In addition, we also lease office facilities in Ohio and various international locations under non-cancelable leases that range in terms from month-to-month to one year.

On December 15, 2009, we entered into a definitive triple net space lease agreement with MT SPE, LLC (the “Landlord”) whereby we will lease approximately 125,000 square feet of office space located at 1040 Enterprise Way in Sunnyvale, California (the


“Lease”). The office space will be used for our corporate headquarters functions, as well as engineering, marketing and administrative operations and activities.  We plan to move to the new premises in the second half of 2010 following completion of leasehold improvements. The Lease has a term of 120 months from the commencement date. The initial annual base rent is $3.7 million, subject to a full abatement of rent for the first six months of the Lease term. The annual base rent increases each year to certain fixed amounts over the course of the term as set forth in the Lease and will be $4.8 million in the tenth year. In addition to the base rent, we will also pay operating expenses, insurance expenses, real estate taxes and a management fee. We have two options to extend the Lease for a period of sixty months each and a one-time option to terminate the Lease after 84 months in exchange for an early termination fee.

During the first quarter of 2010, we will begin a build-out of this facility and expect to incur approximately $11.5 million in construction costs. Under the terms of the Lease, the landlord has agreed to reimburse approximately $10.0 million of this amount. Because certain improvements constructed by us were considered structural in nature and we are responsible for any cost overruns, we are considered to be the owner of the construction project in accordance with accounting for the effect of lessee involvement in asset construction. Therefore, we have capitalized the fair value of the space to be occupied at $25.1 million with a corresponding credit to liability named non-cash obligation for construction in progress. The fair value was determined as of December 31, 2009 using the cost approach which measures the value of an asset as the cost to reconstruct or replace it with another similar asset.

Upon completion of construction, we will apply sale-leaseback accounting. Additionally, we will determine whether the lease will be treated as a capital or operating lease.

On February 1, 2005, we issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of zero coupon convertible senior notes due February 1, 2010 to Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities as initial purchasers who then sold the convertible notes to institutional investors. We have elected to pay the principal amount of the 2010 Notes in cash when they are due. Subsequently, we repurchased a total of $163.1 million face value of the outstanding 2010 Notes in 2005 and 2008. The aggregate principal amount of the 2010 Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was $137.0 million, offset by an unamortized debt discount of $0.9 million. The debt discount was amortized over the remaining one month until maturity of the 2010 Notes, see Note 15, “Convertible Notes,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details. The 2010 Notes were paid off in full in February 2010.

On June 29, 2009, we entered into an Indenture by and between us and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the issuance by us of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5% convertible senior notes due June 15, 2014. On July 10, 2009, an additional $22.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 2014 Notes were issued as a result of the underwriters exercising their overallotment option. The aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was $172.5 million, offset by unamortized debt discount of $60.5 million in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The debt discount is currently being amortized over the remaining 54 months until maturity of the 2014 Notes on June 15, 2014. See Note 15, “Convertible Notes,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

As of December 31, 2009, our material contractual obligations are (in thousands):

 
 
Total
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
   
2013
   
2014
   
Thereafter
 
Contractual obligations(1)
                                         
Operating leases
  $ 50,504     $ 7,304     $ 4,654     $ 4,737     $ 4,313     $ 4,444     $ 25,052  
Convertible notes
    309,450       136,950                         172,500        
Interest payments related to convertible notes
    38,432       8,625       8,625       8,625       8,625       3,932        
Total
  $ 398,386     $ 152,879     $ 13,279     $ 13,362     $ 12,938     $ 180,876     $ 25,052  
___________

(1)
The above table does not reflect possible payments in connection with uncertain tax benefits of approximately $10.4 million, including $8.4 million recorded as a reduction of long-term deferred tax assets and $2.0 million in long-term income taxes payable, as of December 31, 2009. As noted in Note 11, “Income Taxes,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, although it is possible that some of the unrecognized tax benefits could be settled within the next 12 months, we cannot reasonably estimate the outcome at this time.
   



Share Repurchase Program

In October 2001, the Board approved a share repurchase program of our Common Stock, principally to reduce the dilutive effect of employee stock options. To date, the Board has approved the authorization to repurchase up to 19.0 million shares of our outstanding Common Stock over an undefined period of time. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not repurchase any Common Stock. As of December 31, 2009, we had repurchased a cumulative total of approximately 16.8 million shares of our Common Stock with an aggregate price of approximately $233.8 million since the commencement of this program. As of December 31, 2009, there remained an outstanding authorization to repurchase approximately 2.2 million shares of our outstanding Common Stock.

We record stock repurchases as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. We record a portion of the purchase price of the repurchased shares as an increase to accumulated deficit when the cost of the shares repurchased exceeds the average original proceeds per share received from the issuance of Common Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we did not repurchase any Common Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the cumulative price of the shares repurchased exceeded the proceeds received from the issuance of the same number of shares. The excess of $44.2 million was recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Shareholder Litigation Related to Historical Stock Option Practices

See Note 16 “Litigation and Asserted Claims,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to revenue recognition, investments, income taxes, litigation and other contingencies. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We believe the following critical accounting policies affect our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

Overview

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, we have delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If any of these criteria are not met, we defer recognizing the revenue until such time as all criteria are met. Determination of whether or not these criteria have been met may require us to make judgments, assumptions and estimates based upon current information and historical experience.

Our revenue consists of royalty revenue and contract revenue generated from agreements with semiconductor companies, system companies and certain reseller arrangements. Royalty revenue consists of patent license and technology license royalties. Contract revenue consist of fixed license fees, fixed engineering fees and service fees associated with integration of our technology solutions into our customers’ products. Contract revenue may also include support or maintenance. Reseller arrangements generally provide for the pass-through of a percentage of the fees paid to the reseller by the reseller’s customer for use of our patent and technology licenses. We do not recognize revenue for these arrangements until we have received notice of revenue earned by and paid to the reseller, accompanied by the pass-through payment from the reseller. We do not pay commissions to the reseller for these arrangements.

In addition, we may enter into certain settlement of patent infringement disputes. The amount of consideration (including but not limited to past royalty payments, future royalty payments and punitive damages) of the settlement agreement is allocated to each element based on the fair value of each element. In addition, revenues related to past royalties are recognized upon execution of the agreement by both parties, provided that the amounts are fixed or determinable, there are no significant obligations and collectibility is


reasonably assured. We do not recognize any revenues prior to execution of the agreement since there is no reliable basis on which we can estimate the amounts for royalties related to previous periods or assess collectability.

Many of our licensees have the right to cancel their licenses. In such arrangements, revenue is only recognized to the extent that is consistent with the cancellation provisions. Cancellation provisions within such contracts generally provide for a prospective cancellation with no refund of fees already remitted by customers for products provided and payment for services rendered prior to the date of cancellation. Unbilled receivables represent enforceable claims and are deemed collectible in connection with our revenue recognition policy.
 
   Royalty Revenue

We recognize royalty revenue upon notification by our licensees and when deemed collectible. The terms of the royalty agreements generally either require licensees to give us notification and to pay the royalties within 60 days of the end of the quarter during which the sales occur or are based on a fixed royalty that is due within 45 days of the end of the quarter. We have two types of royalty revenue: (1) patent license royalties and (2) technology license royalties.

Patent licenses.   We license our broad portfolio of patented inventions to semiconductor and systems companies who use these inventions in the development and manufacture of their own products. Such licensing agreements may cover the license of part, or all, of our patent portfolio. We generally recognize revenue from these arrangements as amounts become due. The contractual terms of the agreements generally provide for payments over an extended period of time.

Technology licenses.   We develop proprietary and industry-standard chip interface products, such as RDRAM tm and XDR tm that we provide to our customers under technology license agreements. These arrangements include royalties, which can be based on either a percentage of sales or number of units sold. We recognize revenue from these arrangements upon notification from the licensee of the royalties earned and when collectability is deemed reasonably assured.

Contract Revenue

We generally recognize revenue using percentage of completion for development contracts related to licenses of our interface solutions, such as XDR tm and FlexIO tm that involve significant engineering and integration services. For all license and service agreements accounted for using the percentage-of-completion method, we determine progress to completion using input measures based upon contract costs incurred. Prior to the first quarter of 2008, we determined progress to completion using labor-hours incurred. The change to input measures better reflects the overall gross margin over the life of the contract. This change did not have a significant impact on our results of operations. We have evaluated use of output measures versus input measures and have determined that our output is not sufficiently uniform with respect to cost, time and effort per unit of output to use output measures as a measure of progress to completion. Part of these contract fees may be due upon the achievement of certain milestones, such as provision of certain deliverables by us or production of chips by the licensee. The remaining fees may be due on pre-determined dates and include significant up-front fees.

A provision for estimated losses on fixed price contracts is made, if necessary, in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. If we determine that it is necessary to revise the estimates of the total costs required to complete a contract, the total amount of revenue recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected. However, to the extent the new assumptions regarding the total efforts necessary to complete a project were less than the original assumptions, the contract fees would be recognized sooner than originally expected. Conversely, if the newly estimated total efforts necessary to complete a project were longer than the original assumptions, the contract fees will be recognized over a longer period.

If application of the percentage-of-completion method results in recognizable revenue prior to an invoicing event under a customer contract, we will recognize the revenue and record an unbilled receivable. Amounts invoiced to our customers in excess of recognizable revenue are recorded as deferred revenue. The timing and amounts invoiced to customers can vary significantly depending on specific contract terms and can therefore have a significant impact on deferred revenue or unbilled receivables in any given period.

We also recognize revenue for development contracts related to licenses of our chip interface products that involve non-essential engineering services and post contract support (“PCS”). These SOPs apply to all entities that earn revenue on products containing software, where software is not incidental to the product as a whole. Contract fees for the products and services provided under these arrangements are comprised of license fees and engineering service fees which are not essential to the functionality of the product.


Our rates for PCS and for engineering services are specific to each development contract and not standardized in terms of rates or length. Because of these characteristics, we do not have a sufficient population of contracts from which to derive vendor specific objective evidence for each of the elements.

Therefore, after we deliver the product, if the only undelivered element is PCS, we will recognize all revenue ratably over either the contractual PCS period or the period during which PCS is expected to be provided. We review assumptions regarding the PCS periods on a regular basis. If we determine that it is necessary to revise the estimates of the support periods, the total amount of revenue to be recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected.

Litigation

We are involved in certain legal proceedings, as discussed in Note 16, “Litigation and Asserted Claims,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Form 10-K. Based upon consultation with outside counsel handling our defense in these matters and an analysis of potential results, we accrue for losses related to litigation if we determine that a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. If a specific loss amount cannot be estimated, we review the range of possible outcomes and accrue the low end of the range of estimates. Any such accrual would be charged to expense in the appropriate period. We recognize litigation expenses in the period in which the litigation services were provided.

Income Taxes

As part of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to calculate the income tax expense or benefit which relates to the pretax income or loss for the period. In addition, we are required to assess the realization of the tax asset or liability to be included on the consolidated balance sheet as of the reporting dates.

This process requires us to calculate various items including permanent and temporary differences between the financial accounting and tax treatment of certain income and expense items, differences between federal and state tax treatment of these items, the amount of taxable income reported to various states, foreign taxes and tax credits. The differing treatment of certain items for tax and accounting purposes results in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included on our consolidated balance sheet.

As of December 31, 2009, our consolidated balance sheet included net deferred tax assets, before valuation allowance, of approximately $153.1 million, which consists of net operating loss carryovers, tax credit carryovers, depreciation and amortization, employee stock-based compensation expenses and certain liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2009, a valuation allowance of $150.9 million reduced net deferred tax assets to $2.2 million. Management periodically evaluates the realizability of our net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative. The realization of net deferred tax assets is solely dependent on our ability to generate sufficient future taxable income during periods prior to the expiration of tax statutes to fully utilize these assets. Our forecasted future operating results are highly influenced by, among other factors, assumptions regarding (1) our ability to achieve our forecasted revenue, (2) our ability to effectively manage our expenses in line with our forecasted revenue and (3) general trends in the semiconductor industry.

We weighed both positive and negative evidence and determined that there is a continued need for a valuation allowance due to the existence of three years of historical cumulative losses, which we considered significant verifiable negative evidence. Though considered positive evidence, projected income from favorable patent and related settlement litigation were not included in the determination for the valuation allowance due to our inability to reliably estimate the timing and amounts of such settlements. In January 2010, we signed an agreement with Samsung which will be considered in assessing the need for a valuation allowance going forward.

Tax attributes related to stock option windfall deductions should not be recorded until they result in a reduction of cash taxes payable. Starting in 2006, we no longer include net operating losses attributable to stock option windfall deductions as components of our gross deferred tax assets. The benefit of these net operating losses will be recorded to equity when they reduce cash taxes payable.

The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax law and regulations in a multitude of jurisdictions. Although FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 740 Income Taxes, provides further clarification on the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, significant judgment is required by management. If the ultimate resolution of tax uncertainties is different from what is currently estimated, a material impact on income tax expense could result.




Stock-Based Compensation

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we maintained stock plans covering a broad range of potential equity grants including stock options, nonvested equity stock and equity stock units and performance based instruments. In addition, we sponsor an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), whereby eligible employees are entitled to purchase Common Stock semi-annually, by means of limited payroll deductions, at a 15% discount from the fair market value of the Common Stock as of specific dates.

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the revised accounting guidance for share-based payment. The accounting guidance for share-based payments requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense in our statement of operations for all share-based payment awards made to our employees, directors and consultants including employee stock options, nonvested equity stock and equity stock units, and employee stock purchase grants. Stock-based compensation expense is measured at grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, reduced by an estimate of the annualized rate of expected forfeitures, and is recognized as expense over the employees’ expected requisite service period, generally using the straight-line method. In addition, the accounting guidance for share-based payments requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as prescribed under previous accounting rules. We selected the modified prospective method of adoption, which recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of all share-based payments granted after January 1, 2006 and for the fair value of all awards granted to employees prior to January 1, 2006 that remain unvested on the date of adoption. This method did not require a restatement of prior periods. However, awards granted and still unvested on the date of adoption are attributed to expense under the accounting guidance for share-based payments, including the application of a forfeiture rate on a prospective basis. Our forfeiture rate represents the historical rate at which our stock-based awards were surrendered prior to vesting. The accounting guidance for share-based payments requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised on a cumulative basis, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. See Note 8, “Equity Incentive Plans and Stock-Based Compensation,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for more information regarding the valuation of stock-based compensation.

Marketable Securities

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, based on quoted market prices, with the unrealized gains or losses reported, net of tax, in stockholders’ equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, both of which are included in interest and other income, net. Realized gains and losses are recorded on the specific identification method and are included in interest and other income, net. We review our investments in marketable securities for possible other than temporary impairments on a regular basis. If any loss on investment is believed to be other than temporary, a charge will be recognized in operations. In evaluating whether a loss on a debt security is other than temporary, we consider the following factors: 1) our intent to sell the security, 2) if we intend to hold the security, whether or not it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis and 3) even if we intend to hold the security, whether or not we expect the security to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Due to the high credit quality and short term nature of our investments, there have been no other than temporary impairments recorded to date. The classification of funds between short-term and long-term is based on whether the securities are available for use in operations or other purposes.

Non-Marketable Securities

We have an investment in a non-marketable security of a private company which is carried at cost. We monitor the investment for other-than-temporary impairment and record appropriate reductions in carrying value when necessary. The non-marketable security is classified as other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Convertible Notes

See Note 15, “Convertible Notes,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements regarding the accounting policy in regards to the adoption of the new FASB accounting guidance which clarifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, including partial cash settlement.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption.



Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to financial market risks, primarily arising from the effect of interest rate fluctuations on our investment portfolio. Interest rate fluctuation may arise from changes in the market’s view of the quality of the security issuer, the overall economic outlook, and the time to maturity of our portfolio. We mitigate this risk by investing only in high quality, highly liquid instruments. Securities with original maturities of one year or less must be rated by two of the three industry standard rating agencies as follows: A1 by Standard & Poor’s, P1 by Moody’s and/or F-1 by Fitch. Securities with original maturities of greater than one year must be rated by two of the following industry standard rating agencies as follows: AA- by Standard & Poor’s, Aa3 by Moody’s and/or AA- by Fitch. By corporate policy, we limit the amount of exposure to $15.0 million or 10% of the portfolio, whichever is lower, for any one non-U.S. Government issuer. A single U.S. Agency can represent up to 25% of the portfolio. No more than 20% of the total portfolio may be invested in the securities of an industry sector, with money market fund investments evaluated separately. Our policy requires that at least 10% of the portfolio be in securities with a maturity of 90 days or less. We may make investments in U.S. Treasuries, U.S. Agencies, corporate bonds and municipal bonds and notes with maturities up to 36 months. However, the bias of our investment portfolio is shorter maturities. All investments must be U.S. dollar denominated. 

We invest our cash equivalents and marketable securities in a variety of U.S. dollar financial instruments such as Treasuries, Government Agencies, Commercial Paper and Corporate Notes. Our policy specifically prohibits trading securities for the sole purposes of realizing trading profits. However, we may liquidate a portion of our portfolio if we experience unforeseen liquidity requirements. In such a case if the environment has been one of rising interest rates we may experience a realized loss, similarly, if the environment has been one of declining interest rates we may experience a realized gain. As of December 31, 2009, we had an investment portfolio of fixed income marketable securities of $452.0 million including cash equivalents. If market interest rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 10% from the levels as of December 31, 2009, the fair value of the portfolio would decline by approximately $0.1 million. Actual results may differ materially from this sensitivity analysis.

The table below summarizes the book value, fair value, unrealized gains and related weighted average interest rates for our cash equivalents and marketable securities portfolio as of December 31, 2009 and 2008:

   
December 31, 2009
 
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
Fair Value
   
 
Book Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Weighted
Rate of
Return
 
Money Market Funds
  $ 280,908     $ 280,908     $     $       0.01 %
U.S. Government Bonds and Notes
    138,829       138,521       377       (69 )     1.09 %
Corporate Notes, Bonds, and Commercial Paper
    32,291       32,222       70       (1 )     1.89 %
Total cash equivalents and marketable securities
    452,028       451,651       447       (70 )        
Cash
    8,165       8,165                      
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
  $ 460,193     $ 459,816     $ 447     $ (70 )        

   
December 31, 2008
 
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
Fair Value
   
 
Book Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Weighted
Rate of
Return
 
Money Market Funds
  $ 110,732     $ 110,732     $     $       0.90 %
Municipal Bonds and Notes
    1,000       1,000                   3.85 %
U.S. Government Bonds and Notes
    149,304       148,178       1,126             2.79 %
Corporate Notes, Bonds, and Commercial Paper
    79,308       79,275       197       (164 )     3.06 %
Total cash equivalents and marketable securities
    340,344       339,185       1,323       (164 )        
Cash
    5,509       5,509                      
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
  $ 345,853     $ 344,694     $ 1,323     $ (164 )        

The fair value of our convertible notes is subject to interest rate risk, market risk and other factors due to the convertible feature. The fair value of the convertible notes will generally increase as interest rates fall and decrease as interest rates rise. In addition, the fair value of the convertible notes will generally increase as our common stock prices increase and decrease as the stock prices fall. The interest and market value changes affect the fair value of our convertible notes but do not impact our financial position, cash flows or results of operations due to the fixed nature of the debt obligations. Additionally, we do not carry the convertible notes at fair


value. We present the fair value of the convertible notes for required disclosure purposes. The following table summarizes certain information related to our convertible notes as of December 31, 2009:

 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Fair Value
   
Fair Value  Given a 10%
Increase in Market Prices
   
Fair Value Given
a 10%
Decrease in Market Prices
 
Zero Coupon Convertible Senior Notes due 2010
  $ 142,599     $ 156,859     $ 128,339  
5% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014
    261,160       287,276       235,044  
Total convertible notes
  $ 403,759     $ 444,135     $ 363,383  

We bill our customers in U.S. dollars. Although the fluctuation of currency exchange rates may impact our customers, and thus indirectly impact us, we do not attempt to hedge this indirect and speculative risk. Our overseas operations consist primarily of one design center in India and small business development offices in Germany, Japan and Taiwan. We monitor our foreign currency exposure; however, as of December 31, 2009, we believe our foreign currency exposure is not material enough to warrant foreign currency hedging.

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

See Item 15 “Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules” of this Form 10-K for required financial statements and supplementary data.

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.


Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (“Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
 
The internal control over financial reporting related to the business acquired from Global Lighting Technologies, Inc., known as the Lighting Technology Division, was excluded from the evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure control and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report because it was acquired in a business combination during 2009. Total assets, revenues and operating expenses of this business represent approximately 0.04%, 0% and 0.1%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the period covered by this report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and dispositions of assets;

(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with the authorization of our management and directors; and

(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Our management has excluded the business acquired from Global Lighting Technologies, Inc., known as the Lighting Technology Division, from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 because it was acquired by the Company in a business combination during the year ended December 31, 2009. Combined total assets, revenues and operating expenses of this business represent 0.04%, 0% and 0.1%, respectively, of the consolidated financial statement amounts of the Company as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on the results of this assessment,


management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2009, our internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the COSO.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.   Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The information under the heading “Our Executive Officers” in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is also incorporated herein by reference.

We have a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all of our directors, officers and employees. Our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website at http://investor.rambus.com/documentdisplay.cfm?DocumentID=5115. To date, there have been no waivers under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. We will post any amendments or waivers, if and when granted, of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on our website.

Item 11.   Executive Compensation

The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 12 .   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 14 .   Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our Proxy Statement for our 2010 annual meeting of stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


PART IV

Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of the Registrant and Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are included herewith:

 
Page  
 49
 50
 51
 52
 53
 54
 94



Rep ort of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Rambus Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the index appearing under Item 15 (a)(1) present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of   Rambus Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, under item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 3 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for certain convertible debt instruments, effective January 1, 2009.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
As described in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded the business acquired from Global Lighting Technologies, Inc., known as the Lighting Technology Division, from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 because it was acquired by the Company in a business combination during the year ended December 31, 2009. We have also excluded this business from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. This business’ total assets, revenues and operating expenses represent approximately 0.04%, 0% and 0.1%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009.
 
/s/  PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California
February 25, 2010


RA MBUS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
 
ASSETS
           
Current assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 289,073     $ 116,241  
Marketable securities
    171,120       229,612  
Accounts receivable
    949       1,503  
Prepaids and other current assets
    8,700       8,486  
Deferred taxes
    129       88  
Total current assets
    469,971       355,930  
Restricted cash
    639       632  
Deferred taxes, long term
    2,034       1,857  
Intangible assets, net
    21,660       7,244  
Property and equipment, net
    38,966       22,290  
Goodwill
    15,554       4,454  
Other assets
    7,045       4,963  
Total assets
  $ 555,869     $ 397,370  
LIABILITIES
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable
  $ 8,972     $ 6,374  
Accrued salaries and benefits
    6,435       9,859  
Accrued litigation expenses
    5,147       14,265  
Income taxes payable
    486       638  
Non-cash obligation for construction in progress
    25,100        
Other accrued liabilities
    4,020       4,965  
Convertible notes
    136,032        
Total current liabilities
    186,192       36,101  
Convertible notes
    112,012       125,474  
Long-term income taxes payable
    1,994       1,953  
Other long-term liabilities
    344       901  
Total liabilities
    300,542       164,429  
Commitments and contingencies
               
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Convertible preferred stock, $.001 par value:
               
Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding: no shares at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008
           
Common Stock, $.001 par value:
               
Authorized: 500,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding 105,934,157 shares at December 31, 2009 and 103,803,006 shares at December 31, 2008
    106       104  
Additional paid in capital
    818,992       703,640  
Accumulated deficit
    (563,858 )     (471,672 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net
    87       869  
Total stockholders’ equity
    255,327       232,941  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 555,869     $ 397,370  
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

50


RA MBUS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS


 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Revenue:
                 
Royalties
  $ 108,001     $ 126,910     $ 154,306  
Contract revenue
    5,006       15,584       25,634  
Total revenue
    113,007       142,494       179,940  
Costs and expenses:
                       
Cost of contract revenue*
    6,876       21,303       27,124  
Research and development*
    67,252       76,222       82,877  
Marketing, general and administrative*
    128,199       124,077       120,597  
Costs (recoveries) of restatement and related legal activities
    (13,458 )     3,262       19,457  
Restructuring costs*
          4,185        
Impairment of intangible asset
          2,158        
Total costs and expenses
    188,869       231,207       250,055  
Operating loss
    (75,862 )     (88,713 )     (70,115 )
Interest income and other income, net
    4,085       15,199       21,759  
Interest expense
    (20,950 )     (11,805 )     (11,011 )
Interest and other income (expense), net
    (16,865 )     3,394       10,748  
Loss before income taxes
    (92,727 )     (85,319 )     (59,367 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (541 )     113,791       (25,146 )
Net loss
  $ (92,186 )   $ (199,110 )   $ (34,221 )
Net loss per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (0.88 )   $ (1.90 )   $ (0.33 )
Diluted
  $ (0.88 )   $ (1.90 )   $ (0.33 )
Weighted average shares used in per share calculations:
                       
Basic
    105,011       104,574       104,056  
Diluted
    105,011       104,574       104,056  
                         
* Includes stock-based compensation:
                       
Cost of contract revenue
  $ 1,002     $ 5,187     $ 5,910  
Research and development
  $ 9,715     $ 13,488     $ 16,199  
Marketing, general and administrative
  $ 20,868     $ 18,492     $ 22,701  
Restructuring costs
  $     $ 547     $  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

51


RAMB US INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock
   
 Additional
Paid-in
   
 
Accumulated
   
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
       
 
 
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Deficit
   
Gain (Loss)
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balances at December 31, 2006
    103,820     $ 104     $ 598,385     $ (193,612 )   $ (630 )   $ 404,247  
ASC 740-10 Tax Adjustment
                239       94             333  
Balances at January 1, 2007
    103,820       104       598,624       (193,518 )     (630 )     404,580  
Components of comprehensive loss:
                                               
Net loss
                      (34,221 )           (34,221 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            66       66  
Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax
                            688       688  
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (33,467 )
Reversal of liability-based stock awards to equity
                2,136                   2,136  
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, equity stock and stock units, and employee stock purchase plan
    1,475       1       11,831                   11,832  
Repurchase and retirement of common stock under repurchase plan
                                   
Stock-based compensation
                43,676                   43,676  
Tax shortfall from equity incentive plans
                (6,271 )                 (6,271 )
Balances at December 31, 2007
    105,295       105       649,996       (227,739 )     124       422,486  
Components of comprehensive loss:
                                               
Net loss
                      (199,110 )           (199,110 )
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
                            60       60  
Unrealized gain on marketable securities, net of tax
                            685       685  
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (198,365 )
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, equity stock and stock units, and employee stock purchase plan
    2,251       2       21,761                   21,763  
Repurchase and retirement of common stock under repurchase plan and shares received from a former executive
    (3,743 )     (3 )     (5,248 )     (44,823 )           (50,074 )
Repurchase of convertible notes
                (259 )                 (259 )
Stock-based compensation
                37,761                   37,761  
Tax shortfall from equity incentive plans
                (371 )                 (371 )
Balances at December 31, 2008
    103,803     $ 104     $ 703,640     $ (471,672 )   $ 869     $ 232,941  
Components of comprehensive loss:
                                               
Net loss
                      (92,186 )           (92,186 )
Unrealized loss on marketable securities, net of tax
                            (782 )     (782 )
Total comprehensive loss
                                            (92,968 )
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options, equity stock and stock units, and employee stock purchase plan
    2,131       2       19,747                   19,749  
Equity component of 5% convertible senior notes due 2014
                63,867                   63,867  
Stock-based compensation
                31,738                   31,738  
Balances at December 31, 2009
    105,934     $ 106     $ 818,992     $ (563,858 )   $ 87     $ 255,327  
                                                 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


RAMBUS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
                 
Net loss
  $ (92,186 )   $ (199,110 )   $ (34,221 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                       
Stock-based compensation
    31,585       37,167       44,810  
Depreciation
    10,661       11,326       11,202  
Impairment of investments
    164              
Amortization of intangible assets
    2,984       4,339       5,286  
Non-cash interest expense and amortization of convertible debt issuance costs
    16,624       11,805       11,011  
Deferred tax (benefit) provision
    (218 )     114,719       (26,320 )
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
    15       76       445  
Impairment of intangible assets
          2,158        
Restructuring costs (non-cash)
          547        
Gain on repurchase of convertible notes
          (2,528 )      
Recoveries of restatement and related legal activities (non-cash)
          (849 )      
Change in assets and liabilities:
                       
Accounts receivable
    554       417       674  
Prepaids and other assets
    1,004       95       (6,190 )
Accounts payable
    2,520       (3,607 )     3,809  
Accrued salaries and benefits and other accrued liabilities
    (3,506 )     (2,060 )     (4,333 )
Accrued litigation expenses
    (9,118 )     (11,969 )     3,091  
Income taxes payable
    (111 )     (1,775 )     816  
Deferred revenue
    (1,557 )     (879 )     (4,801 )
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash
    (7 )     1,654       1  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    (40,592 )     (38,474 )     5,280  
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Acquisition of business
    (26,000 )           (1,139 )
Purchases of property and equipment
    (2,665 )     (9,871 )     (8,347 )
Investment in non-marketable security
    (2,000 )            
Acquisition of intangible assets
    (2,500 )     (300 )     (30 )
Purchases of marketable securities
    (183,217 )     (362,968 )     (664,420 )
Maturities of marketable securities
    240,927       430,844       598,543  
Proceeds from sale of marketable securities
          24,996       108,550  
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
          30        
Net cash provided by investing activities
    24,545       82,731       33,157  
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes
    172,500              
Issuance costs related to the issuance of convertible senior notes
    (4,313 )            
Proceeds received from issuance of common stock under employee stock plans
    20,692       21,688       11,831  
Payments under installment payment arrangement
          (1,250 )     (4,250 )
Repurchase and retirement of common stock
          (49,226 )      
Repurchase of convertible notes
          (18,679 )      
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    188,879       (47,467 )     7,581  
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
          60       69  
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    172,832       (3,150 )     46,087  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    116,241       119,391       73,304  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 289,073     $ 116,241     $ 119,391  
                         
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 3,943     $     $  
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 748     $ 528     $ 1,046  
Cash received from income tax refunds
  $ 625     $ 309     $  

Non-cash investing activities:
Non-cash obligation for construction in progress
  $ 25,100     $     $  

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


RAM BUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  Formation and Business of the Company

Rambus Inc. (the “Company” or “Rambus”) designs, develops and licenses chip interface technologies that are foundational to nearly all digital electronics products. Rambus’ chip interface technologies are designed to improve the performance, power efficiency, time-to-market and cost-effectiveness of its customers’ semiconductor and system products for computing, gaming and graphics, consumer electronics and mobile applications. In December 2009, the Company added lighting technology to its portfolio of solutions through the acquisition of patented innovations and technology from Global Lighting Technologies Inc. (“GLT”). This technology is highly complementary to the Company’s chip interface technologies since it is intended to improve the visual capabilities, form factor, power efficiency and cost effectiveness of backlighting of LCD displays in products for computing, gaming and graphics, consumer electronics and mobile applications. The new technology also has great potential to enable cost-effective and power-efficient LED-based general lighting products. Rambus was incorporated in California in March 1990 and reincorporated in Delaware in March 1997.

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Financial Statement Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Rambus and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Rambus K.K., located in Tokyo, Japan and Rambus, located in George Town, Grand Caymans, British West Indies, of which Rambus Chip Technologies (India) Private Limited, Rambus Deutschland GmbH, located in Pforzheim, Germany, and Rambus Korea, Inc., located in Seoul, Korea. In addition, Rambus International Ltd. and Rambus Delaware LLC are also subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Investments in entities with less than 20% ownership by Rambus and in which Rambus does not have the ability to significantly influence the operations of the investee are accounted for using the cost method and are included in other assets.
 
Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Overview

Rambus recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, Rambus has delivered the product or performed the service, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If any of these criteria are not met, Rambus defers recognizing the revenue until such time as all criteria are met. Determination of whether or not these criteria have been met may require the Company to make judgments, assumptions and estimates based upon current information and historical experience.

Rambus’ revenue consists of royalty revenue and contract revenue generated from agreements with semiconductor companies, system companies and certain reseller arrangements. Royalty revenue consists of patent license and technology license royalties. Contract revenue consist of fixed license fees, fixed engineering fees and service fees associated with integration of Rambus’ technology solutions into its customers’ products. Contract revenue may also include support or maintenance. Reseller arrangements generally provide for the pass-through of a percentage of the fees paid to the reseller by the reseller’s customer for use of Rambus’ patent and technology licenses. Rambus does not recognize revenue for these arrangements until it has received notice of revenue earned by and paid to the reseller, accompanied by the pass-through payment from the reseller. Rambus does not pay commissions to the reseller for these arrangements.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Many of Rambus’ licensees have the right to cancel their licenses. In such arrangements, revenue is only recognized to the extent that is consistent with the cancellation provisions. Cancellation provisions within such contracts generally provide for a prospective cancellation with no refund of fees already remitted by customers for products provided and payment for services rendered prior to the date of cancellation. Unbilled receivables represent enforceable claims and are deemed collectible in connection with the Company’s revenue recognition policy.

Royalty Revenue

Rambus recognizes royalty revenue upon notification by its licensees and when deemed collectible. The terms of the royalty agreements generally either require licensees to give Rambus notification and to pay the royalties within 60 days of the end of the quarter during which the sales occur or are based on a fixed royalty that is due within 45 days of the end of the quarter. Rambus has two types of royalty revenue: (1) patent license royalties and (2) technology license royalties.

Patent licenses.   Rambus licenses its broad portfolio of patented inventions to semiconductor and systems companies who use these inventions in the development and manufacture of their own products. Such licensing agreements may cover the license of part, or all, of Rambus’ patent portfolio. Rambus generally recognizes revenue from these arrangements (except for those royalties subject to the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) order discussed below) as amounts become due. The contractual terms of the agreements generally provide for payments over an extended period of time.

On February 2, 2007, the FTC issued an order requiring Rambus to limit the royalty rates charged for certain SDR and DDR SDRAM memory and controller products sold by licensees after April 12, 2007. The FTC stayed this requirement on March 16, 2007, subject to certain conditions. One such condition of the stay limits the royalties Rambus can receive under certain contracts so that they do not exceed the FTC’s Maximum Allowable Royalties (“MAR”). Amounts in excess of MAR that are subject to the order are excluded from revenue (“previously withheld royalties”). On April 22, 2008, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia (the “CADC”) overturned the FTC decision. On October 16, 2008, the FTC issued an order (“FTC Disposition Order”) authorizing Rambus to receive the excess consideration that customers have previously deducted from their quarterly payments made to Rambus under the Patent License Agreement (see Note 16, “Litigation and Asserted Claims”). In the year ended December 31, 2008, $6.2 million of these previously withheld royalties were received from the customers and recognized as revenue.

Technology licenses.   Rambus develops proprietary and industry-standard chip interface products, such as RDRAM tm and XDR tm that Rambus provides to its customers under technology license agreements. These arrangements include royalties, which can be based on either a percentage of sales or number of units sold. Rambus recognizes revenue from these arrangements upon notification from the licensee of the royalties earned and when collectability is deemed reasonably assured.

Contract Revenue

Rambus generally recognizes revenue using percentage of completion for development contracts related to licenses of its interface solutions, such as XDR tm and FlexIO tm that involve significant engineering and integration services. For all license and service agreements accounted for using the percentage-of-completion method, Rambus determines progress to completion using input measures based upon contract costs incurred. Prior to the first quarter of 2008, Rambus determined progress to completion using labor-hours incurred. The change to input measures better reflects the overall gross margin over the life of the contract. This change did not have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations. Rambus has evaluated use of output measures versus input measures and has determined that its output is not sufficiently uniform with respect to cost, time and effort per unit of output to use output measures as a measure of progress to completion. Part of these contract fees may be due upon the achievement of certain milestones, such as provision of certain deliverables by Rambus or production of chips by the licensee. The remaining fees may be due on pre-determined dates and include significant up-front fees.

A provision for estimated losses on fixed price contracts is made, if necessary, in the period in which the loss becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated. If Rambus determines that it is necessary to revise the estimates of the total costs required to complete a contract, the total amount of revenue recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected. However, to the extent the new assumptions regarding the total efforts necessary to complete a project were less than the original assumptions, the contract fees would be recognized sooner than originally expected. Conversely, if the newly estimated total efforts necessary to complete a project were longer than the original assumptions, the contract fees will be recognized over a longer period. As of December 31, 2009, we have accrued a liability of approximately $0.1 million related to estimated loss contracts.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

If application of the percentage-of-completion method results in recognizable revenue prior to an invoicing event under a customer contract, the Company will recognize the revenue and record an unbilled receivable. Amounts invoiced to Rambus’ customers in excess of recognizable revenue are recorded as deferred revenue. The timing and amounts invoiced to customers can vary significantly depending on specific contract terms and can therefore have a significant impact on deferred revenue or unbilled receivables in any given period.

Rambus also recognizes revenue in accordance with software revenue recognition methods for development contracts related to licenses of its chip interface products that involve non-essential engineering services and post contract support (“PCS”). These software revenue recognition methods apply to all entities that earn revenue on products containing software, where software is not incidental to the product as a whole. Contract fees for the products and services provided under these arrangements are comprised of license fees and engineering service fees which are not essential to the functionality of the product. Rambus’ rates for PCS and for engineering services are specific to each development contract and not standardized in terms of rates or length. Because of these characteristics, the Company does not have a sufficient population of contracts from which to derive vendor specific objective evidence for each of the elements.

Therefore, after Rambus delivers the product, if the only undelivered element is PCS, Rambus will recognize all revenue ratably over either the contractual PCS period or the period during which PCS is expected to be provided. Rambus reviews assumptions regarding the PCS periods on a regular basis. If Rambus determines that it is necessary to revise the estimates of the support periods, the total amount of revenue to be recognized over the life of the contract would not be affected.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Rambus’ allowance for doubtful accounts is determined using a combination of factors to ensure that Rambus’ trade and unbilled receivables balances are not overstated due to uncollectibility. The Company performs ongoing customer credit evaluation within the context of the industry in which it operates, does not require collateral, and maintains allowances for potential credit losses on customer accounts when deemed necessary. A specific allowance for a doubtful account up to 100% of the invoice will be provided for any problematic customer balances. Delinquent account balances are written-off after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not possible. For all periods presented, Rambus had no allowance for doubtful accounts.

Research and Development

Costs incurred in research and development, which include engineering expenses, such as salaries and related benefits, stock-based compensation, depreciation, professional services and overhead expenses related to the general development of Rambus’ products, are expensed as incurred. Software development costs are capitalized beginning when a product’s technological feasibility has been established and ending when a product is available for general release to customers. Rambus has not capitalized any software development costs since the period between establishing technological feasibility and general customer release is relatively short and as such, these costs have not been significant.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability approach, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future tax events that have been recognized differently in Rambus’ consolidated financial statements and tax returns. The measurement of current and deferred tax assets and liabilities is based on provisions of the enacted tax law and the effects of future changes in tax laws and rates. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized. See Note 11, “Income Taxes,” for details related to the Company’s deferred tax asset valuation allowance.

In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB ASC 740-10 related to uncertainties in income taxes. As a result, the Company reports a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in its tax return. The Company considers many factors when evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.

Stock-Based Compensation and Equity Incentive Plans

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company maintained stock plans covering a broad range of equity grants including stock options, nonvested equity stock and equity stock units and performance based instruments. In addition, the


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Company sponsors an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), whereby eligible employees are entitled to purchase Common Stock semi-annually, by means of limited payroll deductions, at a 15% discount from the fair market value of the Common Stock as of specific dates. See Note 8, “Equity Incentive Plans and Stock-Based Compensation,” for a detailed description of the Company’s plans.

Tax Effects of Stock-Based Compensation

Rambus will only recognize a tax benefit from stock-based awards in additional paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available have been utilized. In addition, Rambus has elected to account for the indirect effects of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research tax credits, through the statement of operations as part of the tax effect of stock-based compensation.

See Note 11, “Income Taxes,” for additional information.

Computation of Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the earnings (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the earnings (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares consist of incremental common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, employee stock purchases, nonvested equity stock and stock units and shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible notes. The dilutive effect of outstanding shares is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. This method includes consideration of the amounts to be paid by the employees, the amount of excess tax benefits that would be recognized in equity if the instruments were exercised and the amount of unrecognized stock-based compensation related to future services. No potential dilutive common shares are included in the computation of any diluted per share amount when a loss is reported.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase. The Company maintains its cash balances with high quality financial institutions. The cash equivalent balances are invested in highly-rated and highly-liquid money market securities.

Marketable Securities

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value, based on quoted market prices, with the unrealized gains or losses reported, net of tax, in stockholders’ equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The amortized cost of debt securities is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity, both of which are included in interest and other income, net. Realized gains and losses are recorded on the specific identification method and are included in interest and other income, net. The Company reviews its investments in marketable securities for possible other than temporary impairments on a regular basis. If any loss on investment is believed to be a credit loss, a charge will be recognized in operations. In evaluating whether a credit loss on a debt security has occurred, the Company considers the following factors: 1) the Company’s intent to sell the security, 2) if the Company intends to hold the security, whether or not it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis and 3) even if the Company intends to hold the security, whether or not the Company expects the security to recover the entire amortized cost basis. Due to the high credit quality and short term nature of the Company’s investments, there have been no credit losses recorded to date. The classification of funds between short-term and long-term is based on whether the securities are available for use in operations or other purposes.

Non-Marketable Securities

The Company has an investment in a non-marketable security of a private company which is carried at cost. The Company monitors the investments for other-than-temporary impairment and records appropriate reductions in carrying value when necessary. The non-marketable security is classified as other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The amounts reported for cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities are considered to approximate fair values based upon comparable market information available at the respective balance sheet dates. The Company adopted the fair value measurement statement, effective January 1, 2008 for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis. The statement applies to all financial assets and financial liabilities that are being measured and reported on a fair value basis and requires disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. For the discussion regarding the impact of the adoption of the statement on the Company’s marketable securities, see Note 17, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” Additionally, the Company has adopted the fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities statement, effective January 1, 2008. The Company has not elected the fair value option for financial instruments not already carried at fair value.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment includes computer equipments, software, leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and a construction in progress building. Computer equipment, computer software and furniture and fixtures are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of three years. Certain software licenses are depreciated over three to five years, depending on the term of the license. Since certain improvements constructed by the Company were considered structural in nature and the Company is  responsible for any cost overruns, the Company is considered to be the owner of the construction project for a building in accordance with accounting for the effect of lessee involvement in asset construction. Therefore, the Company has capitalized the fair value of the portion of the building that the Company will occupy as construction in progress with a corresponding obligation for construction in progress. See Note 6, “Balance Sheet Details,” and Note 7, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for additional details. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of their estimated useful lives or the initial terms of the leases. Upon disposal, assets and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and the related gain or loss is included in results from operations.

Goodwill

Costs in excess of the fair value of tangible and other intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a purchase business combination are recorded as goodwill. The accounting treatment for goodwill, requires that companies not amortize goodwill, but instead test for impairment at least annually using a two-step approach. The Company evaluates goodwill, at a minimum, on an annual basis and whenever events and changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Impairment of goodwill is tested at the reporting unit level by comparing each reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. The fair values of the reporting units are estimated using a combination of the income, or discounted cash flows, approach and the market approach, which utilizes comparable companies’ data. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second step is performed to measure the amount of impairment. The second step involves determining the fair value of goodwill for each reporting unit. Any excess carrying amount of goodwill over the fair value determined in the second step will be recorded as a goodwill impairment loss.

The Company completed the first step of its annual impairment analysis related to the chip interface and other technology reporting unit as of December 31, 2009 and found no instance of impairment of its recorded goodwill of $4.5 million at December 31, 2009. In regards to the goodwill related to the lighting technology reporting unit which was created from the acquisition of patented innovations and technology from GLT of $11.1 million, as the Company acquired the assets in December 2009 and there were no triggering events to cause impairment, the purchase price approximates the fair value as of December 31, 2009 and no goodwill impairment was identified. If the Company’s estimates or the related assumptions change in the future, it may be required to record an impairment charge for goodwill to reduce the carrying amount to its estimated fair value.

Intangible Assets

The valuation and useful lives of the acquired intangible assets were allocated based on estimated fair values at the acquisition dates. The value of the purchases, along with interviews and management’s estimates were used to determine the useful lives of the assets. The income approach, which includes an analysis of the cash flows and risks associated with achieving such cash flows, was the primary technique utilized in valuing the acquired patented technology. Key assumptions included estimates of revenue growth, cost of revenue, operating expenses and income taxes. The discount rates used in the valuation of intangible assets reflected the level of risk associated with the particular technology and the current return on investment requirements of the market.



RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and Other Intangible Assets

Rambus evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets with finite lives. Intangible assets, including purchased technology and other intangible assets, are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. Finite-lived intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of three to ten years. Recognition of impairment of long-lived assets are required whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value amount of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment charge is recognized in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. A significant impairment of finite-lived intangible assets could have a material adverse effect on Rambus’ financial position and results of operations. During 2009, Rambus did not recognize any impairment of its long-lived and intangible assets. During 2008, Rambus determined that approximately $2.2 million of intangible assets had no alternative use and was impaired as a result of a customer’s change in technology requirements.

Restructuring Costs

In connection with the Company’s exit activities, the Company records restructuring charges for employee termination costs, long-lived asset impairments, costs related to leased facilities to be abandoned or subleased, and other exit-related costs. Formal plans are developed and approved by management. Restructuring costs related to employee severance are recorded when probable and estimable. Fixed assets that are impaired as a result of restructuring plans are typically accounted for as assets held for sale or are abandoned. The recognition of restructuring charges requires the Company’s management to make judgments and estimates regarding the nature, timing, and amount of costs associated with the planned exit activity, including estimating sublease income and the fair value, less selling costs, of property, plant and equipment to be disposed of. Estimates of future liabilities may change, requiring the Company to record additional restructuring charges or to reduce the amount of liabilities already recorded. At the end of each reporting period, the Company evaluates the remaining accrued balances to ensure their adequacy, that no excess accruals are retained and that the utilization of the provisions is for the intended purpose in accordance with developed exit plans. In the event circumstances change and the provision is no longer required, the provision is reversed.

Foreign Currency Translation

For foreign subsidiaries using the local currency as their functional currency, assets and liabilities are translated using current exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and revenue and expense accounts are translated using the weighted average exchange rate during the period. Adjustments resulting from such translation are included in stockholders’ equity as foreign currency translation adjustments and aggregated within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

For foreign subsidiaries using the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, remeasurement adjustments for non-functional currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenue, expenses, gains or losses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period, and non-monetary assets and liabilities are translated at historical rates. The resultant remeasurement gains and losses of these foreign subsidiaries as well as gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in other expense, net in the statements of operations, and are not significant for any periods presented.

Segment Reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Rambus has identified one operating and reporting segment, the design, development and licensing of memory and logic interfaces, lighting and optoelectronics, and other technologies. This segment operates in three geographic regions: North America, Asia and Europe.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities. Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, is presented in the statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive loss.

Litigation

Rambus is involved in certain legal proceedings. Based upon consultation with outside counsel handling its defense in these matters and an analysis of potential results, Rambus accrues for losses related to litigation if it determines that a loss is probable and can be


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

reasonably estimated. If a loss cannot be estimated, Rambus reviews the range of possible outcomes and accrues the low end of the range of estimates. Any such accrual would be charged to expense in the appropriate period. Rambus recognizes litigation expenses in the period in which the litigation services were provided.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-06 which includes two major new disclosure requirements and clarifies two existing disclosure requirements related to fair value measurement. ASU 2010-06 is effective for interim or annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The adoption of this staff position will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements. This new pronouncement will be incorporated into the disclosure related to the fair value of financial instruments in the quarterly filing for the first quarter of 2010.

In September 2009, the Emerging Issues Task Force (the “EITF”) reached final consensus under ASU No. 2009-13 on the issue related to revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables. This issue addresses how to determine whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting and how arrangement consideration should be measured and allocated to the separate units of accounting. This issue is effective for the Company’s revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified on or after January 1, 2011. The Company will evaluate the impact of this issue on the Company’s financial statements when reviewing its new or materially modified revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables once this issue becomes effective.

In June 2009, the FASB issued a statement which improves financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities. This statement requires companies to perform an analysis to determine whether the company’s variable interest or interests give it a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity. This statement will be effective as of the beginning of the annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009. The Company will evaluate the impact of this statement on the Company’s financial statements when it becomes applicable.

In June 2009, the FASB issued a statement which improves the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a reporting entity provides in its financial statements about a transfer of financial assets as well as the effects of a transfer on its financial position, financial performance, and cash flows and a transferor’s continuing involvement, if any, in transferred financial assets. The statement requires that a transferor recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained (including a transferor’s beneficial interest) and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale. The statement will be effective as of the beginning of annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009. The Company believes the adoption of this pronouncement will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements as the Company does not currently transfer its financial assets.

3. Retrospective Adoption of New Accounting Pronouncement

In May 2008, the FASB issued new accounting guidance which clarifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, including partial cash settlement (“new FASB accounting guidance”). The new FASB accounting guidance specifies that an issuer of such instruments should separately account for the liability and equity components of the instruments in a manner that reflects the issuer’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate when interest costs are recognized in subsequent periods. The debt component was determined based on a binomial lattice model. The equity component, recorded as additional paid-in capital, represents the difference between the proceeds from the issuance of the convertible notes and the fair value of the liability, net of deferred taxes, as of the date of issuance. The new FASB accounting guidance was effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009, and retrospective application is required for all periods presented. The Company adjusted the historical financial statements in the Form 8-K filed on June 22, 2009 to reflect the impact of this new accounting guidance.

The adoption of the new FASB accounting guidance on January 1, 2009 impacted the historical accounting for the Company’s zero coupon convertible senior notes due February 1, 2010 (the “2010 Notes”) as the Company’s 2010 Notes satisfy the criteria for accounting under the new FASB accounting guidance. The Company determined that the liability component of the 2010 Notes was $200.3 million and the equity component of the 2010 Notes was $99.7 million as of the date of issuance. The Company has accounted for this change in accounting principle by retrospectively adjusting prior period financial statements, including those set forth herein.

The debt component is accreted to par using the effective interest method and accretion is reported as a component of interest expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The interest expense attributed to the adoption of the new FASB accounting guidance for 2008 and 2007 was $11.8 million and $11.0 million, respectively, at an annualized effective interest rate of 8.4%. The adoption also resulted in a $22.0 million prior period cumulative adjustment in the consolidated balance sheets and the


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive loss that was included in the January 1, 2006 accumulated deficit beginning balance. The equity component is not required to be subsequently re-valued under the new FASB accounting guidance as long as it continues to qualify for equity treatment. The deferred financing costs associated with the issuance of the 2010 Notes were previously reported at $7.2 million. These costs have been allocated proportionately between the liability and equity components. The issuance costs associated with the liability component continues to be included in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, whereas the issuance costs associated with the equity component are included in additional paid-in-capital and are not amortized.

The Company originally recorded amortization expense of note issuance costs of $3.2 million for 2006 and no amortization expense of note issuance costs in 2008 and 2007 due to the acceleration of the remaining amortization of note issuance costs in connection with the notice of acceleration relative to the 2010 Notes. The adoption of the new FASB accounting guidance resulted in the reversal of the acceleration of amortization of note issuance costs in 2006. This decreased the amortization expense of note issuance costs for 2006 to $0.5 million and increased the amortization expense of note issuance costs for 2007 and 2008 to $0.5 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

In the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company repurchased $23.1 million face value of the outstanding 2010 Notes. The Company originally reported a net gain on extinguishment of $4.4 million for 2008. The adoption of the new FASB accounting guidance decreased the gain on extinguishment for 2008 to $2.5 million as a result of $1.6 million of accelerated interest expense, which was recorded against the original gain amount, and $0.3 million associated with the equity component.

The unamortized discount will continue to be amortized through January 2010, given the repayment date of the 2010 Notes on February 1, 2010. The following adjustments have been made to the previously reported consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 and the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2008.

   
As of December 31, 2008
 
   
As previously reported
   
Adjustments
   
As adjusted
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Deferred taxes, long term
  $ 1,857     $     $ 1,857  
Other assets
  $ 4,483     $ 480     $ 4,963  
Total assets
  $ 396,890     $ 480     $ 397,370  
Convertible notes
  $ 136,950     $ (11,476 )   $ 125,474  
Additional paid in capital
  $ 655,724     $ 47,916     $ 703,640  
Accumulated deficit
  $ (435,712 )   $ (35,960 )   $ (471,672 )
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 220,985     $ 11,956     $ 232,941  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 396,890     $ 480     $ 397,370  

   
Year ended December 31, 2008
 
   
As previously reported
   
Adjustments
   
As adjusted
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Interest income and other income (expense), net
  $ 17,042     $ (1,843 )   $ 15,199  
Interest expense
  $     $ (11,805 )   $ (11,805 )
Net loss before income taxes
  $ (71,671 )   $ (13,648 )   $ (85,319 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
  $ 124,252     $ (10,461 )   $ 113,791  
Net loss
  $ (195,923 )   $ (3,187 )   $ (199,110 )
Net loss per share — Basic
  $ (1.87 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (1.90 )
Net loss per share — Diluted
  $ (1.87 )   $ (0.03 )   $ (1.90 )

   
Year ended December 31, 2007
 
   
As previously reported
   
Adjustments
   
As adjusted
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Interest income and other income (expense), net
  $ 21,759     $     $ 21,759  
Interest expense
  $     $ (11,011 )   $ (11,011 )
Net loss before income taxes
  $ (48,356 )   $ (11,011 )   $ (59,367 )
Benefit from income taxes
  $ (20,692 )   $ (4,454 )   $ (25,146 )
Net loss
  $ (27,664 )   $ (6,557 )   $ (34,221 )
Net loss per share — Basic
  $ (0.27 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.33 )
Net loss per share — Diluted
  $ (0.27 )   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.33 )



RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

4.  Business Risks and Credit Concentration

    The Company operates in the intensely competitive semiconductor industry, which has been characterized by price erosion, rapid technological change, short product life cycles, cyclical market patterns, litigation regarding patent and other intellectual property rights, and heightened international and domestic competition. Significant technological changes in the industry could adversely affect operating results.

The Company markets and sells its chip interfaces to a narrow base of customers and generally does not require collateral. For the year ended December 31, 2009, revenue from AMD, Fujitsu, NEC, Panasonic, and Toshiba each individually accounted for 10% or more of its total revenue, and in the aggregate, represented 77% of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2008, revenue from AMD, Elpida, Fujitsu, NEC, Panasonic, and Sony each individually accounted for 10% or more of its total revenue, and in the aggregate, represented 77% of total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2007, revenue from Elpida, Fujitsu, Qimonda and Toshiba each individually accounted for 10% or more of its total revenue, and in the aggregate, represented 59% of total revenue. The Company expects that its revenue concentration will decrease over time as the Company licenses new customers.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities were invested with two financial institutions in the form of corporate notes, bonds and commercial paper, money market funds, U.S. government bonds and notes, and municipal bonds and notes. The Company’s exposure to market risk for changes in interest rates relates primarily to its investment portfolio. The Company places its investments with high credit issuers and, by policy, attempts to limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer. As stated in the Company’ policy, it will ensure the safety and preservation of the Company’s invested funds by limiting default risk and market risk. The Company has no investments denominated in foreign country currencies and therefore is not subject to foreign exchange risk from these assets.

The Company mitigates default risk by investing in high credit quality securities and by positioning its portfolio to respond appropriately to a significant reduction in a credit rating of any investment issuer or guarantor. The portfolio includes only marketable securities with active secondary or resale markets to enable portfolio liquidity.

5.  Marketable Securities

Rambus invests its excess cash primarily in U.S. government agency and treasury notes, commercial paper, corporate notes and bonds, money market funds and municipal notes and bonds that mature within three years.

All cash equivalents and marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale and are summarized as follows:

   
December 31, 2009
 
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
Fair Value
   
 
Book Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Weighted
Rate of
Return
 
Money Market Funds
  $ 280,908     $ 280,908     $     $       0.01 %
U.S. Government Bonds and Notes
    138,829       138,521       377       (69 )     1.09 %
Corporate Notes, Bonds, and Commercial Paper
    32,291       32,222       70       (1 )     1.89 %
Total cash equivalents and marketable securities
    452,028       451,651       447       (70 )        
Cash
    8,165       8,165                      
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
  $ 460,193     $ 459,816     $ 447     $ (70 )        

   
December 31, 2008
 
 
 
(dollars in thousands)
 
 
Fair Value
   
 
Book Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Weighted
Rate of
Return
 
Money Market Funds
  $ 110,732     $ 110,732     $     $       0.90 %
Municipal Bonds and Notes
    1,000       1,000                   3.85 %
U.S. Government Bonds and Notes
    149,304       148,178       1,126             2.79 %
Corporate Notes, Bonds, and Commercial Paper
    79,308       79,275       197       (164 )     3.06 %
Total cash equivalents and marketable securities
    340,344       339,185       1,323       (164 )        
Cash
    5,509       5,509                      
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
  $ 345,853     $ 344,694     $ 1,323     $ (164 )        



RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value on the balance sheets and classified as follows:

 
 
 
December 31,
2009
   
December 31,
2008
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Cash equivalents
  $ 280,908     $ 110,732  
Short term marketable securities
    171,120       229,612  
Total cash equivalents and marketable securities
    452,028       340,344  
Cash
    8,165       5,509  
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
  $ 460,193     $ 345,853  

The Company continues to invest in high quality, highly liquid debt securities that mature within three years. The Company classifies all of its marketable securities as available-for-sale, marks them to market, and regularly reviews its portfolio to ensure adherence to its investment policy and to monitor individual investments for risk analysis, proper valuation, and unrealized losses that may be temporary and credit losses. As of December 31, 2009, marketable securities with a fair value of $69.7 million, which mature within one year had insignificant unrealized losses. The Company has considered all available evidence and determined that these unrealized losses are due to current market conditions and the Company has the ability to hold these securities so the Company believes that it can recover the amortized cost of these investments. There is no evidence of impairment due to credit losses in the portfolio. Therefore, these unrealized losses were recorded in other comprehensive income.

The estimated fair value of cash equivalents and marketable securities classified by date of contractual maturity and the associated unrealized gain, net, at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 are as follows:

 
 
As of
   
Unrealized Gain, net
 
 
 
 
December 31,
2009
   
December 31,
2008
   
December 31,
2009
   
December 31,
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Contractual maturity:
                       
Due within one year
  $ 419,054     $ 223,458     $ 250     $ 345  
Due from one year through three years
    32,974       116,886       127       814  
    $ 452,028     $ 340,344     $ 377     $ 1,159  

The unrealized gains, net, were insignificant in relation to our total available-for-sale portfolio. The unrealized gains, net, can be primarily attributed to a combination of market conditions as well as the demand for and duration of the Company’s U.S. government bonds and notes. See Note 17, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” for fair value discussion regarding the Company’s cash equivalents and marketable securities.

6.  Balance Sheet Details

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net is comprised of the following:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Computer equipment
  $ 23,795     $ 24,932  
Computer software
    33,768       35,981  
Leasehold improvements
    12,924       12,892  
Furniture and fixtures
    7,579       7,525  
Construction in progress
    25,435       1,029  
      103,501       82,359  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (64,535 )     (60,069 )
    $ 38,966     $ 22,290  

On December 15, 2009, the Company entered into a new lease for office space that will be used for the Company’s corporate headquarters functions, as well as engineering, marketing and administrative operations and activities. Since certain improvements to be constructed by the Company are considered structural in nature and the Company is responsible for any cost overruns, the Company is considered to be the owner of the construction project in accordance with accounting for the effect of lessee involvement in asset construction. Therefore, the Company has capitalized approximately $25.1 million, included in construction in progress, based on the fair value of the portion of the building that it will occupy with a corresponding liability for construction in progress. See Note 7, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for additional details.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $10.7 million, $11.3 million and $11.2 million, respectively.

Goodwill

Changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the following years are as follows:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Beginning balance at January 1
  $ 4,454     $ 4,454  
Goodwill acquired during the period
    11,100        
Ending balance at December 31
  $ 15,554     $ 4,454  

On December 14, 2009, the Company, in a business combination, acquired technology and a portfolio of advanced lighting and optoelectronics patents from Global Lighting Technologies, Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation, and certain affiliated companies for a total purchase price of $26.0 million in cash. As a result of the acquisition, the Company recognized goodwill of $11.1 million. See Note 18, “Acquisition,” for additional details.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

Accumulated other comprehensive income is comprised of the following:

 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax
  $ 86     $ 86  
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of tax
    1       783  
Total
  $ 87     $ 869  

As a result of providing a full valuation allowance of the deferred tax assets in the U.S., the Company reversed $0.4 million of unrealized gain previously recorded in other comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2008.

7.  Commitments and Contingencies

The Company leases its present office facilities in Los Altos, California, under an operating lease agreement through December 31, 2010. As part of this lease transaction, the Company provided a letter of credit restricting approximately $0.6 million of its cash as collateral for certain obligations under the lease. The cash is restricted as to withdrawal and is managed by a third party subject to certain limitations under the Company’s investment policy. The Company also leased a facility in Mountain View, California, through November 11, 2009, which the Company vacated during the fourth quarter of 2008 and subleased at a rate equal to its rent associated with the facility. The Company leases a facility in Chapel Hill, North Carolina through November 14, 2015, a facility for the Company’s design center in Bangalore, India through November 4, 2012 and a facility in Tokyo, Japan through July 31, 2010. In addition, the Company also leases office facilities in various international locations under non-cancelable leases that range in terms from month-to-month to one year.

On December 15, 2009, the Company entered into a definitive triple net space lease agreement with MT SPE, LLC (the “Landlord”) whereby the Company will lease approximately 125,000 square feet of office space located at 1040 Enterprise Way in Sunnyvale, California (the “Lease”). The office space will be used for the Company’s corporate headquarters functions, as well as engineering, marketing and administrative operations and activities. The Company plans to move to the new premises in the second half of 2010 following completion of leasehold improvements. The Lease has a term of 120 months from the commencement date. The initial annual base rent is $3.7 million, subject to a full abatement of rent for the first six months of the Lease term. The annual base rent increases each year to certain fixed amounts over the course of the term as set forth in the Lease and will be $4.8 million in the tenth year. In addition to the base rent, the Company will also pay operating expenses, insurance expenses, real estate taxes and a management fee. The Company has two options to extend the Lease for a period of sixty months each and a one-time option to terminate the Lease after 84 months in exchange for an early termination fee.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company will begin a build-out of this facility and expects to incur approximately $11.5 million in construction costs. Under the terms of the Lease, the landlord has agreed to reimburse the Company approximately


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

$10.0 million of this amount. Because certain improvements to be constructed by the Company are considered structural in nature and the Company is responsible for any cost overruns, the Company is considered to be the owner of the construction project in accordance with accounting for the effect of lessee involvement in asset construction.

Therefore, the Company has capitalized $25.1 million in property and equipment based on the estimated fair value of the portion of the building that it will occupy with a corresponding liability for construction in progress. The fair value was determined as of December 31, 2009 using level 3 inputs and the cost approach which measures the value of an asset as the cost to reconstruct or replace it with another asset of like utility.

Upon completion of construction, the Company will apply sale-leaseback accounting. At that time, the Company will determine whether the lease will be treated as a capital or operating lease.

On February 1, 2005, the Company issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of the 2010 Notes to Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities as initial purchasers who then sold the convertible notes to institutional investors. The Company has elected to pay the principal amount of the 2010 Notes in cash when they are due. Subsequently, the Company repurchased a total of $163.1 million face value of the outstanding 2010 Notes in 2005 and 2008. The aggregate principal amount of the 2010 Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was $137.0 million, offset by an unamortized debt discount of $0.9 million. The debt discount is currently being amortized over the remaining 1 month until maturity of the 2010 Notes, see Note 15, “Convertible Notes,” for additional details.

On June 29, 2009, the Company entered into an Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the issuance by the Company of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5% convertible senior notes due June 15, 2014 (the “2014 Notes”). On July 10, 2009, an additional $22.5 million in aggregate principal amount of 2014 Notes were issued as a result of the underwriters exercising their overallotment option. The aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes outstanding as of December 31, 2009 was $172.5 million, offset by unamortized debt discount of $60.5 million in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The debt discount is currently being amortized over the remaining 54 months until maturity of the 2014 Notes on June 15, 2014. See Note 15, “Convertible Notes,” for additional details.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s material contractual obligations are (in thousands):

 
 
Total
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
   
2013
   
2014
   
Thereafter
 
Contractual obligations(1)
                                         
Operating leases
  $ 50,504     $ 7,304     $ 4,654     $ 4,737     $ 4,313     $ 4,444     $ 25,052  
Convertible notes
    309,450       136,950                         172,500        
Interest payments related to convertible notes
    38,432       8,625       8,625       8,625       8,625       3,932        
Total
  $ 398,386     $ 152,879     $ 13,279     $ 13,362     $ 12,938     $ 180,876     $ 25,052  
___________

(1)
The above table does not reflect possible payments in connection with uncertain tax benefits of approximately $10.4 million, including $8.4 million recorded as a reduction of long-term deferred tax assets and $2.0 million in long-term income taxes payable, as of December 31, 2009. As noted below in Note 11, “Income Taxes,” although it is possible that some of the unrecognized tax benefits could be settled within the next 12 months, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the outcome at this time.
   

Rent expense was approximately $6.3 million, $6.9 million and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Deferred rent of $0.7 million as of December 31, 2009 was included primarily in current liabilities. Deferred rent of $1.1 million as of December 31, 2008 was included primarily in other long-term liabilities.

Indemnifications

The Company enters into standard license agreements in the ordinary course of business. Although the Company does not indemnify most of its customers, there are times when an indemnification is a necessary means of doing business. Indemnifications cover customers for losses suffered or incurred by them as a result of any patent, copyright, or other intellectual property infringement


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

claim by any third party with respect to the Company’s products. The maximum amount of indemnification the Company could be required to make under these agreements is generally limited to fees received by the Company.

Several securities fraud class actions, private lawsuits and shareholder derivative actions were filed in state and federal courts against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors related to the stock option granting actions. As permitted under Delaware law, the Company has agreements whereby its officers and directors are indemnified for certain events or occurrences while the officer or director is, or was serving, at the Company’s request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification period is for the officer’s or director’s term in such capacity. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. The Company has a director and officer insurance policy that reduces the Company’s exposure and enables the Company to recover a portion of future amounts to be paid. As a result of these indemnification agreements, the Company continues to make payments on behalf of current and former officers. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, the Company had made payments of approximately $11.4 million and $6.5 million on their behalf. These payment were recorded under costs of restatement and related legal activities in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company received approximately $5.3 million from the former officers related to their settlement agreements with the Company in connection with the derivative and class action lawsuits which was comprised of approximately $4.5 million in cash received in the first quarter of 2009 as well as approximately 163,000 shares of the Company’s stock with a value of approximately $0.8 million in the fourth quarter of 2008. Additionally, as of December 31, 2009, the Company has received $12.3 million from insurance settlements related to the defense of the Company, its directors and its officers which were recorded under costs (recoveries) of restatement and related legal activities in the consolidated statements of operations.

8.  Equity Incentive Plans and Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Option Plans

The Company has three stock option plans under which grants are currently outstanding: the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the “1997 Plan”), the 1999 Non-statutory Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”) and the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”). Grants under all plans typically have a requisite service period of 60 months, have straight-line or graded vesting schedules (the 1997 and 1999 plans only) and expire not more than ten years from date of grant. Effective with stockholder approval of the 2006 Plan in May 2006, no further awards are being made under the 1997 Plan and the 1999 Plan but the plans will continue to govern awards previously granted under those plans.

The 2006 Plan was approved by the stockholders in May 2006. The 2006 Plan, as amended, provides for the issuance of the following types of incentive awards: (i) stock options; (ii) stock appreciation rights; (iii) restricted stock; (iv) restricted stock units; (v) performance shares and performance units; and (vi) other stock or cash awards. This plan provides for the granting of awards at less than fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant, but such grants would be counted against the numerical limits of available shares at a ratio of 1.5 to 1. The Board of Directors reserved 8,400,000 shares in March 2006 for issuance under this plan, subject to stockholder approval. Upon stockholder approval of this Plan on May 10, 2006, the 1997 Plan was replaced and the 1999 Plan was terminated. On April 30, 2009, stockholders approved additional 6,500,000 shares for issuance under the 2006 Plan. Those who will be eligible for awards under the 2006 Plan include employees, directors and consultants who provide services to the Company and its affiliates. These options typically have a requisite service period of 60 months, have straight-line vesting schedules, and expire not more than ten years from date of grant. The Board will periodically review actual share consumption under the 2006 Plan and may make a request for additional shares as needed.

As of December 31, 2009, 7,462,394 shares of the 14,900,000 shares approved under the 2006 Plan remain available for grant. The 2006 Plan is now the Company’s only plan for providing stock-based incentive compensation to eligible employees, executive officers and non-employee directors and consultants.

A summary of shares available for grant under the Company’s plans is as follows:

 
 
 
Shares Available
for Grant
 
Shares available as of December 31, 2006
    7,866,200  
Stock options granted
    (3,202,800 )
Stock options forfeited
    1,791,361  
Stock options expired under former plans
    (1,523,097 )
Nonvested equity stock and stock units granted(1)
    (342,533 )
Shares available as of December 31, 2007
    4,589,131  
Stock options granted
    (1,884,490 )
Stock options forfeited
    2,188,422  
Stock options expired under former plans
    (1,359,483 )
Nonvested equity stock and stock units granted(1)
    (1,056,096 )
Nonvested equity stock and stock units forfeited(1)
    79,500  
Shares available as of December 31, 2008
    2,556,984  
Increase in shares approved for issuance
    6,500,000  
Stock options granted
    (1,487,905 )
Stock options forfeited
    2,123,045  
Stock options expired under former plans
    (1,849,516 )
Nonvested equity stock and stock units granted(1)
    (419,214 )
Nonvested equity stock and stock units forfeited(1)
    39,000  
Total shares available for grant as of December 31, 2009
    7,462,394  
____________

(1)
For purposes of determining the number of shares available for grant under the 2006 Plan against the maximum number of shares authorized, each restricted stock granted reduces the number of shares available for grant by 1.5 shares and each restricted stock forfeited increases shares available for grant by 1.5 shares.

On October 18, 2007, the Company commenced a tender offer (the “Offer”) to certain of its employees under which they would be allowed to increase the exercise price or choose a fixed period exercise term for certain options in order to avoid certain negative tax consequences under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and similar state law. A total of 164 eligible option holders participated in the Offer. The Company accepted for amendment options to purchase an aggregate of 3,959,225 shares of the Company’s Common Stock, of which options to purchase 781,178 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were amended by making a fixed date election. In connection with the surrender of those options for amendment, the Company has amended those options on the expiration date of the Offer following the expiration of the Offer. There was no material incremental compensation expense recognized as a result of the Offer.

General Stock Option Information

The following table summarizes stock option activity under the 1997, 1999 and 2006 Plans for the years ended December 31, 2009 and information regarding stock options outstanding, exercisable, and vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2009.

   
Options Outstanding
 
Weighted
 
         
Weighted
 
Average
 
         
Average
 
Remaining
Aggregate
   
Number of
   
Exercise Price
 
Contractual
Intrinsic
   
Shares
   
per Share
 
Term
Value
   
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Outstanding as of December 31, 2006
    18,672,877     $ 18.32      
Options granted
    3,202,800       18.72      
Options exercised
    (1,333,578 )     8.43      
Options forfeited
    (1,791,361 )     22.89      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2007
    18,750,738     $ 20.17      
Options granted
    1,884,490       19.70      
Options exercised
    (1,873,067 )     9.70      
Options forfeited
    (2,188,422 )     20.97      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2008
    16,573,739     $ 21.19      
Options granted
    1,487,905       9.21      
Options exercised
    (1,482,489 )     11.29      
Options forfeited
    (2,123,045 )     21.34      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2009
    14,456,110     $ 20.95  
5.38
$102,146
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2009
    13,838,744     $ 21.40  
5.35
$93,671
Options exercisable at December 31, 2009
    10,327,025     $ 22.88  
4.53
$65,738

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value for in-the-money options at December 31, 2009, based on the $24.40 closing stock price of Rambus’ Common Stock on December 31, 2009 on The NASDAQ Global Select


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Market, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. The total number of in-the-money options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2009 was 11,477,310 and 7,511,494, respectively.

The following table summarizes the information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2009:

 
   
Options Outstanding
   
Options Exercisable
 
 
Range of Exercise
Prices
   
 
Number
Outstanding
   
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   
 
Number
Exercisable
   
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
$ 2.50 – $ 8.55       2,518,707       5.60     $ 6.49       1,219,813     $ 5.39  
$ 8.64 – $14.75       1,655,688       4.83     $ 13.23       1,462,087     $ 13.21  
$ 14.86 – $17.14       1,562,915       5.54     $ 16.28       1,268,274     $ 16.24  
$ 17.16 – $18.62       834,641       4.32     $ 17.86       768,375     $ 17.86  
$ 18.69 – $18.69       1,572,093       7.09     $ 18.69       871,836     $ 18.69  
$ 19.13 – $19.86       1,927,396       7.79     $ 19.66       832,474     $ 19.59  
$ 20.31 – $26.19       1,480,870       5.68     $ 22.96       1,163,635     $ 22.94  
$ 26.45 – $37.66       1,792,177       3.20     $ 32.75       1,733,576     $ 32.86  
$ 38.48 – $83.25       1,104,511       2.77     $ 57.60       999,843     $ 59.20  
$ 92.62 – $92.62       7,112       0.39     $ 92.62       7,112     $ 92.62  
$ 2.50 – $92.62       14,456,110       5.38     $ 20.95       10,327,025     $ 22.88  

As of December 31, 2009, there was $37.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, related to unvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the stock option plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.8 years. The total fair value of options vested for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $195.2 million, $209.7 million and $262.0 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

During the three year period ended December 31, 2009, the Company had two employee stock purchase plans, the 1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “1997 Purchase Plan”) and the 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2006 Purchase Plan”). The 1997 Purchase Plan provided for offerings of four consecutive overlapping six month offering periods. Under the 1997 Purchase Plan, employees were able to purchase stock at the lower of 85% of the fair market value on the first day of the 24 month offering period (the enrollment date), or the purchase date (the exercise date). Employees generally were not able to purchase more than the number of shares having a value greater than $25,000 in any calendar year, as measured at the beginning of the offering period.

The 1997 Purchase Plan terminated effective with the October 31, 2007 purchase date in accordance with its governing documents and no further grants will be made.

In March 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (the “2006 Purchase Plan”) and reserved 1,600,000 shares, subject to stockholder approval which was received on May 10, 2006. Employees generally will be eligible to participate in this plan if they are employed by Rambus for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in a fiscal year. The 2006 Purchase Plan provides for six month offering periods, with a new offering period commencing on the first trading day on or after May 1 and November 1 of each year. Under this plan, employees may purchase stock at the lower of 85% of the beginning of the offering period (the enrollment date), or the end of each offering period (the purchase date). Employees generally may not purchase more than the number of shares having a value greater than $25,000 in any calendar year, as measured at the purchase date.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company issued 418,215 shares under the 2006 Purchase Plan at a weighted average price of $8.95 per share. During the years ended December 31, 2008, the Company issued 334,929 shares under the 2006 Purchase Plan at a weighted average price of $11.87 per share. During the years ended December 31, 2007, the Company issued 77,146 shares at a weighted average price of $10.88 under the now expired 1997 Purchase Plan. As of December 31, 2009, 846,856 shares remain available for issuance under the 2006 Purchase Plan. As of December 31, 2009, there was $0.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to share-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2006 Purchase Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over four months.



RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Options

During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, Rambus granted 1,487,905, 1,884,490 and 3,202,800 stock options, respectively, with an estimated total grant-date fair value of $10.2 million, $21.3 million and $39.4 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, Rambus recorded stock-based compensation related to stock options of $24.4 million, $32.9 million and $42.3 million, respectively.

The effect of recording stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2007 includes a $4.1 million charge, resulting from the Company’s modifying the terms of approximately 200 stock option grants to officers, directors and employees, by offering an extension of time to exercise in connection with the Offer discussed under “Stock Option Plans” above.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $8.3 million, $16.7 million and $15.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Intrinsic value is the total value of exercised shares based on the price of the Company’s Common Stock at the time of exercise less the proceeds received from the employees to exercise the options.

During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, proceeds from employee stock option exercises totaled approximately $16.7 million (of which $0.3 million was included in prepaid and other assets as of December 31, 2009 and was subsequently received in January 2010), $18.2 million (of which $0.5 million was included in prepaid and other assets as of December 31, 2008 and was subsequently received in January 2009) and $11.2 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plans

During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, Rambus recorded stock-based compensation related to employee stock purchase plans of $1.8 million, $1.8 million and $53,000, respectively. During 2007, the Company reversed approximately $0.8 million of compensation expense due to a change in estimate of expected contributions.

There were no tax benefits realized as a result of employee stock option exercises, stock purchase plan purchases, and vesting of equity stock and stock units for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 calculated in accordance with accounting for share-based payments.

Valuation Assumptions

Rambus estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton model (“BSM”). The BSM model determines the fair value of stock-based compensation and is affected by Rambus’ stock price on the date of the grant as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include expected volatility, expected life of the award, expected dividend rate, and expected risk-free rate of return. The assumptions for expected volatility and expected life are the two assumptions that significantly affect the grant date fair value. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and Rambus’ results of operations could be materially impacted.

The fair value of stock awards is estimated as of the grant date using the BSM option-pricing model assuming a dividend yield of 0% and the additional weighted-average assumptions as listed in the following tables:

 
 
Stock Option Plans for Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Stock Option Plans
                 
Expected stock price volatility
    89%-96 %     63%-114 %     53%-69 %
Risk free interest rate
    1.8%-2.8 %     2.1%-3.3 %     3.5%-4.9 %
Expected term (in years)
    5.3-6.1       5.3       6.2  
Weighted-average fair value of stock options granted
  $ 6.85     $ 11.32     $ 12.29  

 
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan for Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
                 
Expected stock price volatility
    86%-92 %     58%-103 %     64 %
Risk free interest rate
    0.2%-0.3 %     1.1%-1.7 %     4.2 %
Expected term (in years)
    0.5       0.5       0.5  
Weighted-average fair value of purchase rights granted under the purchase plan
  $ 5.52     $ 5.06     $ 6.62  
____________



RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Expected Stock Price Volatility:   Given the volume of market activity in its market traded options greater than one year, Rambus determined that it would use the implied volatility of its nearest-to-the-money traded options. The Company believes that the use of implied volatility is more reflective of market conditions and a better indicator of expected volatility than historical volatility. If there is not sufficient volume in its market traded options, the Company will use an equally weighted blend of historical and implied volatility.

Risk-free Interest Rate:   Rambus bases the risk-free interest rate used in the BSM valuation method on implied yield currently available on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent term. Where the expected terms of Rambus’ stock-based awards do not correspond with the terms for which interest rates are quoted, Rambus uses an approximation based on rates currently available.

Expected Term:   The expected term of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. Prior to the adoption of accounting for share-based payments, the Company used only historical data to estimate option exercise and employee termination within the model. For the year ended December 31, 2007, the average expected life was determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model.

Beginning in 2008, the Company changed its methodology for determining estimated expected term for employee stock options from the Monte Carlo simulation model to observed historical exercise patterns. The change in methodology resulted from an analysis of observed historical exercise patterns which better approximates the actual expected term. The impact of this change was not significant to the Company’s results from operations.

The expected term of ESPP grants is based upon the length of each respective purchase period.

Nonvested Equity Stock and Stock Units

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company granted nonvested equity stock units to certain officers and employees, totaling 279,476 shares under the 2006 Plan. These awards have a service condition, generally a service period of four years, except in the case of grants to directors, for which the service period is one year. The nonvested equity stock units were valued at the date of grant giving them a fair value of approximately $3.1 million. The Company occasionally grants nonvested equity stock units to its employees with vesting subject to the achievement of certain performance conditions related to revenue goals and/or other factors. The Company did not recognize any compensation expense for these performance equity stock units since the Company did not believe that the performance conditions would be met.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $5.4 million, $3.1 million and $2.4 million, respectively, related to all outstanding equity stock grants. Beginning in 2008, compensation expense was adjusted for an estimate of forfeitures for non performance-based grants, based on management’s future expectations. Unrecognized stock-based compensation related to all nonvested equity stock grants, net of an estimate of forfeitures, was approximately $9.3 million at December 31, 2009. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.3 years.

The following table reflects the activity related to nonvested equity stock and stock units for the three years ended December 31, 2009:

 
 
 
Nonvested Equity Stock and Stock Units
 
 
 
Shares
   
Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 
Nonvested at December 31, 2006
    73,770     $ 36.14  
Granted
    228,355       18.85  
Vested
    (57,948 )     30.06  
Forfeited
           
Nonvested at December 31, 2007
    244,177     $ 21.41  
Granted
    704,064       17.91  
Vested
    (74,177 )     21.99  
Forfeited
    (53,000 )     19.86  
Nonvested at December 31, 2008
    821,064     $ 18.46  
Granted
    279,476       11.12  
Vested
    (290,564 )     17.43  
Forfeited
    (26,000 )     18.05  
Nonvested at December 31, 2009
    783,976     $ 16.24  



RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

9.  Stockholders’ Equity

Preferred and Common Stock

In February 1997, the Company established a Stockholder Rights Plan pursuant to which each holder of the Company’ Common Stock shall receive a right to purchase one-thousandth of a share of Series E Preferred Stock for $125 per right, subject to a number of conditions. Such rights are subject to adjustment in the event of a takeover or commencement of a tender offer not approved by the Board of Directors. In July 2000, the Company’s Board of Directors agreed to restate the exercise price to $600 per right in an Amended and Restated Preferred Shares Rights Agreement. In November 2002, the Company’s Board of Directors agreed to restate the exercise price to $60 per right in an Amended and Restated Preferred Shares Rights Agreement.

Share Repurchase Program

In October 2001, The Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved a share repurchase program of its Common Stock, principally to reduce the dilutive effect of employee stock options. To date, the Board has approved the authorization to repurchase up to 19.0 million shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock over an undefined period of time. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company did not repurchase any Common Stock. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had repurchased a cumulative total of approximately 16.8 million shares of its Common Stock with an aggregate price of approximately $233.8 million since the commencement of this program. As of December 31, 2009, there remained an outstanding authorization to repurchase approximately 2.2 million shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock.

The Company records stock repurchases as a reduction to stockholders’ equity. The Company records a portion of the purchase price of the repurchased shares as an increase to accumulated deficit when the cost of the shares repurchased exceeds the average original proceeds per share received from the issuance of Common Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company did not repurchase any Common Stock. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the cumulative price of the shares repurchased exceeded the proceeds received from the issuance of the same number of shares. The excess of $44.2 million was recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit for the year ended December 31, 2008.

10.  Benefit Plans

Rambus has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Each eligible employee may elect to contribute up to 60% of the employee’s annual compensation to the 401(k) Plan, up to the Internal Revenue Service limit. Rambus, at the discretion of its Board of Directors, may match employee contributions to the 401(k) Plan. The Company matches 50% of eligible employee’s contribution, up to the first 6% of an eligible employee’s qualified earnings. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, Rambus made matching contributions totaling approximately $1.1 million, $1.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively.

11.  Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes is comprised of:

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Federal:
                 
Current
  $ (957 )   $ (615 )   $  
Deferred
          96,031       (22,547 )
State:
                       
Current
    9       (1,071 )     (2 )
Deferred
          18,986       (3,582 )
Foreign:
                       
Current
    761       749       1,176  
Deferred
    (354 )     (289 )     (191 )
    $ (541 )   $ 113,791     $ (25,146 )



RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

The differences between Rambus’ effective tax rate and the U.S. federal statutory regular tax rate are as follows:

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Benefit at U.S. federal statutory rate
    (35.0 )%     (35.0 )%     (35.0 )%
Benefit at state statutory rate
    (5.4 )%     (5.3 )%     (5.5 )%
R&D credit
    (0.9 )%     (6.3 )%     (2.2 )%
Executive compensation
    %     0.1 %     (2.2 )%
Non-deductible stock-based compensation
    0.8 %     1.1 %     0.8 %
Other
    0.7 %     0.0 %     1.7 %
Valuation allowance
    39.2 %     178.8 %     %
      (0.6 )%     133.4 %     (42.4 )%

The components of the net deferred tax assets are as follows:

 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Deferred revenue
  $ 22     $ 27  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,775       16,206  
Other liabilities and reserves
    4,915       6,043  
Employee stock-based compensation
          595  
Deferred equity compensation
    53,872       54,136  
Net operating loss carryovers
    73,619       46,019  
Tax credits
    32,751       32,756  
Total gross deferred tax assets
  $ 177,954     $ 155,782  
Convertible debt
    (24,859 )     (4,642 )
Total net deferred tax assets
  $ 153,095     $ 151,140  
Valuation Allowance
    (150,932 )     (149,195 )
Net deferred tax assets                                                                                                                           
  $ 2,163     $ 1,945  

   
As of December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Current portion
  $ 129     $ 88  
Non-current portion
    2,034       1,857  
Net deferred tax assets                                                                                                                           
  $ 2,163     $ 1,945  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s consolidated balance sheet included net deferred tax assets, before valuation allowance, of approximately $153.1 million, which consists of net operating loss carryovers, tax credit carryovers, depreciation and amortization, employee stock-based compensation expenses and certain liabilities, partially reduced by deferred tax liabilities associated with convertible debt instruments. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company’s valuation allowance was $150.9 million. Management periodically evaluates the realizability of the Company’s net deferred tax assets based on all available evidence, both positive and negative. The realization of net deferred tax assets is solely dependent on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient future taxable income during periods prior to the expiration of tax statutes to fully utilize these assets.

The Company weighed both positive and negative evidence and determined there is a continued need for a valuation allowance due to the existence of three years of historical cumulative losses which the Company considered significant verifiable negative evidence. Though considered positive evidence, projected income from favorable patent and related settlement litigation were not included in the determination for the valuation allowance due to the Company’s inability to reliably estimate the timing and amounts of such


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

settlements. In January 2010, the Company signed an agreement with Samsung which will be considered in assessing the need for a valuation allowance going forward. The Company may reverse a portion or all of the valuation allowance if sufficient positive evidence exists to support reversal of the valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2009, Rambus has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $278.4 million and $251.6 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2014. As of December 31, 2009, Rambus has federal research and development tax credit carryforwards for income tax purposes of $22.7 million and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $12.8 million, net of federal benefit. The federal research and development tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2012 and the state tax credit can be carried forward indefinitely.

In the event of a change in ownership, as defined under federal and state tax laws, Rambus’ net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards could be subject to annual limitations. The annual limitations could result in the expiration of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards prior to utilization.

Tax attributes related to stock option windfall deductions should not be recorded until they result in a reduction of cash taxes payable. Starting in 2006, the Company no longer includes net operating losses attributable to stock option windfall deductions as components of its gross deferred tax assets. The Company’s unrealized federal and state net operating losses excluded as of December 31, 2009 were $93.5 million and $99.2 million, respectively. The benefit of these net operating losses will be recorded to additional paid-in capital when they reduce cash taxes payable.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had $10.4 million of unrecognized tax benefits, including $7.5 million recorded as a reduction of long-term deferred tax assets, which is net of approximately $0.9 million of federal tax benefits, and including $2.0 million in long-term income taxes payable. If recognized, approximately $0.7 million would be recorded as an income tax benefit in the consolidated statements of operations. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $9.6 million of unrecognized tax benefits, including $6.9 million recorded as a reduction of long-term deferred tax assets, which is net of approximately $0.8 million of federal tax benefits, and including $1.9 million in long-term income taxes payable. As of December 31, 2007, the Company had $14.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits, including $8.5 million recorded as a reduction of long-term deferred tax assets, which is net of approximately $2.6 million of federal tax benefits, and including $2.9 million in long-term income taxes payable.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized income tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows (amounts in thousands):

   
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Balance at January 1
  $ 9,613     $ 14,005     $ 12,395  
Tax positions related to current year:
                       
Additions
    767       978       1,610  
Tax positions related to prior years:
                       
Reductions
    (27 )     (304 )      
Settlements
          (5,066 )      
Balance at December 31
  $ 10,353     $ 9,613     $ 14,005  

During 2008, the Company reduced its unrecognized tax benefits by $5.1 million related to a settlement with the California Franchise Tax Board. Although it is possible that some of the unrecognized tax benefits could be settled within the next 12 months, the Company cannot reasonably estimate the outcome at this time.

Rambus recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as a component of the income tax provision (benefit). At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, an insignificant amount of interest and penalties are included in long-term income taxes payable.

At December 31, 2009, no deferred taxes have been provided for any portion of the approximately $1.9 million of undistributed earnings of the Company’s international subsidiaries, since these earnings have been, and under current plans will continue to be, permanently reinvested in these subsidiaries. The amount of U.S. tax that would be required upon repatriation of the Company’s undistributed foreign earnings would be immaterial as of December 31, 2009. The Company’s operations in India currently operate under a tax holiday, which will expire in 2011.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Rambus files U.S. federal income tax returns as well as income tax returns in various states and foreign jurisdictions. During 2009, Rambus settled a payroll tax examination by the Internal Revenue Service for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 for an immaterial amount. The Company is under examination by the California Franchise Tax Board for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 and the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2004. Although the outcome of any tax audit is uncertain, the Company believes it has adequately provided for any additional taxes that may be required to be paid as a result of such examinations. If the Company determines that no payment will ultimately be required, the reversal of these tax liabilities may result in tax benefits being recognized in the period when that conclusion is reached. However, if an ultimate tax assessment exceeds the recorded tax liability for that item, an additional tax provision may need to be recorded. The impact of such adjustments in the Company’s tax accounts could have a material impact on the consolidated results of operations in future periods. The Company is subject to examination by the IRS for tax years ended 2006 through 2008. The Company is also subject to examination by the State of California for tax years ended 2005 through 2008. In addition, any R&D credit carryforward or net operating loss carryforward generated in prior years and utilized in these or future years may also be subject to examination by the IRS and the State of California. The Company is also subject to examination in various other jurisdictions for various periods.

12.  Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the earnings (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares and potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares consist of incremental common shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, employee stock purchases, restricted stock and restricted stock units and shares issuable upon the conversion of convertible notes. The dilutive effect of outstanding shares is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method. This method includes consideration of the amounts to be paid by the employees, the amount of excess tax benefits that would be recognized in equity if the instrument was exercised and the amount of unrecognized stock-based compensation related to future services. No potential dilutive common shares are included in the computation of any diluted per share amount when a net loss is reported.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted loss per share:

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Numerator:
                 
Net loss
  $ (92,186 )   $ (199,110 )   $ (34,221 )
Denominator:
                       
Weighted average shares used to compute basic EPS
    105,011       104,574       104,056  
Dilutive potential shares from stock options, ESPP and nonvested equity stock and stock units
                 
Weighted average shares used to compute diluted EPS
    105,011       104,574       104,056  
Net loss per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (0.88 )   $ (1.90 )   $ (0.33 )
Diluted
  $ (0.88 )   $ (1.90 )   $ (0.33 )

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, approximately 14.0 million, 5.1 million and 5.9 million shares, respectively, that would be issued upon the conversion of the contingently issuable convertible notes were excluded from the calculation of earnings per share because the conversion price was higher than the average market price of the Common Stock during this period. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, options to purchase approximately 11.0 million, 11.0 million and 9.8 million shares, respectively, were excluded from the calculation because they were anti-dilutive after considering proceeds from exercise, taxes and related unrecognized stock-based compensation expense. For the year ended December 31, 2009, an additional 1.4 million shares, including nonvested equity stock and stock units, that would be dilutive have been excluded from the weighted average dilutive shares because there was a net loss for the period. For the year ended December 31, 2008, an additional 2.8 million shares, including nonvested equity stock and stock units, that would be dilutive have been excluded from the weighted average dilutive shares because there was a net loss for the period.

13.  Business Segments, Exports and Major Customers

Rambus operates in a single industry segment, the design, development and licensing of memory and logic interfaces, lighting and optoelectronics, and other technologies. Five customers accounted for 24%, 15%, 13%, 13% and 11% respectively, of revenue in the


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

year ending December 31, 2009. Six customers accounted for 19%, 14%, 12%, 11%, 11% and 11% respectively, of revenue in the year ending December 31, 2008. Four customers accounted for 20%, 15%, 15%, and 10%, respectively, of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2007. See Note 4, “Business Risks and Credit Concentration,” for the names of the customers which accounted for more than 10% of revenue in each of the years. Rambus expects that its revenue concentration will decrease over time as Rambus licenses new customers.

Rambus sells its chip interfaces and licenses to customers in the Far East, North America, and Europe. Revenue from customers in the following geographic regions were recognized as follows:

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Japan
  $ 91,959     $ 115,202     $ 124,662  
North America
    19,393       23,870       26,447  
Taiwan
    112       565       1,434  
Korea
    1,262       900       618  
Singapore
    44       367       588  
Europe
    237       1,590       26,191  
    $ 113,007     $ 142,494     $ 179,940  

At December 31, 2009, of the $39.0 million of total property and equipment, approximately $37.1 million are located in the United States, $1.6 million are located in India and $0.3 million were located in other foreign locations. At December 31, 2008, of the $22.3 million of total property and equipment, approximately $19.3 million were located in the United States, $2.4 million were located in India and $0.6 million were located in other foreign locations.

14.  Amortizable Intangible Assets

The components of the Company’s intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 
 
As of December 31, 2009
 
 
 
 
Gross Carrying
Amount
   
Accumulated
Amortization
   
Net Carrying
Amount
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Patents
  $ 12,441     $ (6,876 )   $ 5,565  
Intellectual property
    10,384       (10,384 )      
Customer contracts and contractual relationships
    4,050       (2,717 )     1,333  
Existing technology
    17,550       (2,788 )     14,762  
Non-competition agreement
    100       (100 )      
Total intangible assets
  $ 44,525     $ (22,865 )   $ 21,660  

   
As of December 31, 2008
 
 
 
 
Gross Carrying
Amount
   
Accumulated
Amortization
   
Net Carrying
Amount
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Patents
  $ 9,941     $ (5,527 )   $ 4,414  
Intellectual property
    10,384       (9,527 )     857  
Customer contracts and contractual relationships
    4,000       (2,224 )     1,776  
Existing technology
    2,700       (2,503 )     197  
Non-competition agreement
    100       (100 )      
Total intangible assets
  $ 27,125     $ (19,881 )   $ 7,244  

Amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $3.0 million, $4.3 million and $5.3 million, respectively.

During the first quarter of 2009, the Company purchased patents related to mobile memory and other applications in an asset acquisition from Inapac Technology, Inc for approximately $1.6 million. During the fourth quarter of 2009, as part of the acquisition of patented innovations and technology from GLT in a business combination, the Company acquired approximately $14.9 million of lighting technology. In addition, the Company purchased patents related to other technologies for approximately $1.0 million.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

During the third quarter of 2008, based on communication it received from a customer, the Company determined that approximately $2.2 million of its intangible assets had no alternative future use and was impaired as a result of a customer’s change in technology requirements. The intangible asset relates to a contractual relationship acquired in the Velio acquisition during December 2003.

The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 was as follows (amounts in thousands):

Years Ending December 31:
 
Amount
 
2010
  $ 4,210  
2011
    3,835  
2012
    3,562  
2013
    3,257  
2014
    2,356  
Thereafter
    4,440  
    $ 21,660  

15.  Convertible Notes

The Company’s convertible notes are shown in the following table.

 
(dollars in thousands)
 
As of December 30, 2009
   
As of December 31, 2008
 
Zero Coupon Convertible Senior Notes due 2010
  $ 136,950     $ 136,950  
5% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014
    172,500        
Total principal amount of convertible notes
    309,450       136,950  
Unamortized discount
    (61,406 )     (11,476 )
Total convertible notes
  $ 248,044     $ 125,474  
Less current portion
    (136,032 )      
Total long-term convertible notes
  $ 112,012     $ 125,474  

5% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014. On June 29, 2009, the Company issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5% convertible senior notes due June 15, 2014. As of the date of issuance, the Company determined that the liability component of the 2014 Notes was approximately $92.4 million and the equity component was approximately $57.6 million. On July 10, 2009, an additional $22.5 million of the 2014 Notes were issued as a result of the underwriters exercising their overallotment option. As of the date of issuance of the $22.5 million 2014 Notes, the Company determined that the liability component was approximately $14.3 million and the equity component was approximately $8.2 million. The unamortized discount related to the 2014 Notes is being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over five years through June 2014.

The Company will pay cash interest at an annual rate of 5% of the principal amount at issuance, payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, beginning on December 15, 2009. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company made a payment of approximately $4.0 million related to the 2014 Notes. Issuance costs were approximately $5.1 million of which $3.2 million is related to the liability portion, which is being amortized to interest expense over five years (the expected term of the debt), and $1.9 million is related to the equity portion. The 2014 Notes are the Company’s general unsecured obligation, ranking equal in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including the 2010 Notes, and are senior in right of payment to any of the Company’s future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the 2014 Notes.

The 2014 Notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s Common Stock at an initial conversion rate of 51.8 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of 2014 Notes. This is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $19.31 per share of common stock. Holders may surrender their 2014 Notes for conversion prior to March 15, 2014 only under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter beginning after the calendar quarter ending September 30, 2009, and only during such calendar quarter, if the closing sale price of the Common Stock for 20 or more trading days in the period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds 130% of the conversion price in effect on the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, (ii) during the five business day period after any 10 consecutive trading day period in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of 2014 Notes for each trading day of such 10 consecutive trading day period was less than 98% of the product of the closing sale price of the Common Stock for such trading day and the applicable conversion rate, (iii) upon the occurrence of specified distributions to holders of the Common Stock, (iv) upon a


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

fundamental change of the Company as specified in the Indenture governing the 2014 Notes, or (v) if the Company calls any or all of the 2014 Notes for redemption, at any time prior to the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the redemption date. On and after March 15, 2014, holders may convert their 2014 Notes at any time until the close of business on the third business day prior to the maturity date, regardless of the foregoing circumstances.

Upon conversion of the 2014 Notes, the Company will pay (i) cash equal to the lesser of the aggregate principal amount and the conversion value of the 2014 Notes and (ii) shares of the Company’s Common Stock for the remainder, if any, of the Company’s conversion obligation, in each case based on a daily conversion value calculated on a proportionate basis for each trading day in the 20 trading day conversion reference period as further specified in the Indenture.

The Company may not redeem the 2014 Notes at its option prior to June 15, 2012. At any time on or after June 15, 2012, the Company will have the right, at its option, to redeem the 2014 Notes in whole or in part for cash in an amount equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2014 Notes to be redeemed, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, if the closing sale price of the Common Stock for at least 20 of the 30 consecutive trading days immediately prior to any date the Company gives a notice of redemption is greater than 130% of the conversion price on the date of such notice.

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, holders may require the Company to repurchase some or all of their 2014 Notes for cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2014 Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain fundamental changes, as that term is defined in the Indenture, the Company will, in certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for 2014 Notes converted in connection with such fundamental changes by a specified number of shares of Common Stock, not to exceed 15.5401 per $1,000 principal amount of the 2014 Notes.

The following events are considered “Events of Default” under the Indenture which may result in the acceleration of the maturity of the 2014 Notes:

 
(1)
default in the payment when due of any principal of any of the 2014 Notes at maturity, upon redemption or upon exercise of a repurchase right or otherwise;

 
(2)
default in the payment of any interest, including additional interest, if any, on any of the 2014 Notes, when the interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days;

 
(3)
the Company’s failure to deliver cash or cash and shares of Common Stock (including any additional shares deliverable as a result of a conversion in connection with a make-whole fundamental change) when required to be delivered upon the conversion of any 2014 Note;

 
(4)
default in the Company’s obligation to provide notice of the occurrence of a fundamental change when required by the Indenture;

 
(5)
the Company’s failure to comply with any of its other agreements in the 2014 Notes or the Indenture (other than those referred to in clauses (1) through (4) above) for 60 days after the Company’s receipt of written notice to the Company of such default from the trustee or to the Company and the trustee of such default from holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes then outstanding;

 
(6)
the Company’s failure to pay when due the principal of, or acceleration of, any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries in excess of $30,000,000 principal amount, if such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not annulled, by the end of a period of ten days after written notice to the Company by the trustee or to the Company and the trustee by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes then outstanding; and

 
(7)
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization relating to the Company or any of its material subsidiaries (as defined in the Indenture).

If an event of default, other than an event of default in clause (7) above with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, either the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the 2014 Notes then outstanding may declare the principal amount of, and accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, on the 2014 Notes then outstanding to be immediately due and payable. If an event of default described in clause (7) above occurs with respect to the Company the principal


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

amount of and accrued and unpaid interest, including additional interest, if any, on the 2014 Notes will automatically become immediately due and payable.

Zero Coupon Convertible Senior Notes due 2010. On February 1, 2005, the Company issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of zero coupon convertible senior notes due February 1, 2010 to Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities as initial purchasers who then sold the 2010 Notes to institutional investors.

The 2010 Notes are unsecured senior obligations, ranking equally in right of payment with all of Rambus’ existing and future unsecured senior indebtedness, and senior in right of payment to any future indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the 2010 Notes.

Upon the retrospective application of the new FASB accounting guidance which clarifies the accounting for convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash upon conversion, including partial cash settlement, the Company determined that the liability component of the 2010 Notes was $200.3 million and the equity component was $99.7 million.

The 2010 Notes are convertible at any time prior to the close of business on the maturity date into, in respect of each $1,000 principal of the 2010 Notes:

 
cash in an amount equal to the lesser of

(1)
 the principal amount of each note to be converted and

(2)
 the “conversion value,” which is equal to (a) the applicable conversion rate, multiplied by (b) the applicable stock price, as defined.

 
if the conversion value is greater than the principal amount of each note, a number of shares of Rambus Common Stock (the “net shares”) equal to the sum of the daily share amounts, calculated as defined. However, in lieu of delivering net shares, Rambus, at its option, may deliver cash, or a combination of cash and shares of its Common Stock, with a value equal to the net shares amount.

The initial conversion price is $26.84 per share of Common Stock (which represents an initial conversion rate of 37.2585 shares of Rambus Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2010 Notes). The initial conversion price is subject to certain adjustments, as specified in the indenture governing the 2010 Notes.

The 2010 Notes are subject to repurchase in cash in the event of a fundamental change involving Rambus at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount. Rambus may be obligated to pay an additional premium (payable in shares of Common Stock) in the event the 2010 Notes are converted following a fundamental change. The premium is based on numerous factors and could be up to 33% per $1,000 principal amount of convertible notes.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default, Rambus’ obligations under the 2010 Notes may become immediately due and payable. An event of default is defined as:

 
default in the payment when due of any principal of any of the 2010 Notes at maturity, upon exercise of a repurchase right or otherwise;

 
default in the payment of liquidated damages, if any, which default continues for 30 days;

 
default in Rambus’ obligation to provide notice of the occurrence of fundamental change when required by the indenture;

 
failure to comply with any of Rambus’ other agreements in the 2010 Notes or the indenture upon its receipt of notice to it of such default from the trustee or to Rambus and the trustee from holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount at maturity of the 2010 Notes, and Rambus fails to cure (or obtain a waiver of) such default within 60 days after it receives such notice;

 
failure to pay when due the principal of, or acceleration of, any indebtedness for money borrowed by Rambus or any of its subsidiaries in excess of $30.0 million principal amount, if such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not annulled, by the end of a period of ten days after written notice to Rambus by the trustee or to Rambus and the trustee by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding 2010 Notes; and


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

 
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization relating to Rambus.

Rambus may not redeem the 2010 Notes prior to their maturity date.

During 2005, Rambus repurchased $140.0 million face value of the outstanding 2010 Notes, for a price of approximately $113.0 million, leaving a net balance of $160.0 million at December 31, 2005. During 2008, the Company repurchased approximately $23.1 million in face value of the 2010 Notes for $18.7 million which resulted in a net gain of $2.5 million, included in interest and other income, net in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009, approximately $137.0 million in face value of the 2010 Notes remain outstanding. The remaining 2010 Notes liability is classified as a current liability at December 31, 2009 since the notes are due February 1, 2010.

Additional paid-in capital at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 includes $47.9 million related to the remaining equity component of the 2010 Notes. Additional paid-in capital at December 31, 2009 includes $63.9 million related to the equity component of the 2014 Notes.

As of December 31, 2009, the if-converted value of the outstanding 2010 Notes and 2014 Notes is less than the principal amount of the notes. Therefore, the classification of the entire equity component for both the 2010 Notes and 2014 Notes in permanent equity is appropriate as of December 31, 2009.

Interest expense related to the notes for the year ended December 31, 2009 was as follows:

 
 
 
Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2009
   
2008
 
   
(in thousands)
 
2014 Notes coupon interest at a rate of 5%
  $ 4,326     $  
2014 Notes amortization of discount at an additional effective interest rate of 11.7%
    5,626        
2010 Notes amortization of discount at an effective interest rate of 8.4%
    10,998       11,805  
Total interest expense
  $ 20,950     $ 11,805  

16.  Litigation and Asserted Claims

Hynix Litigation

U.S District Court of the Northern District of California

On August 29, 2000, Hynix (formerly Hyundai) and various subsidiaries filed suit against Rambus in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. The complaint, as amended and narrowed through motion practice, asserts claims for fraud, violations of federal antitrust laws and deceptive practices in connection with Rambus’ participation in a standards setting organization called JEDEC, and seeks a declaratory judgment that the Rambus patents-in-suit are unenforceable, invalid and not infringed by Hynix, compensatory and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees. Rambus denied Hynix’s claims and filed counterclaims for patent infringement against Hynix.

The case was divided into three phases. In the first phase, Hynix tried its unclean hands defense beginning on October 17, 2005 and concluding on November 1, 2005. In its January 4, 2006 Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law, the court held that Hynix’s unclean hands defense failed. Among other things, the court found that Rambus did not adopt its document retention policy in bad faith, did not engage in unlawful spoliation of evidence, and that while Rambus disposed of some relevant documents pursuant to its document retention policy, Hynix was not prejudiced by the destruction of Rambus documents. On January 19, 2009, Hynix filed a motion for reconsideration of the court’s unclean hands order and for summary judgment on the ground that the decision by the Delaware court in the pending Micron-Rambus litigation (described below) should be given preclusive effect. In its motion Hynix requested alternatively that the court’s unclean hands order be certified for appeal and that the remainder of the case be stayed. Rambus filed an opposition to Hynix’s motion on January 26, 2009, and a hearing was held on January 30, 2009. On February 3, 2009, the court denied Hynix’s motions and restated its conclusions that Rambus had not anticipated litigation until late 1999 and that Hynix had not demonstrated any prejudice from any alleged destruction of evidence.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

The second phase of the Hynix-Rambus trial — on patent infringement, validity and damages — began on March 15, 2006, and was submitted to the jury on April 13, 2006. On April 24, 2006, the jury returned a verdict in favor of Rambus on all issues and awarded Rambus a total of approximately $307 million in damages, excluding prejudgment interest. Specifically, the jury found that each of the ten selected patent claims was supported by the written description, and was not anticipated or rendered obvious by prior art; therefore, none of the patent claims was invalid. The jury also found that Hynix infringed all eight of the patent claims for which the jury was asked to determine infringement; the court had previously determined on summary judgment that Hynix infringed the other two claims at issue in the trial. On July 14, 2006, the court granted Hynix’s motion for a new trial on the issue of damages unless Rambus agreed to a reduction of the total jury award to approximately $134 million. The court found that the record supported a maximum royalty rate of 1% for SDR SDRAM and 4.25% for DDR SDRAM, which the court applied to the stipulated U.S. sales of infringing Hynix products through December 31, 2005. On July 27, 2006, Rambus elected remittitur of the jury’s award to approximately $134 million. On August 30, 2006, the court awarded Rambus prejudgment interest for the period June 23, 2000 through December 31, 2005. Hynix filed a motion on July 7, 2008 to reduce the amount of remitted damages and any supplemental damages that the court may award, as well as to limit the products that could be affected by any injunction that the court may grant, on the grounds of patent exhaustion. Following a hearing on August 29, 2008, the court denied Hynix’s motion. In separate orders issued December 2, 2008, January 16, 2009, and January 27, 2009, the court denied Hynix’s post-trial motions for judgment as a matter of law and new trial on infringement and validity.

On June 24, 2008, the court heard oral argument on Rambus’ motion to supplement the damages award and for equitable relief related to Hynix’s infringement of Rambus patents. On February 23, 2009, the court issued an order (1) granting Rambus’ motion for supplemental damages and prejudgment interest for the period after December 31, 2005, at the same rates ordered for the prior period; (2) denying Rambus’ motion for an injunction; and (3) ordering the parties to begin negotiations regarding the terms of a compulsory license regarding Hynix’s continued manufacture, use, and sale of infringing devices.

The third phase of the Hynix-Rambus trial involved Hynix’s affirmative JEDEC-related antitrust and fraud allegations against Rambus. On April 24, 2007, the court ordered a coordinated trial of certain common JEDEC-related claims alleged by the manufacturer parties (i.e., Hynix, Micron, Nanya and Samsung) and defenses asserted by Rambus in Hynix v Rambus, Case No. C 00-20905 RMW, and three other cases pending before the same court ( Rambus Inc. v. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. et al. , Case No. 05-02298 RMW, Rambus Inc. v. Hynix Semiconductor Inc., et al. , Case No. 05-00334, and Rambus Inc. v. Micron Technology, Inc., et al. , Case No. C 06-00244 RMW, each described in further detail below). On December 14, 2007, the court excused Samsung from the coordinated trial based on Samsung’s agreement to certain conditions, including trial of its claims against Rambus by the court within six months following the conclusion of the coordinated trial. The coordinated trial involving Rambus, Hynix, Micron and Nanya began on January 29, 2008, and was submitted to the jury on March 25, 2008. On March 26, 2008, the jury returned a verdict in favor of Rambus and against Hynix, Micron, and Nanya on each of their claims. Specifically, the jury found that Hynix, Micron, and Nanya failed to meet their burden of proving that: (1) Rambus engaged in anticompetitive conduct; (2) Rambus made important representations that it did not have any intellectual property pertaining to the work of JEDEC and intended or reasonably expected that the representations would be heard by or repeated to others including Hynix, Micron or Nanya; (3) Rambus uttered deceptive half-truths about its intellectual property coverage or potential coverage of products compliant with synchronous DRAM standards then being considered by JEDEC by disclosing some facts but failing to disclose other important facts; or (4) JEDEC members shared a clearly defined expectation that members would disclose relevant knowledge they had about patent applications or the intent to file patent applications on technology being considered for adoption as a JEDEC standard. Hynix, Micron, and Nanya filed motions for a new trial and for judgment on certain of their equitable claims and defenses. A hearing on those motions was held on May 1, 2008. A further hearing on the equitable claims and defenses was held on May 27, 2008. On July 24, 2008, the court issued an order denying Hynix, Micron, and Nanya’s motions for new trial.

On March 3, 2009, the court issued an order rejecting Hynix, Micron, and Nanya’s equitable claims and defenses that had been tried during the coordinated trial. The court concluded (among other things) that (1) Rambus did not have an obligation to disclose pending or anticipated patent applications and had sound reasons for not doing so; (2) the evidence supported the jury’s finding that JEDEC members did not share a clearly defined expectation that members would disclose relevant knowledge they had about patent applications or the intent to file patent applications on technology being considered for adoption as a JEDEC standard; (3) the written JEDEC disclosure policies did not clearly require members to disclose information about patent applications and the intent to file patent applications in the future; (4) there was no clearly understood or legally enforceable agreement of JEDEC members to disclose information about patent applications or the intent to seek patents relevant to standards being discussed at JEDEC; (5) during the time Rambus attended JEDEC meetings, Rambus did not have any patent application pending that covered a JEDEC standard, and none of the patents in suit was applied for until well after Rambus resigned from JEDEC; (6) Rambus’s conduct at JEDEC did not constitute an estoppel or waiver of its rights to enforce its patents; (7) Hynix, Micron, and Nanya failed to carry their burden to prove their


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

asserted waiver and estoppel defenses not directly based on Rambus’s conduct at JEDEC; (8) the evidence did not support a finding of any material misrepresentation, half truths or fraudulent concealment by Rambus related to JEDEC upon which Nanya relied; (9) the manufacturers failed to establish that Rambus violated unfair competition law by its conduct before JEDEC; (10) the evidence related to Rambus’s patent prosecution did not establish that Rambus unduly delayed in prosecuting the claims in suit; (11) Rambus did not unreasonably delay bringing its patent infringement claims; and (12) there is no basis for any unclean hands defense or unenforceability claim arising from Rambus’s conduct.

On March 10, 2009, the court entered final judgment against Hynix in the amount of approximately $397 million as follows: approximately $134 million for infringement through December 31, 2005; approximately $215 million for infringement from January 1, 2006 through January 31, 2009; and approximately $48 million in pre-judgment interest. Post-judgment interest will accrue at the statutory rate. In addition, the judgment orders Hynix to pay Rambus royalties on net sales for U.S. infringement after January 31, 2009 and before April 18, 2010 of 1% for SDR SDRAM and 4.25% for DDR DDR2, DDR3, GDDR, GDDR2 and GDDR3 SDRAM memory devices. On April 9, 2009, Rambus submitted its cost bill in the amount of approximately $0.85 million. On March 24, 2009, Hynix filed a motion under Rule 62 seeking relief from the requirement that it post a supersedeas bond in the full amount of the final judgment in order to stay its execution pending an appeal. Rambus filed a brief opposing Hynix’s motion on April 10, 2009. A hearing on Hynix’s motion was heard on May 8, 2009. On May 14, 2009, the court granted Hynix’s motion in part and ordered that execution of the judgment be stayed on the condition that, within 45 days, Hynix post a supersedeas bond in the amount of $250 million and provide Rambus with documentation establishing a lien in Rambus’s favor on property owned by Hynix in Korea in the amount of the judgment not covered by the supersedeas bond. The court also ordered that Hynix pay the ongoing royalties set forth in the final judgment into an escrow account. Hynix posted the $250 million supersedeas bond on June 26, 2009. Hynix has deposited amounts into the escrow account pursuant to the court’s order regarding ongoing royalties. The escrowed funds will be released only upon agreement of the parties or further court order in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the escrow arrangement.

On April 6, 2009, Hynix filed its notice of appeal. On April 17, 2009, Rambus filed its notice of cross appeal. Hynix filed a motion to dismiss Rambus’ cross-appeal on July 1, 2009, and Rambus filed an opposition to Hynix’s motion on July 15, 2009. On July 23, 2009, Rambus and Hynix filed a joint motion to assign this appeal to the same panel hearing the appeal in the Micron Delaware case (discussed below) and to coordinate oral arguments of the two appeals. On August 17, 2009, the Federal Circuit issued an order 1) granting the joint motion to coordinate oral arguments of the two appeals; and 2) denying Hynix’s motion to dismiss Rambus’s cross-appeal. On August 31, 2009, Hynix filed its opening brief. On December 7, 2009, Rambus filed its answering and opening cross-appeal brief. Hynix’s reply and answering brief was filed February 16, 2010, and Rambus’s reply was filed February 23, 2010. Oral argument is scheduled for April 5, 2010.

Micron Litigation

U.S District Court in Delaware: Case No. 00-792-SLR

On August 28, 2000, Micron filed suit against Rambus in the U.S. District Court for Delaware. The suit asserts violations of federal antitrust laws, deceptive trade practices, breach of contract, fraud and negligent misrepresentation in connection with Rambus’ participation in JEDEC. Micron seeks a declaration of monopolization by Rambus, compensatory and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, a declaratory judgment that eight Rambus patents are invalid and not infringed, and the award to Micron of a royalty-free license to the Rambus patents. Rambus has filed an answer and counterclaims disputing Micron’s claims and asserting infringement by Micron of 12 U.S. patents.

This case has been divided into three phases in the same general order as in the Hynix 00-20905 action: (1) unclean hands; (2) patent infringement; and (3) antitrust, equitable estoppel, and other JEDEC-related issues. A bench trial on Micron’s unclean hands defense began on November 8, 2007 and concluded on November 15, 2007. The court ordered post-trial briefing on the issue of when Rambus became obligated to preserve documents because it anticipated litigation. A hearing on that issue was held on May 20, 2008. The court ordered further post-trial briefing on the remaining issues from the unclean hands trial, and a hearing on those issues was held on September 19, 2008.

On January 9, 2009, the court issued an opinion in which it determined that Rambus had engaged in spoliation of evidence by failing to suspend general implementation of a document retention policy after the point at which the court determined that Rambus should have known litigation was reasonably foreseeable. The court issued an accompanying order declaring the 12 patents in suit unenforceable against Micron (the “Delaware Order”). On February 9, 2009, the court stayed all other proceedings pending appeal of the Delaware Order. On February 10, 2009, judgment was entered against Rambus and in favor of Micron on Rambus’ patent infringement claims and Micron’s corresponding claims for declaratory relief. On March 11, 2009, Rambus filed its notice of appeal.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Rambus filed its opening brief on July 2, 2009. On July 24, 2009, Rambus filed a motion to assign this appeal to the same panel hearing the appeal in the Hynix case (discussed above) and to coordinate oral arguments of the two appeals. On August 8, 2009, Micron filed an opposition to Rambus’s motion to coordinate. On August 17, 2009, the Federal Circuit issued an order granting Rambus’s motion to coordinate oral arguments of the two appeals. On August 28, 2009, Micron filed its answering brief. On October 14, 2009, Rambus filed its reply brief. Oral argument is scheduled for April 5, 2010.

U.S. District Court of the Northern District of California

On January 13, 2006, Rambus filed suit against Micron in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California. Rambus alleges that 14 Rambus patents are infringed by Micron’s DDR2, DDR3, GDDR3, and other advanced memory products. Rambus seeks compensatory and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, and injunctive relief. Micron has denied Rambus’ allegations and is alleging counterclaims for violations of federal antitrust laws, unfair trade practices, equitable estoppel, fraud and negligent misrepresentation in connection with Rambus’ participation in JEDEC. Micron seeks a declaration of monopolization by Rambus, injunctive relief, compensatory and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, and a declaratory judgment of invalidity, unenforceability, and noninfringement of the 14 patents in suit.

As explained above, the court ordered a coordinated trial (without Samsung) of certain common JEDEC-related claims and defenses asserted in Hynix v Rambus , Case No. C 00-20905 RMW, Rambus Inc. v. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. et al. , Case No. 05-02298 RMW, Rambus Inc. v. Hynix Semiconductor Inc., et al. , Case No. 05-00334, and Rambus Inc. v. Micron Technology, Inc., et al. , Case No. C 06-00244 RMW. The coordinated trial involving Rambus, Hynix, Micron and Nanya began on January 29, 2008, and was submitted to the jury on March 25, 2008. On March 26, 2008, the jury returned a verdict in favor of Rambus and against Hynix, Micron, and Nanya on each of their claims. Specifically, the jury found that Hynix, Micron, and Nanya failed to meet their burden of proving that: (1) Rambus engaged in anticompetitive conduct; (2) Rambus made important representations that it did not have any intellectual property pertaining to the work of JEDEC and intended or reasonably expected that the representations would be heard by or repeated to others including Hynix, Micron or Nanya; (3) Rambus uttered deceptive half-truths about its intellectual property coverage or potential coverage of products compliant with synchronous DRAM standards then being considered by JEDEC by disclosing some facts but failing to disclose other important facts; or (4) JEDEC members shared a clearly defined expectation that members would disclose relevant knowledge they had about patent applications or the intent to file patent applications on technology being considered for adoption as a JEDEC standard. Hynix, Micron, and Nanya filed motions for a new trial and for judgment on certain of their equitable claims and defenses. A hearing on those motions was held on May 1, 2008. A further hearing on the equitable claims and defenses was held on May 27, 2008. On July 24, 2008, the court issued an order denying Hynix, Micron, and Nanya’s motions for new trial.

On March 3, 2009, the court issued an order rejecting Hynix, Micron, and Nanya’s equitable claims and defenses that had been tried during the coordinated trial. The court concluded (among other things) that (1) Rambus did not have an obligation to disclose pending or anticipated patent applications and had sound reasons for not doing so; (2) the evidence supported the jury’s finding that JEDEC members did not share a clearly defined expectation that members would disclose relevant knowledge they had about patent applications or the intent to file patent applications on technology being considered for adoption as a JEDEC standard; (3) the written JEDEC disclosure policies did not clearly require members to disclose information about patent applications and the intent to file patent applications in the future; (4) there was no clearly understood or legally enforceable agreement of JEDEC members to disclose information about patent applications or the intent to seek patents relevant to standards being discussed at JEDEC; (5) during the time Rambus attended JEDEC meetings, Rambus did not have any patent application pending that covered a JEDEC standard, and none of the patents in suit was applied for until well after Rambus resigned from JEDEC; (6) Rambus’s conduct at JEDEC did not constitute an estoppel or waiver of its rights to enforce its patents; (7) Hynix, Micron, and Nanya failed to carry their burden to prove their asserted waiver and estoppel defenses not directly based on Rambus’s conduct at JEDEC; (8) the evidence did not support a finding of any material misrepresentation, half truths or fraudulent concealment by Rambus related to JEDEC upon which Nanya relied; (9) the manufacturers failed to establish that Rambus violated unfair competition law by its conduct before JEDEC; (10) the evidence related to Rambus’s patent prosecution did not establish that Rambus unduly delayed in prosecuting the claims in suit; (11) Rambus did not unreasonably delay bringing its patent infringement claims; and (12) there is no basis for any unclean hands defense or unenforceability claim arising from Rambus’s conduct.

In these cases (except for the Hynix 00-20905 action), a hearing on claim construction and the parties’ cross-motions for summary judgment on infringement and validity was held on June 4 and 5, 2008. On July 10, 2008, the court issued its claim construction order relating to the Farmwald/Horowitz patents in suit and denied Hynix, Micron, Nanya, and Samsung’s (collectively, the “Manufacturers”) motions for summary judgment of noninfringement and invalidity based on their proposed claim construction. The court issued claim construction orders relating to the Ware patents in suit on July 25 and August 27, 2008, and denied the


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Manufacturers’ motion for summary judgment of noninfringement of certain claims. On September 4, 2008, at the court’s direction, Rambus elected to proceed to trial on 12 patent claims, each from the Farmwald/Horowitz family. On September 16, 2008, Rambus granted a covenant not to assert any claim of patent infringement against the Manufacturers under the Ware patents in suit (U.S. Patent Nos. 6,493,789 and 6,496,897), and each party’s claims relating to those patents were dismissed with prejudice. On November 21, 2008, the court entered an order clarifying certain aspects of its July 10, 2008, claim construction order. On November 24, 2008, the court granted Rambus’ motion for summary judgment of direct infringement with respect to claim 16 of Rambus’ U.S. Patent No. 6,266,285 by the Manufacturers’ DDR2, DDR3, gDDR2, GDDR3, GDDR4 memory chip products (except for Nanya’s DDR3 memory chip products). In the same order, the court denied the remainder of Rambus’ motion for summary judgment of infringement.

On January 19, 2009, Micron filed a motion for summary judgment on the ground that the Delaware Order should be given preclusive effect. Rambus filed an opposition to Micron’s motion on January 26, 2009, and a hearing was held on January 30, 2009. On February 3, 2009, the court entered a stay of this action pending resolution of Rambus’ appeal of the Delaware Order.

European Patent Infringement Cases

In 2001, Rambus filed suit against Micron in Mannheim, Germany, for infringement of European patent, EP 1 022 642. That suit has not been active. Two proceedings in Italy remain ongoing relating to Rambus’s claim that Micron is infringing European patent, EP 1 004 956, and Micron’s purported claim resulting from a seizure of evidence in Italy in 2000 carried out by Rambus pursuant to a court order.

DDR2, DDR3, gDDR2, GDDR3, GDDR4 Litigation (“DDR2”)

U.S District Court in the Northern District of California

On January 25, 2005, Rambus filed a patent infringement suit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California court against Hynix, Infineon, Nanya, and Inotera. Infineon and Inotera were subsequently dismissed from this litigation and Samsung was added as a defendant. Rambus alleges that certain of its patents are infringed by certain of the defendants’ SDRAM, DDR, DDR2, DDR3, gDDR2, GDDR3, GDDR4 and other advanced memory products. Hynix, Samsung and Nanya have denied Rambus’ claims and asserted counterclaims against Rambus for, among other things, violations of federal antitrust laws, unfair trade practices, equitable estoppel, and fraud in connection with Rambus’ participation in JEDEC.

As explained above, the court ordered a coordinated trial of certain common JEDEC-related claims and defenses asserted in Hynix v Rambus , Case No. C 00-20905 RMW, Rambus Inc. v. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. et al. , Case No. 05-02298 RMW, Rambus Inc. v. Hynix Semiconductor Inc., et al. , Case No. 05-00334, and Rambus Inc. v. Micron Technology, Inc., et al. , Case No. C 06-00244 RMW. The court subsequently excused Samsung from the coordinated trial on December 14, 2007, based on Samsung’s agreement to certain conditions, including trial of its claims against Rambus within six months following the conclusion of the coordinated trial. The coordinated trial involving Rambus, Hynix, Micron and Nanya began on January 29, 2008, and was submitted to the jury on March 25, 2008. On March 26, 2008, the jury returned a verdict in favor of Rambus and against Hynix, Micron, and Nanya on each of their claims. Specifically, the jury found that Hynix, Micron, and Nanya failed to meet their burden of proving that: (1) Rambus engaged in anticompetitive conduct; (2) Rambus made important representations that it did not have any intellectual property pertaining to the work of JEDEC and intended or reasonably expected that the representations would be heard by or repeated to others including Hynix, Micron or Nanya; (3) Rambus uttered deceptive half- truths about its intellectual property coverage or potential coverage of products compliant with synchronous DRAM standards then being considered by JEDEC by disclosing some facts but failing to disclose other important facts; or (4) JEDEC members shared a clearly defined expectation that members would disclose relevant knowledge they had about patent applications or the intent to file patent applications on technology being considered for adoption as a JEDEC standard. Hynix, Micron, and Nanya filed motions for a new trial and for judgment on certain of their equitable claims and defenses. A hearing on those motions was held on May 1, 2008. A further hearing on the equitable claims and defenses was held on May 27, 2008. On July 24, 2008, the court issued an order denying Hynix, Micron, and Nanya’s motions for new trial.

On March 3, 2009, the court issued an order rejecting Hynix, Micron, and Nanya’s equitable claims and defenses that had been tried during the coordinated trial. The court concluded (among other things) that (1) Rambus did not have an obligation to disclose pending or anticipated patent applications and had sound reasons for not doing so; (2) the evidence supported the jury’s finding that JEDEC members did not share a clearly defined expectation that members would disclose relevant knowledge they had about patent applications or the intent to file patent applications on technology being considered for adoption as a JEDEC standard; (3) the written JEDEC disclosure policies did not clearly require members to disclose information about patent applications and the intent to file patent applications in the future; (4) there was no clearly understood or legally enforceable agreement of JEDEC members to disclose


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

information about patent applications or the intent to seek patents relevant to standards being discussed at JEDEC; (5) during the time Rambus attended JEDEC meetings, Rambus did not have any patent application pending that covered a JEDEC standard, and none of the patents in suit was applied for until well after Rambus resigned from JEDEC; (6) Rambus’s conduct at JEDEC did not constitute an estoppel or waiver of its rights to enforce its patents; (7) Hynix, Micron, and Nanya failed to carry their burden to prove their asserted waiver and estoppel defenses not directly based on Rambus’s conduct at JEDEC; (8) the evidence did not support a finding of any material misrepresentation, half truths or fraudulent concealment by Rambus related to JEDEC upon which Nanya relied; (9) the manufacturers failed to establish that Rambus violated unfair competition law by its conduct before JEDEC; (10) the evidence related to Rambus’s patent prosecution did not establish that Rambus unduly delayed in prosecuting the claims in suit; (11) Rambus did not unreasonably delay bringing its patent infringement claims; and (12) there is no basis for any unclean hands defense or unenforceability claim arising from Rambus’s conduct.

In these cases (except for the Hynix 00-20905 action), a hearing on claim construction and the parties’ cross-motions for summary judgment on infringement and validity was held on June 4 and 5, 2008. On July 10, 2008, the court issued its claim construction order relating to the Farmwald/Horowitz patents in suit and denied the Manufacturers’ motions for summary judgment of noninfringement and invalidity based on their proposed claim construction. The court issued claim construction orders relating to the Ware patents in suit on July 25 and August 27, 2008, and denied the Manufacturers’ motion for summary judgment of noninfringement of certain claims. On September 4, 2008, at the court’s direction, Rambus elected to proceed to trial on 12 patent claims, each from the Farmwald/Horowitz family. On September 16, 2008, Rambus granted a covenant not to assert any claim of patent infringement against the Manufacturers under U.S. Patent Nos. 6,493,789 and 6,496,897, and each party’s claims relating to those patents were dismissed with prejudice. On November 21, 2008, the court entered an order clarifying certain aspects of its July 10, 2008, claim construction order. On November 24, 2008, the court granted Rambus’s motion for summary judgment of direct infringement with respect to claim 16 of Rambus’s U.S. Patent No. 6,266,285 by the Manufacturers’ DDR2, DDR3, gDDR2, GDDR3, GDDR4 memory chip products (except for Nanya’s DDR3 memory chip products). In the same order, the court denied the remainder of Rambus’s motion for summary judgment of infringement.

On January 19, 2009, Samsung, Nanya, and Hynix filed motions for summary judgment on the ground that the Delaware Order should be given preclusive effect. Rambus filed opposition briefs to these motions on January 26, 2009, and a hearing was held on January 30, 2009. On February 3, 2009, the court entered a stay of this action pending resolution of Rambus’ appeal of the Delaware Order.

On January 19, 2010, Rambus and Samsung entered into a Settlement Agreement pursuant to which the parties have agreed that they will release all claims against each other with respect to all outstanding litigation between them and certain other potential claims. The Settlement Agreement is described in further detail in an 8-K filed on January 25, 2010. A stipulation and order of dismissal with prejudice of claims between Rambus and Samsung was entered on February 11, 2010.

Samsung Litigation

U.S District Court in the Northern District of California

On June 6, 2005, Rambus filed a patent infringement suit against Samsung in the U.S. District Court the Northern District of California alleging that Samsung’s SDRAM and DDR SDRAM parts infringe 9 of Rambus’ patents. Samsung has denied Rambus’ claims and asserted counterclaims for non-infringement, invalidity and unenforceability of the patents, violations of various antitrust and unfair competition statutes, breach of license, and breach of duty of good faith and fair dealing. Samsung has also counterclaimed that Rambus aided and abetted breach of fiduciary duty and intentionally interfered with Samsung’s contract with a former employee by knowingly hiring a former Samsung employee who allegedly misused proprietary Samsung information. Rambus has denied Samsung’s counterclaims.

As explained above, the court ordered a coordinated trial of certain common JEDEC-related claims and defenses asserted in Hynix v Rambus , Case No. C 00-20905 RMW, Rambus Inc. v. Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. et al. , Case No. 05-02298 RMW, Rambus Inc. v. Hynix Semiconductor Inc., et al. , Case No. 05-00334, and Rambus Inc. v. Micron Technology, Inc., et al. , Case No. C 06-00244 RMW. The court subsequently excused Samsung from the coordinated trial on December 14, 2007, based on Samsung’s agreement to certain conditions, including trial of its claims against Rambus within six months following the conclusion of the coordinated trial (see below). In these cases (except for the Hynix 00-20905 action), a hearing on claim construction and the parties’ cross-motions for summary judgment on infringement and validity was held on June 4 and 5, 2008. On July 10, 2008, the court issued its claim construction order relating to the Farmwald/Horowitz patents in suit and denied the Manufacturers’ motions for summary judgment of noninfringement and invalidity based on their proposed claim construction. The court issued claim construction orders relating to the


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Ware patents in suit on July 25 and August 27, 2008, and denied the Manufacturers’ motion for summary judgment of noninfringement of certain claims. On September 4, 2008, at the court’s direction, Rambus elected to proceed to trial on 12 patent claims, each from the Farmwald/Horowitz family. On September 16, 2008, Rambus granted a covenant not to assert any claim of patent infringement against the Manufacturers under U.S. Patent Nos. 6,493,789 and 6,496,897, and each party’s claims relating to those patents were dismissed with prejudice. On November 21, 2008, the court entered an order clarifying certain aspects of its July 10, 2008, claim construction order. On November 24, 2008, the court granted Rambus’s motion for summary judgment of direct infringement with respect to claim 16 of Rambus’s U.S. Patent No. 6,266,285 by the Manufacturers’ DDR2, DDR3, gDDR2, GDDR3, GDDR4 memory chip products (except for Nanya’s DDR3 memory chip products). In the same order, the court denied the remainder of Rambus’s motion for summary judgment of infringement.

On January 19, 2009, Samsung filed a motion for summary judgment on the ground that the Delaware Order should be given preclusive effect. Rambus filed an opposition brief to this motion on January 26, 2009, and a hearing was held on January 30, 2009. On February 3, 2009, the court entered a stay of this action pending resolution of Rambus’ appeal of the Delaware Order.

On August 11, 2008, the court granted summary judgment in Rambus’ favor on Samsung’s claims for aiding and abetting a breach of fiduciary duty, intentional interference with contract, and certain aspects of Samsung’s unfair competition claim. On September 16, 2008, the court entered a stipulation and order of dismissal with prejudice of certain of Samsung’s claims and defenses (including those based on Rambus’ alleged JEDEC conduct) and Rambus’ defenses corresponding to Samsung’s claims. A bench trial on the remaining claims and defenses that are unique to Samsung (breach of license, breach of duty of good faith and fair dealing, and estoppel based on those claims), as well as Samsung’s claims and defenses related to its allegations that Rambus spoliated evidence, was held between September 22 and October 1, 2008. On April 27, 2009, the court issued Findings of Fact and Conclusions of Law holding that: (1) the parties’ 2000 SDR/DDR license agreement did not cover DDR2 and future generation products; (2) the license did not entitle Samsung to most favored licensee benefits in any renewal or subsequent agreement; (3) Rambus did not fail to negotiate an extension or renewal license in good faith, and Samsung would not have been entitled to damages for any such failure; (4) Samsung’s equitable estoppel defense failed; (5) Rambus breached the license by not offering Samsung the benefit to which it was entitled under the license (for the second quarter of 2005 only) of the royalty in the March 2005 settlement agreement between Rambus and Infineon; (6) Rambus failed to prove that Samsung breached certain audit provisions in the license, and therefore Rambus’s termination of the license less than one month before it was due to expire was improper; and (7) Rambus’s actions did not cause the parties’ failure to reach agreement on an extension or renewal of the license. No decision issued regarding Samsung’s spoliation allegations.

On January 19, 2010, Rambus and Samsung entered into a Settlement Agreement pursuant to which the parties have agreed that they will release all claims against each other with respect to all outstanding litigation between them and certain other potential claims. The Settlement Agreement is described in further detail in an 8-K filed on January 25, 2010. A stipulation and order of dismissal with prejudice of claims between Rambus and Samsung was entered on February 11, 2010.

Federal Trade Commission Complaint

On June 19, 2002, the FTC filed a complaint against Rambus. The FTC alleged that through Rambus’ action and inaction at JEDEC, Rambus violated Section 5 of the FTC Act in a way that allowed Rambus to obtain monopoly power in — or that by acting with intent to monopolize it created a dangerous probability of monopolization in — synchronous DRAM technology markets. The FTC also alleged that Rambus’ action and practices at JEDEC constituted unfair methods of competition in violation of Section 5 of the FTC Act. As a remedy, the FTC sought to enjoin Rambus’ right to enforce patents with priority dates prior to June 1996 as against products made pursuant to certain existing and future JEDEC standards.

On February 17, 2004, the FTC Chief Administrative Law Judge issued his initial decision dismissing the FTC’s complaint against Rambus on multiple independent grounds (the “Initial Decision”). The FTC’s Complaint Counsel appealed this decision.

On August 2, 2006, the FTC released its July 31, 2006, opinion and order reversing and vacating the Initial Decision and determining that Rambus violated Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act. Following further briefing and oral argument on issues relating to remedy, the FTC released its opinion and order on remedy on February 5, 2007. The remedy order set the maximum royalty rate that Rambus could collect on the manufacture, use or sale in the United States of certain JEDEC-compliant parts after the effective date of the Order. The order also mandated that Rambus offer a license for these products at rates no higher than the maximums set by the FTC, including a further cap on rates for the affected non-memory products. The order further required Rambus to take certain steps to comply with the terms of the order and applicable disclosure rules of any standard setting organization of which it may become a member.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

The FTC’s order explicitly did not set maximum rates or other conditions with respect to Rambus’ royalty rates for DDR2 SDRAM, other post-DDR JEDEC standards, or for non-JEDEC-standardized technologies such as those used in RDRAM or XDR DRAM.

On March 16, 2007, the FTC issued an order granting in part and denying in part Rambus’ motion for a stay of the remedy pending appeal. The March 16, 2007 order permitted Rambus to acquire rights to royalty payments for use of the patented technologies affected by the February 2 remedy order during the period of the stay in excess of the FTC-imposed maximum royalty rates on SDRAM and DDR SDRAM products, provided that funds above the maximum allowed rates be either placed into an escrow account to be distributed, or payable pursuant a contingent contractual obligation, in accordance with the ultimate decision of the court of appeals. In an opinion accompanying its order, the FTC clarified that it intended its remedy to be “forward-looking” and “prospective only,” and therefore unlikely to be construed to require Rambus to refund royalties already paid or to restrict Rambus from collecting royalties for the use of its technologies during past periods.

On April 27, 2007, the FTC issued an order granting in part and denying in part Rambus’ petition for reconsideration of the remedy order. The FTC’s order and accompanying opinion on Rambus’ petition for reconsideration clarified the remedy order in certain respects. For example, (1) the FTC explicitly stated that the remedy order did not require Rambus to make refunds or prohibit it from collecting royalties in excess of maximum allowable royalties that accrue up to the effective date of the remedy order; (2) the remedy order was modified to specifically permit Rambus to seek damages in litigation up to three times the specified maximum allowable royalty rates on the ground of willful infringement and any allowable attorneys’ fees; and (3) under the remedy order, licensees were permitted to pay Rambus a flat fee in lieu of running royalties, even if such an arrangement resulted in payments above the FTC’s rate caps in certain circumstances.

Rambus appealed the FTC’s liability and remedy orders to the U. S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia (the “CADC”). Oral argument was heard February 14, 2008. On April 22, 2008, the CADC issued an opinion which requires vacatur of the FTC’s orders. The CADC held that the FTC failed to demonstrate that Rambus’ conduct was exclusionary, and thus failed to establish its allegation that Rambus unlawfully monopolized any relevant market. The CADC’s opinion set aside the FTC’s orders and remanded the matter to the FTC for further proceedings consistent with the opinion. Regarding the chance of further proceedings on remand, the CADC expressed serious concerns about the strength of the evidence relied on to support some of the FTC’s crucial findings regarding the scope of JEDEC’s patent disclosure policies and Rambus’ alleged violation of those policies. On August 26, 2008, the CADC denied the FTC’s petition to rehear the case en banc. On October 16, 2008, the FTC issued an order explicitly authorizing Rambus to receive amounts above the maximum rates allowed by the FTC’s now-vacated order payable pursuant to any contingent contractual obligation.

On November 24, 2008, the FTC filed a petition seeking review of the CADC decision by the U. S. Supreme Court. Rambus filed an opposition to the FTC’s petition on January 23, 2009, and the FTC filed a reply on February 4, 2009. On February 23, 2009, the United States Supreme Court denied the FTC’s petition. On May 12, 2009, the Commission issued an order dismissing the complaint, finding that further litigation in this matter would not be in the public interest.

European Commission Competition Directorate-General

On or about April 22, 2003, Rambus was notified by the European Commission Competition Directorate-General (Directorate) (the “European Commission”) that it had received complaints from Infineon and Hynix. Rambus answered the ensuing requests for information prompted by those complaints on June 16, 2003. Rambus obtained a copy of Infineon’s complaint to the European Commission in late July 2003, and on October 8, 2003, at the request of the European Commission, filed its response. The European Commission sent Rambus a further request for information on December 22, 2006, which Rambus answered on January 26, 2007. On August 1, 2007, Rambus received a statement of objections from the European Commission. The statement of objections alleges that through Rambus’ participation in the JEDEC standards setting organization and subsequent conduct, Rambus violated European Union competition law. Rambus filed a response to the statement of objections on October 31, 2007, and a hearing was held on December 4 and 5, 2007.

On December 9, 2009, the European Commission announced that it has reached a final settlement with Rambus to resolve the pending case. Under the terms of the settlement, the Commission made no finding of liability, and no fine will be assessed against Rambus. Rambus commits to offer licenses with maximum royalty rates for certain memory types and memory controllers on a forward-going basis (the “Commitment”). The Commitment is expressly made without any admission by Rambus of the allegations asserted against it. The Commitment also does not resolve any existing claims of infringement prior to the signing of any license with


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

a prospective licensee, nor does it release or excuse any of the prospective licensees from damages or royalty obligations through the date of signing a license. Rambus offers licenses with maximum royalty rates for five-year worldwide licenses of 1.5% for DDR2, DDR3, GDDR3 and GDDR4 SDRAM memory types. Qualified licensees will enjoy a royalty holiday for SDR and DDR DRAM devices, subject to compliance with the terms of the license. In addition, Rambus offers licenses with maximum royalty rates for five-year worldwide licenses of 1.5% per unit for SDR memory controllers through April 2010, dropping to 1.0% thereafter, and royalty rates of 2.65% per unit for DDR, DDR2, DDR3, GDDR3 and GDDR4 memory controllers through April 2010, then dropping to 2.0%. The Commitment to license at the above rates remains valid for a period of five years from December 9, 2009. All royalty rates are applicable to future shipments only and do not affect liability, if any, for damages or royalties that accrued up to the time of the license grant.

Superior Court of California for the County of San Francisco

On May 5, 2004, Rambus filed a lawsuit against Micron, Hynix, Infineon and Siemens in San Francisco Superior Court (the “San Francisco court”) seeking damages for conspiring to fix prices (California Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 16720 et seq. ), conspiring to monopolize under the Cartwright Act (California Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 16720 et seq. ), intentional interference with prospective economic advantage, and unfair competition (California Bus. & Prof. Code §§ 17200 et seq. ). This lawsuit alleges that there were concerted efforts beginning in the 1990s to deter innovation in the DRAM market and to boycott Rambus and/or deter market acceptance of Rambus’ RDRAM product. Subsequently, Infineon and Siemens were dismissed from this action (as a result of a settlement with Infineon) and three Samsung-related entities were added as defendants.

A hearing on Rambus’ motion for summary judgment on the grounds that Micron’s cross-complaint is barred by the statute of limitations was held on August 1, 2008. At the hearing, the San Francisco court granted Rambus’ motion as to Micron’s first cause of action (alleged violation of California’s Cartwright Act) and continued the motion as to Micron’s second and third causes of action (alleged violation of unfair business practices act and alleged intentional interference with prospective economic advantage). No further order has issued on Rambus’ motion.

On November 25, 2008, Micron, Samsung, and Hynix filed eight motions for summary judgment on various grounds. On January 26, 2009, Rambus filed briefs in opposition to all eight motions. A hearing on these motions for summary judgment was held on March 4-6, March 16-17, and June 29, 2009. The court denied all eight motions. On June 17 and June 22, 2009, Micron, Samsung, and Hynix filed petitions requesting that the court of appeal issue writs directing the trial court to vacate two orders denying motions for summary judgment and enter orders granting the motions. In separate summary orders dated July 27 and August 13, 2009, the court of appeal denied the two petitions. On August 24, 2009, Micron, Samsung, and Hynix filed a petition requesting that the California Supreme Court review the court of appeals’ denial of one of their petitions. On October 22, 2009, the California Supreme Court denied the petition.

On March 10, 2009, defendants filed motions requesting that Rambus’ case be dismissed on the ground that the Delaware Order should be given preclusive effect. Rambus filed a brief opposing this request. The parties filed further briefs on the preclusive effect, if any, of the Delaware Order on April 3 and April 17, 2009. The parties submitted briefs on their allegations regarding alleged spoliation of evidence on April 20, 2009. A hearing on these issues was held on April 27 and June 1, 2009, at the conclusion of which the court denied defendants’ motion for issue preclusion and terminating sanctions. On June 19, 2009, Micron and Samsung filed petitions requesting that the court of appeal issue writs directing the trial court to vacate its order denying defendants’ motion for issue preclusion and terminating sanctions and enter an order granting the motion. Hynix filed a similar petition on June 23, 2009. On July 6, 2009, the court of appeal denied all three of these petitions. On July 16, 2009, Samsung and Micron filed petitions requesting that the California Supreme Court review the court of appeals’ denial of their petitions. On September 9, 2009, the California Supreme Court denied these petitions.

On January 19, 2010, Rambus and Samsung entered into a Settlement Agreement pursuant to which the parties agreed to release all claims against each other with respect to all outstanding litigation between them and certain other potential claims. The Settlement Agreement is described in further detail in an 8-K filed on January 25, 2010. A stipulation of dismissal with prejudice of claims between Rambus and Samsung was filed on February 4, 2010.

       Trial had been scheduled to begin on January 11, 2010. On January 13 and 21, 2010, a hearing was held on Micron’s emergency request for a two-month continuance. At the conclusion of the hearing, the request for continuance was granted. Trial is scheduled to commence on a date to be determined, no earlier than March 22, 2010.



RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Stock Option Investigation Related Claims

On May 30, 2006, the Audit Committee commenced an internal investigation of the timing of past stock option grants and related accounting issues.

On May 31, 2006, the first of three shareholder derivative actions was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against Rambus (as a nominal defendant) and certain current and former executives and board members. These actions have been consolidated for all purposes under the caption, In re Rambus Inc. Derivative Litigation, Master File No. C-06-3513-JF (N.D. Cal.), and Howard Chu and Gaetano Ruggieri were appointed lead plaintiffs. The consolidated complaint, as amended, alleges violations of certain federal and state securities laws as well as other state law causes of action. The complaint seeks disgorgement and damages in an unspecified amount, unspecified equitable relief, and attorneys’ fees and costs.

On August 22, 2006, another shareholder derivative action was filed in Delaware Chancery Court against Rambus (as a nominal defendant) and certain current and former executives and board members ( Bell v. Tate et al. , 2366-N (Del. Chancery)). On May 16, 2008, this case was dismissed pursuant to a notice filed by the plaintiff.

On August 30, 2007, another shareholder derivative action was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against Rambus (as a nominal defendant) and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ( Francl v. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP et al. , No. 07-Civ. 7650 (GBD)). On November 21, 2007, the New York court granted PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s motion to transfer the action to the Northern District of California.

On October 18, 2006, the Board of Directors formed a Special Litigation Committee (the “SLC”) to evaluate potential claims or other actions arising from the stock option granting activities. The Board of Directors appointed J. Thomas Bentley, Chairman of the Audit Committee, and Abraham Sofaer, a retired federal judge and Chairman of the Legal Affairs Committee, both of whom joined the Rambus Board of Directors in 2005, to comprise the SLC.

On August 24, 2007, the final written report setting forth the findings of the SLC was filed with the court. As set forth in its report, the SLC determined that all claims should be terminated and dismissed against the named defendants in In re Rambus Inc. Derivative Litigation with the exception of claims against named defendant Ed Larsen, who served as Vice President, Human Resources from September 1996 until December 1999, and then Senior Vice President, Administration until July 2004. The SLC entered into settlement agreements with certain former officers of Rambus. The aggregate value of the settlements to Rambus exceeds $5.3 million in cash as well as substantial additional value to Rambus relating to the relinquishment of claims to over 2.7 million stock options. On October 5, 2007, Rambus filed a motion to terminate in accordance with the SLC’s recommendations. Subsequently, the parties settled In re Rambus Inc. Derivative Litigation and Francl v. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP et al. , No. 07-Civ. 7650 (GBD). The settlement provided for a payment by Rambus of $2.0 million and dismissal with prejudice of all claims against all defendants, with the exception of claims against Ed Larsen, in these actions. The $2.0 million was accrued for during the quarter ended June 30, 2008 within accrued litigation expenses and paid in January 2009. A final approval hearing was held on January 16, 2009, and an order of final approval was entered on January 20, 2009.

On July 17, 2006, the first of six class action lawsuits was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against Rambus and certain current and former executives and board members. These lawsuits were consolidated under the caption, In re Rambus Inc. Securities Litigation , C-06-4346-JF (N.D. Cal.). The settlement of this action was preliminarily approved by the court on March 5, 2008. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, Rambus paid $18.3 million into a settlement fund on March 17, 2008. Some alleged class members requested exclusion from the settlement. A final fairness hearing was held on May 14, 2008. That same day the court entered an order granting final approval of the settlement agreement and entered judgment dismissing with prejudice all claims against all defendants in the consolidated class action litigation.

On March 1, 2007, a pro se lawsuit was filed in the Northern District of California by two alleged Rambus shareholders against Rambus, certain current and former executives and board members, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ( Kelley et al. v. Rambus, Inc. et al. C-07-01238-JF (N.D. Cal.)). This action was consolidated with a substantially identical pro se lawsuit filed by another purported Rambus shareholder against the same parties. The consolidated complaint against Rambus alleges violations of federal and state securities laws, and state law claims for fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. Following several rounds of motions to dismiss, on April 17, 2008, the court dismissed all claims with prejudice except for plaintiffs’ claims under sections 14(a) and 18(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 as to which leave to amend was granted. On June 2, 2008, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint containing substantially the same allegations as the prior complaint although limited to claims under sections 14(a) and 18(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. Rambus’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint was heard on September 12, 2008. On December 9, 2008, the court granted Rambus’ motion and entered judgment in favor of Rambus. Plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal on


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

December 15, 2008. Plaintiffs’ filed their opening brief on April 13, 2009. Rambus opposed on May 29, 2009, and plaintiffs filed a reply brief on June 12, 2009. No date has been set for oral argument.

On September 11, 2008, the same pro se plaintiffs filed a separate lawsuit in Santa Clara County Superior Court against Rambus, certain current and former executives and board members, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ( Kelley et al. v. Rambus, Inc. et al. , Case No. 1-08-CV-122444). The complaint alleges violations of certain California state securities statues as well as fraud and negligent misrepresentation based on substantially the same underlying factual allegations contained in the pro se lawsuit filed in federal court. On November 24, 2008, Rambus filed a motion to dismiss or, in the alternative, stay this case in light of the first-filed federal action. On January 12, 2009, Rambus filed a demurrer to plaintiffs’ complaint on the ground that it was barred by the doctrine of claim preclusion. A hearing on Rambus’ motions was held on February 27, 2009. The court granted Rambus’s motion to stay the case pending the outcome of the appeal in the federal action and denied the remainder of the motions without prejudice.

On August 25, 2008, an amended complaint was filed by certain individuals and entities in Santa Clara County Superior Court against Rambus, certain current and former executives and board members, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP ( Steele et al. v. Rambus Inc. et al. , Case No. 1-08-CV-113682). The amended complaint alleges violations of certain California state securities statues as well as fraud and negligent misrepresentation. On October 10, 2008, Rambus filed a demurrer to the amended complaint. A hearing was held on January 9, 2009. On January 12, 2009, the court sustained Rambus’ demurrer without prejudice. Plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint on February 13, 2009, containing the same causes of action as the previous complaint. On March 17, 2009, Rambus filed a demurrer to the second amended complaint. A hearing was held on May 22, 2009. On May 26, 2009, the court sustained in part and overruled in part Rambus’s demurrer. On June 5, 2009, Rambus filed an answer denying plaintiffs’ remaining allegations. Discovery is ongoing.

NVIDIA Litigation

U.S District Court in the Northern District of California

On July 10, 2008, Rambus filed suit against NVIDIA Corporation (“NVIDIA”) in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging that NVIDIA’s products with memory controllers for SDR, DDR, DDRx, GDDR, and GDDRy (where DDRx and GDDRy includes at least DDR2, DDR3 and GDDR3) technologies infringe 17 patents. On September 16, 2008, Rambus granted a covenant not to assert any claim of patent infringement against NVIDIA under U.S. Patent Nos. 6,493,789 and 6,496,897, accordingly 15 patents remain in suit. On December 30, 2008, the court granted NVIDIA’s motion to stay this case as to Rambus’ claims that NVIDIA’s products infringe nine patents that are also the subject of proceedings in front of the International Trade Commission (described below), and denied NVIDIA’s motion to stay the remainder of Rambus’ patent infringement claims. Certain limited discovery is proceeding. A case management conference is scheduled for March 12, 2010.

On July 11, 2008, one day after Rambus filed suit, NVIDIA filed its own action against Rambus in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of North Carolina alleging that Rambus committed antitrust violations of the Sherman Act; committed antitrust violations of North Carolina law; and engaged in unfair and deceptive practices in violation of North Carolina law. NVIDIA seeks injunctive relief, damages, and attorneys’ fees and costs. This case has been transferred and consolidated into Rambus’s patent infringement case. Rambus filed a motion to dismiss NVIDIA’s claims prior to transfer of the action to California, and no decision has issued to date.

International Trade Commission

On November 6, 2008, Rambus filed a complaint with the U. S. International Trade Commission (the “ITC”) requesting the commencement of an investigation pertaining to NVIDIA products. The complaint seeks an exclusion order barring the importation, sale for importation, or sale after importation of products that infringe nine Rambus patents from the Ware and Barth families of patents. The accused products include NVIDIA products that incorporate DDR, DDR2, DDR3, LPDDR, GDDR, GDDR2, and GDDR3 memory controllers, including graphics processors, and media and communications processors. The complaint names NVIDIA as a proposed respondent, as well as companies whose products incorporate accused NVIDIA products and are imported into the United States. Additional respondents include: Asustek Computer Inc. and Asus Computer International, BFG Technologies, Biostar Microtech and Biostar Microtech International Corp., Diablotek Inc., EVGA Corp., G.B.T. Inc. and Giga-Byte Technology Co., Hewlett-Packard, MSI Computer Corp. and Micro-Star International Co., Palit Multimedia Inc. and Palit Microsystems Ltd., Pine Technology Holdings, and Sparkle Computer Co.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

On December 4, 2008, the ITC instituted the investigation. A hearing on claim construction was held on March 24, 2009, and a claim construction order issued on June 22, 2009. On June 5, 2009, Rambus moved to withdraw from the investigation four of the asserted patents and certain claims of a fifth asserted patent in order to simplify the investigation, streamline the final hearing, and conserve Commission resources. A final hearing before the administrative law judge was held October 13-20, 2009, and the parties submitted two rounds of post-hearing briefs.

On January 22, 2010, the administrative law judge issued a final initial determination holding that the importation of the accused NVIDIA products violates section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, 19 U.S.C. § 1337 because they infringe seventeen claims of three asserted Barth patents. The administrative law judge held that the accused NVIDIA products literally infringe all asserted claims of each asserted Barth and Ware patent, that they infringe three asserted claims under the doctrine of equivalents, that respondents contribute to and induce infringement of all asserted claims, and that the asserted patents are not unenforceable due to unclean hands or equitable estoppel. The administrative law judge held that the asserted Barth patents are not invalid for anticipation or obviousness and are not obvious for double patenting. The administrative law judge further held that, while the accused products infringed eight claims of the two asserted Ware patents and that those patents are not unenforceable due to inequitable conduct, no violation has occurred because the asserted Ware patents are invalid due to anticipation and obviousness. The administrative law judge recommended that the ITC issue 1) a limited exclusion order prohibiting the unlicensed importation of accused products by any respondent; and 2) a cease and desist order prohibiting domestic respondents from engaging in certain activities in the United States with respect to the accused products. On February 12, 2010, the parties’ filed petitions asking the full Commission to review certain aspects of the final initial determination. The final determination from the ITC is due May 24, 2010.

Potential Future Litigation

In addition to the litigation described above, participants in the DRAM and controller markets continue to adopt Rambus technologies into various products. Rambus has notified many of these companies of their use of Rambus technology and continues to evaluate how to proceed on these matters. There can be no assurance that any ongoing or future litigation will be successful. Rambus spends substantial company resources defending its intellectual property in litigation, which may continue for the foreseeable future given the multiple pending litigations. The outcomes of these litigations — as well as any delay in their resolution — could affect Rambus’ ability to license its intellectual property in the future.

The Company records a contingent liability when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable in accordance with accounting for contingencies.

17.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value measurement statement defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact, and the Company considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of non-performance.

The Company’s financial instruments are measured and recorded at fair value, except for cost method investments. The Company’s non-financial assets, such as goodwill, intangible assets, and property, plant and equipment, are measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized.

Fair Value Hierarchy
 
The fair value measurement statement requires disclosure that establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. The statement requires fair value measurement be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

The Company uses unadjusted quotes to determine fair value. The financial assets in Level 1 include money market funds.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

        Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

The Company uses observable pricing inputs including benchmark yields, reported trades, and broker/dealer quotes. The financial assets in Level 2 include U.S. government bonds and notes, corporate notes, commercial paper and municipal bonds and notes.

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

The financial assets in Level 3 include a cost investment whose value is determined using inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the fair value measurements.

The Company tests the pricing inputs by obtaining prices from two different sources for the same security on a sample of its portfolio. The Company has not adjusted the pricing inputs it has obtained. The following table presents the financial instruments that are carried at fair value and summarizes the valuation of our cash equivalents and marketable securities by the above pricing levels as of December 31, 2009:

 
 
As of December 31, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
   
Quoted
Market
Prices in
Active
Markets
(Level 1)
   
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
   
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Cash equivalents
  $ 280,908     $ 280,908     $     $  
Marketable securities
    171,120             171,120        
Total available-for-sale securities
  $ 452,028     $ 280,908     $ 171,120     $  

The Company made an investment of $2.0 million in a non-marketable security of a private company during the third quarter of 2009. The Company will monitor the investment for other-than-temporary impairment and record appropriate reductions in carrying value when necessary. The Company evaluated the fair value of the investment in the non-marketable security as of December 31, 2009 and determined that there were no events that caused a decrease in its fair value below the carrying cost.

The following table presents the financial instruments that are measured and carried at cost on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2009:

   
As of December 31, 2009
       
 
(in thousands)
 
Carrying
Value
   
Quoted
market
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)
   
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
   
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
   
Impairment Charges for the Year Ended December 31, 2009
 
Investment in non-marketable security
  $ 2,000     $     $     $ 2,000     $  


The following table presents the financial instruments that are not carried at fair value but which require fair value disclosure as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:

 
 
As of December 31, 2009
   
As of December 31, 2008
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Face
Value
   
Carrying
Value
   
Fair Value
   
Face
Value
   
Carrying
Value
   
Fair Value
 
Zero Coupon Convertible Senior Notes due 2010
  $ 136,950     $ 136,032     $ 142,599     $ 136,950     $ 125,474     $ 125,493  
5% Convertible Senior Notes due 2014
    172,500       112,012       261,160                    
Total Convertible notes
  $ 309,450     $ 248,044     $ 403,759     $ 136,950     $ 125,474     $ 125,493  

The fair value of the convertible notes at each balance sheet date is determined based on recent quoted market prices for these notes. As discussed in Note 15, “Convertible Notes,” the convertible notes are carried at face value of $309.5 million, less any unamortized debt discount. The carrying value of other financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and other payables, approximates fair value due to their short maturities.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

The Company monitors its investments for other than temporary losses by considering current factors, including the economic environment, market conditions, operational performance and other specific factors relating to the business underlying the investment, reductions in carrying values when necessary and the Company’s ability and intent to hold the investment for a period of time which may be sufficient for anticipated recovery in the market. Any other than temporary loss is reported under “Interest and other income, net” in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, the Company has not incurred any impairment loss on its investments.

18.  Acquisition

On December 14, 2009, the Company entered into a business combination with Global Lighting Technologies, Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation, and certain affiliated companies (together, “GLT”), pursuant to which the Company acquired from GLT technology and a portfolio of advanced lighting and optoelectronics patents, which have applications, among other things, for consumer electronic systems, automotive lighting systems and general lighting illumination, for a total purchase price of $26.0 million in cash (the “Asset Purchase”). The Company incurred approximately $1.1 million in direct acquisition costs related to the business combination which were expensed as incurred for the year ended December 31, 2009. In connection with the transaction, certain employees of GLT also commenced employment with the Company.

The Asset Purchase Agreement includes customary representations, warranties and covenants. Subject to certain limitations, GLT has agreed to indemnify the Company for breaches of representations, warranties and covenants and other specified matters. An amount in cash equal to $3.9 million was deducted from the total purchase price and deposited into escrow at the closing, and will be available for a period of eighteen months to satisfy any amounts owed by GLT to the Company.

In addition to the acquisition of the patent portfolio and related know-how from GLT, Rambus signed a copyright co-ownership agreement with GLT for the Optical Pattern Software included in the acquisition. The Company has granted a license back to GLT for the newly acquired patents and related intellectual property pursuant to a license agreement on a royalty free basis until a certain significant target amount of revenue has been surpassed by GLT, at which point a market level amount of royalty will be payable by GLT to the Company. The Company agreed to delay the exercise of intellectual property rights with respect to certain parties for a finite period. The parties also entered into a related referral services agreement, a transition services agreement and other customary agreements governing the transfer and control of the intellectual property and certain other matters. Other than in respect of the transaction and related transactions, there is no material relationship between the Company, on the one hand, and GLT on the other hand.

The assets acquired under the GLT business combination will broaden the Company’s solutions for computing and consumer electronics. The Company has included in goodwill the value of intangible assets that are not separately identifiable as of the acquisition date, including an assembled workforce, trademark and related referral services agreement. Approximately $0.4 million of this goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The purchase price allocation for the assets acquired under the GLT business combination is based on management’s estimate of the fair value for purchase accounting purposes at the date of acquisition. The total purchase price of $26.0 million was allocated to identifiable intangible assets (primarily developed technology) based on their estimated fair values. The Company performed a valuation of the net assets acquired as of December 14, 2009 (valuation date). The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired was $11.1 million, which was recorded as goodwill. The purchase price from the business combination with GLT was allocated as follows:
 
   
Total
 
   
(in thousands)
 
Goodwill
  $ 11,100  
Acquired developed technology
    14,900  
Total
  $ 26,000  
 
The consolidated financial statements include the operating results of this business from the date of acquisition. The acquired assets do not currently generate any revenue. Pro forma results of operations for this acquisition have not been presented because the effects of the acquisition were not material to the Company’s financial results.



RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

19.  Restructuring Costs

For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company did not incur any costs associated with restructuring activities. For the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company initiated a workforce reduction in certain areas of excess capacity. The cash severance, including continuance of certain employee benefits, totaled approximately $3.6 million and non-cash employee severance of approximately $0.5 million of stock-based compensation expense. The Company also leased a facility in Mountain View, California, through November 11, 2009, which the Company vacated during the fourth quarter of 2008 as a result of the restructuring measures. This facility was being subleased at a rate equal to its rent associated with the facility and, as a result, no restructuring charge was recorded. The total restructuring charge for the year ended December 31, 2008 was approximately $4.2 million. The Company paid approximately $3.5 million of severance and benefits during 2008. The Company paid the remaining $0.1 million of severance and benefits during 2009.

The following table provides a summary of the restructuring activities for the period indicated:

 
 
 
 
 
Employee
Termination/Severance
And Related Benefits
Cash
   
Employee
Termination/Severance
and Related Benefits
Non-Cash
   
 
 
Total
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $     $     $  
Charges to operations
    3,638       547       4,185  
Charges utilized/paid
    (3,489 )     (547 )     (4,036 )
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 149     $     $ 149  
Charges utilized/paid
    (149 )           (149 )
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $     $     $  

20.  Subsequent Events

On January 19, 2010, the Company, Samsung and certain related entities of Samsung entered into a Settlement Agreement (the “Settlement Agreement”) to release all claims against each other with respect to all outstanding litigation between them and certain other potential claims. Under the Settlement Agreement, Samsung has agreed to pay the Company $200.0 million in cash in two installments in the first quarter of 2010, and the parties agreed to release all claims against each other with respect to all outstanding litigation between them and certain other potential claims when the second of these installment payments is received. Pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the Company and Samsung entered into a Semiconductor Patent License Agreement on January 19, 2010 (the “License Agreement”), under which Samsung licenses from the Company non-exclusive rights to certain Rambus patents and has agreed to pay the Company cash amounts equal to $25.0 million per quarter, commencing in the first quarter of 2010, subject to certain adjustments and conditions, over the next five years, as described in more details below. In addition, as part of the Settlement Agreement, Samsung acquired approximately 9.6 million shares of common stock of Rambus for $200.0 million in cash pursuant to the terms of a Stock Purchase Agreement dated January 19, 2010 (the “Stock Purchase Agreement”), as described in more details below. Finally, pursuant to the Settlement Agreement, the Company and Samsung signed a non-binding memorandum of understanding relating to a new generation of memory technologies.

Under the License Agreement, the Company has granted to Samsung and its subsidiaries (i) a paid-up perpetual patent license for certain identified Samsung DRAM products (these Samsung DRAM products generally include all existing DRAM products aside from the Rambus proprietary products) and (ii) a five-year term patent license to all other semiconductor products. Each license is a non-exclusive, non-transferable, royalty-bearing, worldwide patent license, without the right to sublicense, solely under the applicable patent claims of Rambus for such licensed products, to make (including have made), use, sell, offer for sale and/or import such licensed products until the expiration or termination of the license pursuant to the terms of the License Agreement. The License Agreement requires that Samsung pay the Company cash payments over the next five years of (i) a fixed amount of $25.0 million each quarter during 2010 and the first two quarters of 2011, and (ii) thereafter, $25.0 million adjusted up or down based on certain levels of Samsung revenue for DRAM products licensed under the License Agreement for each quarter after 2010 and subject to a minimum of $10.0 million and a maximum of $40.0 million for each quarter. In addition, additional payments or certain adjustments to the payments by Samsung to the Company under the License Agreement may be due for certain acquisitions of businesses or assets by Samsung involving licensed products. The License Agreement and the licenses granted thereunder may be terminated upon a material breach by a party of its obligations under the agreement, a bankruptcy event involving a party or a change of control of Samsung subject to certain conditions.


RAMBUS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS-(Continued)

Under the Stock Purchase Agreement, on January 19, 2010, Samsung purchased from the Company 9.6 million shares of common stock of the Company (the “Shares”) for cash with certain restrictions and put rights. The number of shares issued was based on a price per share equal to $20.885 (which was the average of the open and close trading price of Rambus common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on January 15, 2010, the last trading day prior to the date of the Stock Purchase Agreement). The Shares represent approximately 8.3% of the total outstanding shares of Rambus common stock after giving effect to the issuance thereof. The issuance of the Shares by the Company to Samsung was made through a private transaction. The Stock Purchase Agreement provides Samsung a one-time put right, beginning 18 months after the date of the Stock Purchase Agreement and extending to 19 months after the date of the Stock Purchase Agreement, to elect to put back to the Company up to 4.8 million of the Shares at the original issue price of $20.885 per share (for an aggregate purchase price of up to $100.0 million).

The Stock Purchase Agreement prohibits the transfer of the Shares by Samsung for 18 months after the date of the Stock Purchase Agreement, subject to certain exceptions. After expiration of the transfer restriction period, the Stock Purchase Agreement provides that Samsung may transfer a limited number of shares on a daily basis, provides Rambus with a right of first offer for proposed transfers above such daily limits, and, if no sale occurs to Rambus under the right of first offer, allows Samsung to transfer the Shares. Under the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Company has also agreed that after the transfer restriction period, Samsung will have certain rights to register the Shares for sale under the securities laws of the United States, subject to customary terms and conditions.

In addition, until 18 months after the date of the Stock Purchase Agreement, subject to customary exceptions, Samsung is subject to a standstill agreement that prohibits Samsung from, among other things, acquiring additional shares of common stock of the Company, commencing or endorsing any tender offer or exchange offer for shares of common stock of the Company, participating in any solicitation of proxies with respect to voting any shares of common stock of the Company, or announcing or submitting any proposal or offer concerning any extraordinary transaction involving the Company. Samsung is also subject to a voting agreement under the Stock Purchase Agreement that provides that Samsung will vote its Shares in favor of routine proposals (related to election of directors, certain compensation matters, authorized share capital increases and approval of the independent auditors) that are recommended by the Board of Directors of the Company at any stockholder meeting. In all other matters, the voting agreement contained in the Stock Purchase Agreement requires that Samsung vote its Shares in the same proportion as the votes that are cast by all other holders of shares of common stock of the Company. The voting agreement under the Stock Purchase Agreement terminates (i) with respect to Shares that Samsung transfers in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement, (ii) upon a change of control or bankruptcy event involving the Company or (iii) when Samsung owns less than 3% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company.

On February 1, 2010, the Company paid upon maturity the remaining $137.0 million in face value of the 2010 Notes.
 
During the first quarter of 2010, the Company repurchased 1.2 million shares of Common Stock with an aggregate value of $26.5 million pursuant to the stock repurchase plan authorized in October 2001.

On February 25, 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a new share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to an additional 12.5 million shares. Share repurchases under the plan may be made through open market, established plan or privately negotiated transactions in accordance with all applicable securities laws, rules, and regulations. There is no expiration date applicable to the plan. The new stock repurchase program replaces the program authorized in October 2001.



 
Supplementary Financial Data
 

RAMBUS INC .

CONSOLIDATED SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA
Quarterly Statements of Operations
(Unaudited)

   
Dec. 31,
2009
   
Sept. 30,
2009
   
June 30,
2009
   
March 31,
2009
   
Dec. 31,
2008
   
Sept. 30,
2008
   
June 30,
2008
   
March 31,
2008
 
   
(In thousands, except for per share amounts)
 
Revenue:
                                               
Royalties
  $ 30,175     $ 26,898     $ 24,759     $ 26,169     $ 35,736     $ 25,793     $ 32,288     $ 33,093  
Contract revenue
    641       976       2,224       1,165       1,877       3,635       3,427       6,645  
Total revenue
    30,816       27,874       26,983       27,334       37,613       29,428       35,715       39,738  
Costs and expenses:
                                                               
Cost of contract revenue
    1,397       1,858       1,438       2,183       2,892       4,611       6,567       7,233  
Research and development
    16,975       16,727       15,713       17,837       17,174       17,511       20,035       21,502  
Marketing, general and administrative
    28,598       29,882       32,563       37,156       35,700       31,288       23,768       33,321  
Costs (recoveries) of restatement and related legal activities
    542       68       (429 )     (13,639 )     (302 )     392       2,260       912  
Restructuring costs
                            161       4,024              
Impairment of intangible asset
                                  2,158              
Total costs and expenses(1)
    47,512       48,535       49,285       43,537       55,625       59,984       52,630       62,968  
Operating loss
    (16,696 )     (20,661 )     (22,302 )     (16,203 )     (18,012 )     (30,556 )     (16,915 )     (23,230 )
Interest income and other income, net
    581       891       1,173       1,440       4,992       2,704       2,908       4,595  
Interest expense
    (7,822 )     (7,641 )     (2,817 )     (2,670 )     (2,971 )     (3,002 )     (2,944 )     (2,888 )
Interest and other income (expense), net
    7,241       (6,750 )     (1,644 )     (1,230 )     2,021       (298 )     (36 )     1,707  
Loss before income taxes
    (23,937 )     (27,411 )     (23,946 )     (17,433 )     (15,991 )     (30,854 )     (16,951 )     (21,523 )
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes
    (644 )     85       25       (7 )     (496 )     92       121,364       (7,169 )
Net loss
  $ (23,293 )   $ (27,496 )   $ (23,971 )   $ (17,426 )   $ (15,495 )   $ (30,946 )   $ (138,315 )   $ (14,354 )
Net loss per share — basic
  $ (0.22 )   $ (0.26 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.29 )   $ (1.32 )   $ (0.14 )
Net loss per share — diluted
  $ (0.22 )   $ (0.26 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (0.17 )   $ (0.15 )   $ (0.29 )   $ (1.32 )   $ (0.14 )
Shares used in per share calculations — basic
    105,727       105,182       104,675       104,376       103,915       104,897       104,804       104,683  
Shares used in per share calculations — diluted
    105,727       105,182       104,675       104,376       103,915       104,897       104,804       104,683  
____________

 
(1)
Stock-based compensation included in —

Cost of contract revenue
  $ 96     $ 283     $ 233     $ 390     $ 583     $ 1,321     $ 1,365     $ 1,918  
Research and development
  $ 2,429     $ 2,332     $ 2,214     $ 2,740     $ 2,491     $ 3,326     $ 3,767     $ 3,904  
Marketing, general and administrative
  $ 5,042     $ 5,134     $ 5,403     $ 5,289     $ 5,593     $ 4,371     $ 3,821     $ 4,707  
Restructuring costs
  $     $     $     $     $     $ 547     $     $  
____________

 
(a)(2)
Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules not listed above have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3)
Exhibits

See Exhibit Index immediately following the signature pages.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 
RAMBUS INC.
   
 
By:            /s/ Satish Rishi  
 
Satish Rishi
 
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 25, 2010

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Satish Rishi as his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign, and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign, and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, and (iii) take any and all actions that may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signature                                         
Title
Date                 
     
/s/    Harold Hughes                                                     
Chief Executive Officer, President and
February 25, 2010
Harold Hughes
Director (Principal Executive Officer)
 
     
/s/    Satish Rishi                                                 
Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief
February 25, 2010
Satish Rishi
Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
 
     
/s/    Bruce Dunlevie                                                      
Chairman of the Board of Directors
February 25, 2010
Bruce Dunlevie
   
     
/s/    J. Thomas Bentley                                                        
Director
February 25, 2010
J. Thomas Bentley
   
     
/s/    Sunlin Chou                                                  
Director
February 25, 2010
Sunlin Chou
   
     
/s/    P. Michael Farmwald                                                            
Director
February 25, 2010
P. Michael Farmwald
   
     
/s/    Penelope Herscher                                                         
Director
February 25, 2010
Penelope Herscher
   
     
/s/    Mark Horowitz                                                      
Director
February 25, 2010
Mark Horowitz
   
     
/s/    David Shrigley                                                     
Director
February 25, 2010
David Shrigley
   
     
/s/    Abraham D. Sofaer                                                         
Director
February 25, 2010
Abraham D. Sofaer
   
     
/s/    Eric Stang                                                
Director
February 25, 2010
Eric Stang
   


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Document
  1.1 (1)
Underwriting Agreement, dated as of June 23, 2009, among Registrant and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.
  2.1  
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 14, 2009, by and among Registrant, Rambus International Ltd., Rambus Delaware LLC, Global Lighting Technologies, Inc., Solid State OPTO Ltd. and Global Lighting Technologies, Inc.
  3.1 (2)
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed May 29, 1997.
  3.2 (3)
Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant filed June 14, 2000.
  3.3 (4)
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant, dated November 13, 2007.
  4.1 (5)
Form of Registrant’s Common Stock Certificate.
  4.2.1 (6)
Amended and Restated Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2000, between Registrant and Fleet National Bank.
  4.2.2 (7)
First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Preferred Stock Rights Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2003, between Registrant and Equiserve Trust Company, N.A., as successor to Fleet National Bank.
  4.3 (8)
Indenture, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, dated as of February 1, 2005 (including the form of Zero Coupon Convertible Senior Note due February 1, 2010 therein).
  4.4 (8)
Registration Rights Agreement, among the Registrant, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., dated February 1, 2005.
  4.5 (1)
Indenture between Rambus Inc. and U.S. Bank, National Association, dated as of June 29, 2009 (including the form of 5% Convertible Senior Note due 2014 therein).
  10.1 (9)
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Registrant with each of its directors and executive officers.
  10.2 (10)*
1997 Stock Plan (as amended and restated as of April 4, 2007) and related forms of agreements.
  10.3 (11)*
1997 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related forms of agreements.
  10.4 (10)*
1999 Nonstatutory Stock Option Plan (as amended and restated as of April 4, 2007) and related form of agreement.
  10.5 (12)*
2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended and restated as of April 30, 2009).
  10.6 (13)*
Forms of agreements under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended.
  10.7 (14)*
2006 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (as amended and restated as of February 21, 2007).
  10.8 (15)
Development Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2003, by and among Registrant, Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. and Toshiba Corporation.
  10.9 (15)
Redwood and Yellowstone Semiconductor Technology License Agreement, dated as of January 6, 2003, between Registrant, Sony Corporation and Sony Computer Entertainment Inc.
  10.10 (16)
Office Lease, dated as of August 27, 1999, between Registrant and Los Altos — El Camino Associates, LLC.
  10.11 (17)†
Settlement and License Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2005, by and between Registrant and Infineon Technologies AG.
  10.12 (18)†
Amendment No. 1 to Settlement and License Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2008, by and between Registrant and Qimonda AG.
  10.13  
Triple Net Space Lease, dated as of December 15, 2009, by and between Registrant and MT SPE, LLC.
  12.1 (19)
Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
  21.1  
Subsidiaries of Registrant.
  23.1  
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
  24  
Power of Attorney (included in signature page).
  31.1  
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31.2  
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.1  
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.2  
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.



____________

  *  
Management contracts or compensation plans or arrangements in which directors or executive officers are eligible to participate.
   
Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
       
  (1 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2009.
       
  (2 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-K filed on December 15, 1997.
       
  (3 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2001.
       
  (4 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-Q filed on August 4, 2008.
       
  (5 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form S-1/A (file no. 333-22885) filed on April 24, 1997.
       
  (6 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 8-A12G/A filed on August 3, 2000.
       
  (7 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 8-A12G/A filed on August 5, 2003.
       
  (8 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form S-3 filed on April 29, 2005.
       
  (9 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form S-1 (file no. 333-22885) filed on March 6, 1997.
       
  (10 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-K filed on September 14, 2007.
       
  (11 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form S-8 filed on June 6, 1997 (file no. 333-28597).
       
  (12 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 8-K filed on May 4, 2009.
       
  (13 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 8-K filed on May 16, 2006.
       
  (14 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2006 filed on September 14, 2007.
       
  (15 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-Q filed on April 30, 2003.
       
  (16 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-K405 filed on December 23, 1999.
       
  (17 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-Q filed on April 29, 2005. Assigned to Qimonda in October 2006 in connection with Infineon’s spin-off of Qimonda.
       
  (18 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form 10-Q filed on October 31, 2008.
       
  (19 )
Incorporated by reference from the Form S-3 filed on June 22, 2009.
       


97

 
Exhibit 2.1











 
ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
by and among
 
RAMBUS INC.,
 
RAMBUS INTERNATIONAL LTD.,
 
RAMBUS DELAWARE LLC,
 
GLOBAL LIGHTING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
 
SOLID STATE OPTO LIMITED
 
and
 
GLOBAL LIGHTING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 

 

 
Dated as of December 14, 2009

 
 

 

Table of Content
 
Page
ARTICLE I THE ACQUISITION TRANSACTIONS                                                                                                                                         
2
1.1
Certain Definitions
2
1.2
Additional Defined Terms
7
1.3
Purchase and Sale of Assets
9
1.4
Assumption of Certain Liabilities; Transferred Employees
10
1.5
The Closing
11
1.6
Payment of Purchase Price; Instruments of Sale
11
1.7
Allocation of Purchase Price
12
ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER PARTIES
13
2.1
Organization; Power
13
2.2
Capital Structure
13
2.3
Subsidiaries
14
2.4
Authority
14
2.5
No Conflict
14
2.6
Consents
15
2.7
Tax Matters
15
2.8
Restrictions on Business Activities
16
2.9
Title to Properties; Absence of Liens and Encumbrances
16
2.10
Intellectual Property
17
2.11
Agreements, Contracts and Commitments
23
2.12
Interested Party Transactions
25
2.13
Governmental Authorization
25
2.14
Litigation
25
2.15
Environmental Matters
25
2.16
Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees
25
2.17
Employee Benefit Plans and Compensation
25
2.18
Insurance
28
2.19
Compliance with Laws
28
2.20
Export Control Laws
29
2.21
Solvency
29
2.22
Valid Title
29
2.23
Corrupt Practices
29
2.24
Complete Copies of Materials
29
2.25
Representations Complete
29
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER PARTIES
30
3.1
Organization; Power
30
3.2
Authority
30
3.3
Conflicts
30
 


 
i

 

 

3.4
Consents
31
3.5
Adequacy of Funds
31
3.6
Representations Complete
31
ARTICLE IV ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
31
4.1
Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action; Access to Information
31
4.2
Confidentiality
33
4.3
Expenses
33
4.4
Public Disclosure
34
4.5
Tax Matters
34
4.6
Licensed Intellectual Property Rights
35
4.7
Right of First Refusal
36
4.8
Covenant Not to Sue
37
4.9
Release of Transferred Employees
37
4.10
Non-Solicitation
37
ARTICLE V CONDITIONS TO THE ASSET PURCHASE
38
5.1
Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Asset Purchase
38
5.2
Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer Parties
38
5.3
Conditions to the Obligations of Seller Parties
40
ARTICLE VI SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ESCROW
41
6.1
Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants
41
6.2
Indemnification
41
6.3
Indemnification Limitations
42
6.4
Escrow Arrangements
43
6.5
No Indemnification Limitations and Other Matters
44
ARTICLE VII AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
45
7.1
Amendment
45
7.2
Extension; Waiver
45
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL PROVISIONS
45
8.1
Notices
45
8.2
Interpretation
47
8.3
Counterparts
47
8.4
Entire Agreement; Assignment
47
8.5
Severability
47
8.6
Other Remedies
48
8.7
Governing Law
48
8.8
Rules of Construction
48
8.9
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
48
 

 


 
ii

 

INDEX OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

Exhibit
Description
Exhibit A
Parker Employment Agreement
Exhibit B
Pickett Employment Agreement
Exhibit C
Bill of Sale
Exhibit D
License Agreement
Exhibit E
Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement
Exhibit F
Transition Services Agreement
Exhibit G
Referral Agreement
Exhibit H
Rohm & Haas Amendment
Exhibit I-1
Form of Patent Assignment
Exhibit I-2
Form of Copyright Assignment
Exhibit J
Escrow Agreement
   
   
Schedules
Description
Disclosure Schedule
Seller Disclosure Schedule
Schedule I
Seller Intellectual Property – Transferred Patents
Schedule II
Seller Intellectual Property – Transferred Know-How
Schedule 1.3(b)
Assumed Contracts
Schedule 1.4(a)
Assumed Liabilities
Schedule 4.6-1
Certain Seller Party Patents
Schedule 4.6-2
Excluded Entity List
Schedule 5.2(b)
Agreements to be Terminated at Closing
 

The registrant agrees to furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 
iii

 


 
THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of December 14, 2009 by and among, on the one hand, Rambus Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer Parent ”), Rambus International Ltd., a Cayman Islands corporation (“ Buyer IP ”), Rambus Delaware LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation (“ Buyer R&D ,” and together with Buyer Parent and Buyer IP, the “ Buyer Parties ,” and each a “ Buyer Party ”), and, on the other hand, Global Lighting Technologies, Inc., a Cayman Islands corporation (“ Seller Parent ”), Solid State OPTO Limited, a British Virgin Island business company (“ Seller IP ”), and Global Lighting Technologies, Inc., an Ohio corporation (“ Seller R&D ,” and together with Seller Parent and Seller IP, the “ Seller Parties ,” and each a “ Seller Party ”).
 
RECITALS
 
A.           Seller Parties currently are engaged in the Business in connection with the operation of their backlighting and illumination technology and manufacturing business.
 
B.           Seller Parent owns, directly or indirectly, all of the outstanding capital stock of Seller IP and Seller R&D, and accordingly will directly benefit from the transactions contemplated pursuant to this Agreement.
 
C.           Upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Seller Parties desire to sell to Buyer Parties, and Buyer Parties desire to purchase from Seller Parties, certain intellectual property and other assets of the Seller Parties, and enter into certain related transactions, through (i) a purchase of certain intellectual property and other assets from Seller IP and Seller R&D and employment of certain employees of Seller R&D as specified in this Agreement (the “ Asset Purchase ”), (ii) the effectiveness of the licenses granted by Seller to Buyer IP hereunder, (iii) the effectiveness of the licenses granted by Buyer IP to Seller Parent pursuant to the License Agreement (collectively, the “ License ”), (iv) the effectiveness of that certain Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement entered into between Buyer Parent and Seller Parent (the “ Copyright Co-Ownership ”), (v) the commencement of the provision of services by Seller Parent and its Subsidiaries to Buyer Parent and its Subsidiaries, and by Buyer Parent and its Subsidiaries to Seller Parent and its Subsidiaries, pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement (the “ Transition Services ”), and (vi) the commencement of the provision of referral services by Buyer Parent to Seller Parent pursuant to the Referral Agreement (the “ Referral Services ,” and together with the Asset Purchase, License, Copyright Co-Ownership and Transition Services, the “ Acquisition Transactions ”).
 
D.           In connection with the Acquisition Transactions, Seller Parties, on the one hand, and Buyer Parties, on the other hand, desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and other agreements, and a portion of the consideration otherwise payable by the Buyer Parties in connection with the Asset Purchase shall be deposited by the Buyer Parties into an escrow account as security for the indemnification obligations set forth in this Agreement.
 
E.           Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, as a material inducement to Buyer Parties to enter into this Agreement, Jeff Parker is entering into an offer letter for at-will employment with Buyer R&D and Chris Pickett is entering into an offer letter for at-will employment with Buyer Parent, each in substantially the forms attached hereto as

 
 

 

 
Exhibit A (the “ Parker Employment Agreement ”) and Exhibit B (the “ Pickett Employment Agreement ”), setting forth the principal terms and conditions of their employment.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, covenants and other promises set forth herein, the mutual benefits to be gained by the performance thereof, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and accepted, the parties hereby agree as follows:
 
ARTICLE I
 

 
THE ACQUISITION TRANSACTIONS
 
1.1            Certain Definitions
 
For all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
 
Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such Person.  As used in this definition, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.
 
Assumed Contracts ” means those agreements between Seller Parties and a third Person listed on Schedule 1.3(b) hereto or that become Assumed Contracts following the Closing Date in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
 
Business ” means the research and development, prototyping, marketing, manufacturing of, and the licensing and delivery of intellectual property relating to, backlighting and illumination technologies tailored to the requirements of a wide range of formats and applications, including but not limited to, consumer electronic systems, automotive lighting systems and general lighting illumination applications in each case as such activities are presently conducted by Seller Parties.
 
Business Day(s) ” means each day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or holiday on which banking institutions located in California are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
 
Business Source Code ” means, any software Source Code owned by Seller Parties or embodied, incorporated or used in the Business that is Transferred IP.
 
Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
Environmental Laws ” means any and all laws which prohibit, regulate or control any Hazardous Material or any Hazardous Material Activity, including without

 
2

 

 
limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, the Resource Recovery and Conservation Act of 1976, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Clean Air Act, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, the Clean Water Act and the Occupational Safety and Health Act.
 
Excluded Assets ” means all assets owned by Sellers that are not Purchased Assets.
 
Governmental or Regulatory Body ” means any court, tribunal, arbitrator or any government or quasi-governmental entity or municipality or political or other subdivision thereof, whether federal, state, city, county, local, provincial, foreign or multinational, or any agency, department, board, authority, bureau, branch, commission, official or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, including without limitation, the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “ PTO ”) or equivalent authority anywhere in the world.
 
Hazardous Material ” means any material, chemical, emission or substance that has been designated by any Governmental or Regulatory Body to be radioactive, toxic, hazardous, a pollutant, biohazardous, a medical waste, or otherwise a danger to health, reproduction or the environment.
 
Hazardous Materials Activities ” mean the transportation, transfer, recycling, storage, use, treatment, manufacture, labeling, removal, remediation, release, exposure of others to, sale, or distribution of any Hazardous Material or any product or waste containing a Hazardous Material, or product manufactured with Ozone depleting substances, including, without limitation, any required payment of waste fees or charges (including so-called e-waste fees) and compliance with any recycling, product take-back or product content requirements.
 
Intellectual Property ” means, collectively, Technology and Intellectual Property Rights.
 
Intellectual Property Rights ” mean any or all common law or statutory rights in any of the following: (i) patents and applications and registrations therefor, certificates of invention, utility designs and all reissues, divisions, renewals, extensions, provisionals, substitutions, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof and foreign counterparts thereto (“ Patents ”); (ii) copyrights (whether or not registered), copyrights registrations and applications therefor, and all other rights corresponding thereto in any works of authorship (including software and firmware) throughout the world including moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated and regardless of medium of fixation or means of expression (“ Copyrights ”); (iii) rights in industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor; (iv) mask work rights and registrations and applications for registration or renewal; (v) trade names, logos, trade dress, slogans, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations and applications therefor and all goodwill associated therewith (“ Trademarks ”); (vi) trade secrets (including those trade secrets defined in the Uniform Trade Secrets Act and under corresponding foreign statutory and common law), business, technical and know-how information, show-how information, non-public information, and confidential information and rights to limit the use or disclosure thereof by any Person

 
3

 

 
including databases and data collections and all rights therein (“ Trade Secrets ”); and (vii) any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing (as applicable) whether now known or hereafter recognized in any jurisdiction worldwide, arising out of, or associated with the foregoing.
 
Interested Party ” means any officer, director or member of any Seller and any ancestor, sibling, descendant or spouse of any of such Persons, or any trust, partnership or corporation in which any of such Persons has or has had an interest.
 
Inventions ” means any and all inventions, discoveries and disclosures that (i) underlie, are described in, are covered by and/or are included in any claim of the Transferred Patents, (ii) are subject matter capable of being reduced to a patent claim in a reissue or reexamination proceedings brought on any of the Transferred Patents, and/or (iii) could have been included as a claim in any of the Transferred Patents.
 
Knowledge ” means the actual Knowledge after reasonable inquiry of the following individuals: Mang-Shiang Lee, Mike Mayer, Jeff Parker, Eddy Petric, Chris Pickett and Kurt Starkey.
 
Law ” means any law, statute, rule, regulation, ordinance, directive, decree, codes, awards, Orders, and other pronouncement having the effect of law of any country or state, or of any Governmental or Regulatory Body.
 
Liability(ies) ” means any direct or indirect liability, indebtedness, guaranty, claim, loss, damage, deficiency, assessment, obligation or responsibility, fixed or unfixed, choate or inchoate, liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, accrued, absolute, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise.
 
Licensed Intellectual Property Rights ” means all Intellectual Property Rights (other than Trademarks) owned, controlled, held in the name of, or sublicensable by any Seller immediately after Closing.
 
Lien ” means any mortgage, lien, pledge, hypothecation, charge, preference, security interest, attachment, claim, contractual restriction, including transfer restrictions, put, call, right of first refusal, easement, servitude, right-of-way, option, warrant, conditional sale or installment contract or encumbrance of any kind and any financing lease involving substantially the same effect (including, with regard to any shares, any Liens that the issuer of such shares may have on such shares).
 
Made Available ” means that Seller Parties have posted such materials to the virtual data room managed by Seller Parties and accessible to Buyer Parties and their representatives.
 
Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, event, circumstance, condition or effect that, individually or in the aggregate with all other changes, events, circumstances, conditions or effects, is or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to (i) the Purchased Assets or (ii) the ability of Seller Parties to perform their obligations under this

 
4

 

 
Agreement and the Related Agreements or to consummate the Acquisition Transactions; provided, however , that none of the following shall be deemed to constitute, and none of the following shall be taken into account in determining whether there has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, a Material Adverse Effect: (i) changes in general economic conditions in the United States or any other country or region in the work, or changes in conditions in the global economy generally, or in conditions in the backlighting and illumination technology industry generally; (ii) changes in conditions in the financial markets, credit markets or capital markets in the United States or any other country or region in the world; (iii) changes in political conditions in the United States or any other country or region in the world; (iv) acts of war, sabotage or terrorism (including any escalation or general worsening of any such acts of war, sabotage or terrorism) in the United States or any other country or region in the world; (v) earthquakes, hurricanes, tsunamis, tornadoes, floods, mudslides, wild fires or other natural disasters, weather conditions and other force majeure events; and (vi) changes in law or other legal or regulatory conditions (or the interpretation thereof).
 
Object Code ” shall mean computer software, substantially or entirely in binary form, which is intended to be directly executable by a computer after suitable processing and linking but without the intervening steps of compilation or assembly.
 
Open Source Materials ” means software or other material that is distributed as “free software,” “open source software” or under a similar licensing or distribution model (including but not limited to the GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), Mozilla Public License (MPL), BSD licenses, the Artistic License, the Netscape Public License, the Sun Community Source License (SCSL) the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL) and the Apache License).
 
Optical Pattern Software ” means all Software (excluding any commercially available, off the shelf, Third Party Software) owned, or held in the name of or used by, Seller IP and/or Seller RD for the design and further manufacture of a predetermined pattern of elements or deformities to cause light to be emitted from a light emitting panel assembly incorporating at least one optically conductive wave guide or an optically conductive wave guide by itself, where such optically conductive wave guide has at least (i) a greater cross sectional width than thickness, and (ii) a predetermined pattern of elements or deformities configured to cause light to be emitted.
 
Order ” means any writ, judgment, decree, award, ruling, injunction or similar order of any Governmental or Regulatory Body, in each case whether preliminary or final.
 
Ordinary Course of Business ” or “ Ordinary Course ” or any similar phrase means the ordinary course of business of the Business, consistent with Seller Parties’ past practices for the Business.
 
Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, firm, joint venture, association, company, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental or Regulatory Body or other entity.

 
5

 

 
Registered Intellectual Property Rights ” means Intellectual Property Rights that have been registered, applied for, filed, certified or otherwise perfected, issued, or recorded with or by any Governmental or Regulatory Body.
 
Related Agreements ” means the Parker Employment Agreement, the Pickett Employment Agreement, the License Agreement, the Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Referral Agreement and the Bill of Sale.
 
Seller(s) ” means Seller Parent, and/or its Subsidiaries (including Seller IP and Seller R&D) and/or their respective Affiliates.
 
Seller Intellectual Property ” means any and all Intellectual Property that is owned by, held in the name of, or licensed to any Seller that is used in, held for, relating to, necessary for, otherwise benefiting, or would be infringed by the operation of, the Business, including but not limited to, all Intellectual Property listed or described on Schedule I and Schedule II .
 
Shrink-Wrap Agreements ” means generally commercially available licenses for Object Code (other than development tools and development environments) where such Object Code is available for a cost of not more than U.S. $5,000 for a perpetual license for a single user or work station (or $50,000 in the aggregate for all users and work stations).
 
Software ” means any and all computer software and code, including assemblers, applets, compilers, Source Code, Object Code, data (including image and sound data), design tools, and user interfaces, in any form or format, however fixed.  “Software” specifically includes Source Code listings and documentation.
 
Source Code ” means computer software and code, in form other than Object Code form, including related programmer comments and annotations, help text, data and data structures, instructions and procedural, object-oriented and other code, which may be printed out or displayed in human readable form.
 
Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person, whether or not existing on the date hereof, in which such first Person, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns at least fifty percent (50%) of either the equity interest, or voting power of or in such other Person.
 
Technology ” means any or all of the following instantiations or embodiments of the following in any form and embodied in any media: (i) works of authorship including computer programs, Source Code, and Object Code, whether embodied in Software, firmware or otherwise, architecture, documentation, designs, files, records and data, (ii) inventions (whether or not patentable), discoveries, improvements, invention disclosures, inventor notebooks, records, research and documentation related to inventions, (iii) proprietary and confidential information, trade secrets, show-how and know how, (iv) databases, data compilations and collections, (v) technical data, customer lists, supplier lists, component lists, manufacturing process or procedures descriptions,  manuals, schedules, prototypes, methods and processes, and (vi) technology, hardware, tools, manufacturing equipment, molds, casts, masters, templates, or machinery.

 
6

 

 
Transferred IP ” means any and all Transferred Patents and Transferred Know-How.
 
Transferred Know-How ” means any and all Technology listed or described on Schedule II , and any and all Intellectual Property Rights (other than Patents) owned by, or held in the name of, Seller IP and/or Seller R&D associated or embodied therein.
 
Transferred Patents ” means those Patents and Patent applications listed or described on Schedule I .
 
1.2            Additional Defined Terms
 
The following capitalized terms shall have the respective meanings set forth in the respective Sections of this Agreement set forth opposite each such respective term below:

Index of Terms
Section
Acquisition Transactions
Recitals
Agreement
Preamble
Allocation
1.7
Asset Purchase
Recitals
Assignment Instruments
5.2(j)
Assumed Liabilities
1.4(a)
Background License
4.6
Basket Amount
6.3(b)
Books and Records
1.3(c)
Business Authorizations
2.13
Buyer IP
Preamble
Buyer Parent
Preamble
Buyer Parties 
Preamble
Buyer R&D
Preamble
Buyer Secretary Certificate
5.3(e)
Capital Stock
4.7
Change of Control
4.7
Charter Documents
2.1
Closing
1.5
Closing Date
1.5
COBRA
2.17(a)
Confidentiality Agreement
4.2
Conflict
2.5
Consultant Proprietary Information Agreement
2.10(x)
Contract(s)
2.5
Copyright Co-Ownership
Recitals
Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement
5.2(d)
Copyrights
1.1

 
7

 

 

Index of Terms
Section
Counsel
4.1(b)
Disclosure Schedule
Article II
DOL
2.17(a)
Employee Agreement
2.17(a)
Employee Proprietary Information Agreement
2.10(x)
ERISA
2.17(a)
ERISA Affiliate
2.17(a)
Escrow Agreement
6.4(a)
Escrow Amount
6.4(a)
Escrow Fund
6.4(a)
Escrow Period
6.4(b)
Exercise Notice
4.7
Exercise Period
4.7
FMLA
2.17(a)
HIPAA
2.17(a)
Inbound-Licenses
2.10(o)
Indemnified Parties
6.2(a)
Intercompany-Licenses
2.10(o)
International Employee Plan
2.17(a)
IP Contracts
2.10(p)
IRS
2.17(a)
Lease Agreements
2.9(a)
Leased Real Property
2.9(a)
License
Recitals
License Agreement
5.2(c)
Loss(es)
6.2(a)
NDAs
2.10(o)
Non-Paying Party
4.5(b)(iii)
Offered Assets
4.7
Officer’s Certificate
6.4(a)
Outbound-Licenses
2.10(o)
Parker Employment Agreement
Recitals
Patents
1.1
Paying Party
4.5(b)(iii)
PBGC
2.17(a)
Pension Plan
2.17(a)
Pickett Employment Agreement
Recitals
PTO
1.1
Purchase Price
1.6(a)
Purchased Assets
1.3
Referral Agreement
5.2(f)
 


 
8

 

 

Index of Terms
Section
Referral Services
Recitals
Retained Liabilities
1.4(b)
Returns
2.7(b)(i)
Right of First Refusal
4.7
Rohm & Haas Amendment
5.2(i)
Seller Employee Plan
2.17(a)
Seller IP
Preamble
Seller Parent
Preamble
Seller Parties
Preamble
Seller R&D
Preamble
Seller Secretary Certificate
5.2(h)
Straddle Period Tax
4.5(b)(iii)
Survival Date
6.1
Tax(es)
2.7(a)
Third Party Claim
6.4(c)
Third Party Expenses
4.3
Trade Secrets
1.1
Trademarks
1.1
Transfer Notice
4.7
Transfer Taxes
4.5(a)
Transferred Employees
1.4(c)
Transition Services
Recitals
Transition Services Agreement
5.2(e)
Voting Stock
4.7
 
1.3            Purchase and Sale of Assets
 
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller Parties hereby agree to irrevocably sell, convey, transfer and assign to Buyer Parties, free and clear of all Liens, and Buyer Parties hereby agree to purchase from Seller Parties all right, title and interest in and to the following assets:
 
(a)           the Transferred IP and all rights to sue or recover and claim damages and costs for past, present and future infringement or misappropriation of any of the thereof;
 
(b)           all rights of Seller Parties under the Assumed Contracts, if any;
 
(c)           all materials, papers, records, research and documentation (in paper or electronic format) to the extent primarily relating to Transferred Know-How, including copies of all competitive analysis documents, public marketing documents, published and non-published technical papers, research and development supplier lists with contact information for research and development prototying, and prototyping documents (collectively, “ Books and Records ”);
 
(d)           all other goodwill related to the Purchased Assets; and
 
(e)           all rights, claims and privileges pertaining to, arising out of, or associated with, the assets described in Sections 1.3(a) through 1.3(d) above, including, without limitation, the right to file, prosecute and maintain the Transferred IP, the right to collect royalties or other payments, and the right to initiate causes of action for injunctive relief and other remedies of any kind for all past, present and future infringement of such Intellectual Property Rights.

 
9

 

 
All of the assets referred to in Sections 1.3(a) through 1.3(e) , inclusive, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Purchased Assets .”
 
Without limiting the generality of this Section 1.3 , the Purchased Assets shall not include the Excluded Assets.
 
1.4            Assumption of Certain Liabilities; Transferred Employees.  
 
(a)           Buyer Parties shall not assume any Liabilities of Seller Parties except for those Liabilities which Buyer Parties expressly assume pursuant to this Section 1.4(a) .  On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Buyer Parties shall, on the Closing Date, assume the Liabilities of Sellers as of the Closing Date, whether accrued or arising before or after the Closing, listed on Schedule 1.4(a) hereto (the “ Assumed Liabilities ”).
 
(b)           Seller Parties shall retain and be responsible for paying, performing and discharging when due, and Buyer Parties shall not assume or have any responsibility for, all Liabilities of Seller Parties other than, as of the Closing Date, the Assumed Liabilities (the “ Retained Liabilities ”).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Retained Liabilities shall include all of the following Liabilities (other than the Assumed Liabilities): (i) any Liability arising from or related to the operations of Seller Parties, whenever arising or incurred, or the ownership of the Purchased Assets by Seller Parties through the Closing Date; (ii) all implied or explicit warranty or support obligations with respect to the Purchased Assets entered into prior to the Closing Date by Seller Parties; (iii) any Liabilities related to Seller Parties’ employees or employment matters; (iv) claims for death, personal injury, property damage or consequential, punitive, or other damages relating to or arising out of any business conducted by Seller Parties; (v) the violation or alleged violation of any Law by Seller Parties, including but not limited to, laws relating to civil rights, health, safety, labor, discrimination, export controls, and protection of the environment; (vi) claims of creditors of Seller Parties; (vii) claims relating to the disposal or arrangement for disposal by Seller Parties of any hazardous substance at any site, location or facility (whether or not owned or leased by Seller Parties); (viii) any obligation of Seller Parties to indemnify any Person; (ix) any Taxes of Seller Parties for any taxable period, including any liability for Taxes arising from or attributable to the operation of the Business or use or ownership of the Purchased Assets for all taxable periods (or portions thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date, and including any Transfer Taxes and Straddle Period Taxes allocable to Seller Parties pursuant to this Agreement; and (x) any liability or obligation of Seller Parties for costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
 
(c)           Prior to the Closing, those employees of Seller R&D listed in Section 2.17(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Transferred Employees ”) will have entered into offer letters for at-will employment with Buyer Parent or an Affiliate of Buyer Parent, such employment to be conditioned upon the Closing.  Buyer Parties shall be solely responsible for the execution of employment agreements with such Transferred Employees and none of the Seller Parties shall be liable in case any Transferred Employee does not accept employment of Buyer Parent or any of its Affiliates.  Such employment will (i) be in compliance with any standard human resources policies and procedures of Buyer Parties, including requirements for

 
10

 

 
proof evidencing a legal right to work in the U.S. and the execution of Buyer Parent’s standard form of employee proprietary information agreement, (ii) have terms, including the position and responsibilities of such Transferred Employee as determined by Buyer Parties in consultation with Seller R&D, and (iii) supersede any prior employment agreements and other arrangements with such Transferred Employee in effect prior to the date thereof with any Sellers.
 
(d)           Prior to the Closing, each Transferred Employee will have entered into a resignation and release letter with the applicable Seller Party satisfactory to such Seller Party, which shall provide, inter alia, that such Transferred Employee shall release and forever discharge such Seller Party and its Affiliates from any and all claims arising out of or in connection with his/her employment with such Seller Party prior to the Closing Date and/or termination of employment with such Seller Party at the Closing Date, whether by contract or otherwise.  Seller Parties shall be solely responsible for the execution of the resignation and release letters with such Transferred Employees.
 
(e)           On and after the Closing Date, Buyer Parent and its Affiliates shall bear the sole responsibility for instructing and supervising the Transferred Employees and shall thereafter pay, perform, discharge or otherwise satisfy obligations for the employment of such Transferred Employees.  The Liabilities of the Transferred Employees shall be assumed by Buyer Parent and/or its Affiliates commencing from the Closing.
 
1.5            The Closing
 
The closing of the Asset Purchase (the “ Closing ”) will take place, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Article V hereof, on the date hereof simultaneous with the entry into this Agreement, at the offices of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, CA 94304.  The date upon which the Closing actually occurs shall be referred to herein as the “ Closing Date .”  The Closing will be effective as of 12:01 a.m. Cleveland time on the Closing Date.
 
1.6            Payment of Purchase Price; Instruments of Sale
 
(a)           The purchase price for the Asset Purchase (the “ Purchase Price ”) is $26,000,000 in cash.  An amount equal to $22,100,000 of the Purchase Price shall be paid in cash by Buyer Parties by wire transfer of immediately available funds at the Closing to a bank account designated in writing by Seller Parties at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, and an amount equal to $3,900,000 of the Purchase Price shall be paid into escrow to be held pursuant to the escrow arrangements contained in Section 6.4 .
 
(b)           At the Closing, Buyer Parties shall execute and deliver to Seller Parties:
 
(i)      the Purchase Price in the amount of $22,100,000 pursuant to Section 1.6(a) above;
 
(ii)      the Related Agreements to which Buyer Parties are a party;
 
(iii)     an executed copy of the Escrow Agreement; and

 
11

 

 
                  
(iv)    such other instruments, documents and certificates referred to in Article V .
 
(c)           At the Closing, the applicable Seller Parties shall execute and deliver to Buyer Parties:
 
(i)                  all of the Purchased Assets or, in the case of the Transferred IP or other intangible assets, such instruments as are necessary or desirable to document and to transfer title to such assets from Seller Parties to Buyer Parties;
 
(ii)                 (A) a duly executed bill of sale for the Purchased Assets substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto; (B) assignments of the Transferred IP in forms acceptable to Buyer Parties and otherwise suitable for filing in all relevant jurisdictions, including copyright, patent and trademark registrations and assignments, including the assignment for Transferred Patents substantially in the form of Exhibit I-1 hereto and all Copyrights in the Transferred IP substantially in the form of Exhibit I-2 hereto; (C) such other good and sufficient instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer Parties, as shall be effective to vest in Buyer Parties good and valid title in and to the Purchased Assets; and (D) an executed copy of the Escrow Agreement;
 
(iii)                 (A) all of the Assumed Contracts and (B) for each such Assumed Contract, to the extent required by its terms, a written agreement in a form satisfactory to Buyer Parties, signed by the party or parties (in addition to any Seller Parties) to such Assumed Contract pursuant to which such party or parties thereto: (1) consent to the transfer and assignment of such Assumed Contract to Buyer Parties and (2) confirm that Buyer Parties will have all rights that Sellers had under such Assumed Contract prior to the Closing and that there is no breach or default under such Assumed Contract;
 
(iv)                 any other Related Agreements to which Seller Parties are a party;
 
(v)                  evidence of release of all Liens on the Purchased Assets;
 
(vi)                 evidence of termination of all agreements listed on Schedule 5.2(b) ; and
 
(vii)                such other instruments, documents and certificates referred to in Article V .
 
1.7            Allocation of Purchase Price
 
Buyer Parties shall, within thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, deliver to Seller Parties an allocation of the Purchase Price among the Purchased Assets in accordance with Section 1060 of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Allocation ”).  Within ten (10) days after receipt of the Allocation, Seller Parties shall either (a) accept the Allocation, in which case the Allocation shall be conclusive and binding upon Buyer Parties and

 
12

 

 
Seller Parties for all purposes, and the parties agree that all returns and reports (including IRS Form 8594) and all financial statements shall be prepared in a manner consistent with (and the parties shall not otherwise file a Return position inconsistent with) the Allocation unless required by the IRS or any other applicable taxing authority; or (b) Seller Parties shall have an additional ten (10) days to discuss any differences with respect to the Allocation with Buyer Parties, at the end of which period each of Seller Parties and Buyer Parties will be entitled to prepare all returns and reports and all financial statements in a manner that they deem appropriate.
 
ARTICLE II
 

 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER PARTIES
 
Seller Parties represent and warrant to Buyer Parties, subject to such matters, exceptions and/or qualifications as are disclosed in the disclosure schedule supplied by Seller Parties to Buyer Parties (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”) and dated as of the date hereof, as follows:
 
2.1            Organization ; Power
 
Seller Parent is a company with limited liability, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.  Seller IP is a company with limited liability, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.  Seller R&D is an Ohio corporation, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio.  Each Seller Party has all requisite corporate or other power to own its properties and to carry on its business (including the Business) as currently conducted and as contemplated to be conducted.  Each Seller Party is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing as a company, or as the case may be, a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its assets or properties (whether owned, leased or licensed) or the nature of its business make such qualifications necessary, except where failure to be qualified would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  Seller Parties have Made Available true and correct copies of the certificate of incorporation and bylaws, memorandum and articles of association, or equivalent organizational documents of each Seller Party, each as amended to date and in full force and effect on the date hereof (collectively, the “ Charter Documents ”), to Buyer Parties.  None of Seller Parties have approved or proposed any amendment to any of the Charter Documents that is not already reflected in the Charter Documents.
 
2.2            Capital Structure
 
There have not been any issuances, repurchases or redemptions of any outstanding equity securities of Seller IP and Seller R&D that would impact the execution and delivery by each Seller Party of this Agreement and any Related Agreement to which such Seller Party is a party, and the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
 

 
13

 
 
2.3            Subsidiaries
 
Seller R&D is the only Subsidiary of Seller IP, and Seller R&D has never had any Subsidiaries and does not otherwise own any shares of capital stock or any interest in, or control, directly or indirectly, any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association, joint venture or other business entity.
 
2.4            Authority
 
Each Seller Party has all requisite power, legal right, capacity and authority to enter into this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement, the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions and grant of rights contemplated hereby have been approved by the Board of Directors/members of each Seller Party.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which each Seller Party is a party and the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of each Seller Party and no further action is required on the part of each Seller Party or its respective stockholders or shareholders, as the case may be, to authorize this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which each of them is a party and the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and the approval of the shareholders of Seller Parent is not required to authorize this Agreement and any Related Agreements and the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and each of the Related Agreements has been duly executed and delivered by each Seller Party hereto and thereto, and assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties hereto and thereto, constitute the valid and binding obligations of each Seller Party hereto and thereto, enforceable against each in accordance with their respective terms.
 
2.5            No Conflict
 
The execution and delivery by each Seller Party of this Agreement and any Related Agreement to which such Seller Party is a party, and the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not (A) result in any breach or default under (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both), or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation, modification or acceleration of any obligation or loss of any benefit under (any such event, a “ Conflict ”), (i) any provision of any of the Charter Documents, (ii) any mortgage, indenture, lease, contract, covenant, understanding, power of attorney or other agreement, instrument or commitment, permit, concession, non-disclosure agreement, franchise or license (each a “ Contract ” and collectively the “ Contracts ”) binding upon any Seller Party or any of their respective assets (whether tangible or intangible) or properties (including the Business) other than breaches or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) any Law or Order applicable to any Seller Party or any of their respective properties (whether tangible or intangible) or assets (including the Business) other than breaches or defaults that would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) result in the imposition of any Lien upon any of the Purchased Assets.   Section 2.5 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all necessary consents, waivers and approvals of parties to this Agreement and any Related Agreement and any Assumed Contracts as are required

 
14

 

 
thereunder. Following the Closing, Buyer Parties will be permitted to exercise all of Seller Parties’ rights and receive all of Sellers Parties’ benefits (including payments) under the Assumed Contracts to the same extent that Seller Parties would have been able to had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred and without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties or payments which Seller IP or Seller R&D would otherwise have been required to pay pursuant to the terms of such Assumed Contracts had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.
 
2.6            Consents
 
The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Related Agreements does not require a consent, notice, waiver, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental or Regulatory Body.
 
2.7            Tax Matters .
 
(a)            Definition of Taxes .  For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Tax ” or, collectively, “ Taxes ” shall mean (i) any and all U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxes, assessments and other governmental charges, duties, impositions and Liabilities, including taxes based upon or measured by gross receipts, income, profits, sales, use and occupation, and value added, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, withholding, payroll, recapture, employment, excise, service, fringe benefit and property taxes as well as public imposts, fees and social security charges (including but not limited to health, unemployment and pension insurance), together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts, (ii) any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clause (i) of this Section 2.7(a) as a result of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or similar group, including any arrangement for group or consortium relief or similar arrangement, for any period, and (iii) any Liability for the payment of any amounts of the type described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.7(a) as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person or as a result of any obligation under any agreement or arrangement with any other Person with respect to such amounts and including any Liability for Taxes of a transferor or predecessor or otherwise by operation of law.
 
(b)            Tax Returns and Audits .
 
(i)      All required U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. returns, estimates, information statements and reports (“ Returns ”) relating to any and all Taxes concerning or attributable to any Seller Party or the Purchased Assets have been prepared and timely filed and such Returns are true and correct and have been completed in accordance with applicable Law.
 
(ii)      All Taxes shown as due on such Returns have been or will be timely paid or withheld, and any such withheld Taxes have been timely paid over to the appropriate Governmental or Regulatory Body.
 
(iii)    There is no outstanding or material unassessed Tax deficiency proposed in a writing delivered to any Seller Party nor is any action pending by any

 
15

 

 
Governmental or Regulatory Body for the assessment, reassessment or collection of any material Taxes.
 
(iv)   There are no Liens on the Purchased Assets relating or attributable to Taxes, other than Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable.
 
2.8            Restrictions on Business Activities
 
There is no Contract or Order used in, held for, relating to, necessary for, or otherwise benefiting the Purchased Assets or the Transferred IP which would or may reasonably be expected to have the effect, with respect to any Assumed Contract or the use or ownership of the Purchased Assets, of prohibiting or impairing any business practice, any acquisition of assets (tangible or intangible) or property, or otherwise limiting the freedom to engage in any line of business or to compete with any Person or to use the Purchased Assets.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to any Assumed Contract or the use or ownership of the Purchased Assets, no agreement has been entered into that is used in, held for, relating to, necessary for, or otherwise benefiting the Purchased Assets under which any Person (i) is restricted from selling, licensing, manufacturing or otherwise distributing any of its Intellectual Property Rights, Technology or products or from providing services to customers or potential customers or any class of customers, in any geographic area, during any period of time, or in any segment of the market, (ii) is required to provide any price protection, “most favored nation” or similar provisions to any customers or potential customers or any class of customers (that is, required to give pricing to such customers or potential customers or classes of customers that is at least as good or more favorable to that offered to others for similar goods and/or services), (iii) has agreed to purchase a minimum amount of goods or services, or (iv) has agreed to purchase goods or services exclusively from a certain party.
 
2.9            Title to Properties; Absence of Liens and Encumbrance s.
 
(a)            Section 2.9(a) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all real property currently leased, subleased or licensed by or from Seller IP and/or Seller R&D, or otherwise used or occupied by Seller IP and/or Seller R&D (the “ Leased Real Property ”), including the aggregate annual rental payable thereunder.  Seller Parties have Made Available to Buyer Parties true, correct and complete copies of all lease agreements, including all amendments, terminations and modifications thereof (the “ Lease Agreements ”); and there are no other Lease Agreements for real property affecting the Leased Real Property or to which Seller IP or Seller R&D is bound.  All such Lease Agreements are valid and effective in accordance with their respective terms, and there is not, under any of such Lease Agreements, any existing default, no rentals are past due, or event of default (or event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default).  As provided under the Transition Services Agreement, the Closing will not affect the enforceability against any Person of any such Lease Agreement or the rights of any Buyer Party to the continued use and possession of the Leased Real Property occupied for the conduct of the Business, or result in any breach of or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or impair the rights of any Buyer Party or alter the rights or obligations of the sublessor, lessor or licensor under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or

 
16

 

 
cancellation of any Lease Agreement.  There are no other parties occupying, or with a right to occupy, any portion of the Leased Real Property.
 
(b)           The Leased Real Property is in good operating condition and repair, free from material structural, physical and mechanical defects, is maintained in a manner consistent with standards generally followed with respect to similar properties, and is structurally sufficient and otherwise suitable for the conduct of the Business.  Neither the operations of Seller IP and/or Seller R&D on the Leased Real Property nor, to the knowledge of Seller Parties, such Leased Real Property, including the improvements thereon, violate in any material respect any applicable building code, zoning requirement, ordinance, rule, regulation, statute or other similar Law relating to such property or operations thereon, and any such non-violation is not dependent on so-called non-conforming use exceptions.  There is not existing, no Seller Party has received any notice of, and to the knowledge of Seller Parties, there is not presently contemplated or proposed, any eminent domain, condemnation or similar action, or, to the knowledge of Seller Parties, zoning action or proceeding, with respect to any portion of the Leased Real Property.
 
2.10            Intellectual Property
 
(a)            Section 2.10(a) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of the Transferred IP, and in each case listing, as applicable, (A) the name of the applicant/registrant and current owner, (B) the jurisdiction where the application/registration is located and (C) the application or registration number .
 
(b)           To the Knowledge of Sellers, each Registered Intellectual Property Right within the Transferred IP is valid and subsisting (with respect to those pending applications, “valid and subsisting” means that any Seller Party is actively pursuing registration by filing applications, responding to inquiries and office actions, complying with all duties of disclosure, and paying all necessary application and registration fees and that Seller Parties have no basis to believe that such applications when issued patents will not be valid and subsisting).  Each item of Registered Intellectual Property Right within the Transferred IP has been prosecuted in material compliance with all applicable rules, policies, and procedures of the applicable Governmental or Regulatory Body and is not subject to “small entity” or other similar status under applicable Law that would not be applicable to Buyer Parties.
 
(c)           All necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees in connection with Registered Intellectual Property Rights within the Transferred IP, which have become due and payable, have been timely paid and all necessary documents and certificates in connection with such Registered Intellectual Property Rights have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other Governmental or Regulatory Bodies in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of maintaining such Registered Intellectual Property Rights.  To the Knowledge of Sellers, there are no actions (including the payment of late fees or penalties) that must be taken by any Seller Party or any other Person on behalf of any Seller Party before January 1, 2010, including the payment of any registration, maintenance or renewal fees or the filing of any responses to any Governmental or Regulatory Body of office

 
17

 

 
actions, documents, applications or certificates for the purposes of obtaining, maintaining, perfecting or preserving or renewing any Registered Intellectual Property Rights within the Transferred IP, except as set forth in Section 2.10(c) of the Disclosure Schedule .
 
(d)           No Registered Intellectual Property Right within the Transferred IP has been or is now involved in any interference, reissue, reexamination, opposition or other legal proceeding, including any such proceedings in which the scope, validity, ownership, right to use, or enforceability of any Transferred IP is being contested or challenged, in the United States or any foreign jurisdiction, and, to the Knowledge of the Seller Parties, no such action has been threatened.
 
(e)           Seller Parties have complied in all material respects with all requirements of every Governmental or Regulatory Body relating to the Patents included in the Transferred IP. Seller Parties have disclosed to Buyer all Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Right of any Person of which Sellers have Knowledge and that would or could reasonably be expected to provide grounds for invalidation or limitation of any Patent within the Transferred IP.
 
(f)           No Seller is a party to or bound by any contract, decree, order, or arbitral award that would or could reasonably be expected to require a Seller to grant to any third Person any license, covenant not to sue, immunity or other right with respect to any Transferred IP or future-developed Intellectual Property related to the Transferred IP, except as identified in Section 2.10(f) of the Disclosure Schedule.
 
(g)           In each case in which any Seller has acquired or purports to have acquired ownership of any Transferred IP from any Person, such Seller has obtained a valid and enforceable assignment sufficient to irrevocably transfer all rights in the Transferred IP (including the right to seek past and future damages with respect thereto) acquired from such Person, and where such Seller Intellectual Property is a Transferred IP Registered Intellectual Property Right, such Seller has recorded each such assignment with the relevant Governmental or Regulatory Body, except as identified in Section 2.10(g) of the Disclosure Schedule.
 
(h)           Seller Parties have disclosed to Buyer all facts or circumstances of which the Sellers have Knowledge that would render any Transferred IP that is an Intellectual Property Right invalid or unenforceable.
 
(i)           After the Closing, all Intellectual Property Rights that were Transferred IP will be fully transferable, alienable and licensable by Buyer Parties without restriction and without payment of any kind to any third Person, except as identified in Section 2.10(i) of the Disclosure Schedule.
 
(j)           Each item of Transferred IP is free and clear of any Liens, except as identified in Section 2.10(j) of the Disclosure Schedule.
 
(k)           Seller IP and Seller R&D are the exclusive owners of all Transferred IP.  Seller IP is listed in the records of the appropriate Governmental or Regulatory Body as the sole owner of each item of Transferred IP that is a Registered Intellectual Property Right, except as identified in Section 2.10(k)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule. Without limiting the generality of the

 
18

 

 
foregoing, to the Knowledge of Sellers, (i) Seller IP is the exclusive owner of all Trademarks included in the Transferred IP, (ii) Seller IP owns exclusively and has good title to, or has validly licensed, all copyrighted works that are included or incorporated into, or used to provide, the Transferred IP or which Seller IP otherwise explicitly purports to own, (iii) the Transferred Know-How does not infringe any Patents other than the Transferred Patents, and (iv) all the Technology developed by or for Sellers used in, held for, relating to, necessary for, or otherwise benefiting the Business and all Intellectual Property Rights therein or thereto have been properly assigned and transferred to Seller IP, and constitutes Transferred IP, except as stated in Section 2.10(k)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule.
 
(l)           To the extent that any Transferred IP has been developed or created independently or jointly by any Person (including employees and consultants) for which any Seller has, directly or indirectly, provided consideration for such development or creation, such Seller has a written agreement with such Person with respect thereto, and such Seller thereby has obtained ownership of, and such Seller is the exclusive owner of, all such Intellectual Property by operation of Law or by valid assignment.
 
(m)           No Seller has (i) transferred (or agreed to transfer) ownership of, or granted (or agreed to grant) any exclusive license of or exclusive right to use, or authorized the retention of any exclusive rights to use or joint ownership of, any Intellectual Property that is or was Transferred IP or Licensed Intellectual Property Right to any third Person or (ii) permitted any of its rights in Transferred IP to lapse or enter into the public domain, except as identified in Section 2.10(m) of the Disclosure Schedule.
 
(n)           All Transferred IP was written and created solely by either (i) employees of Sellers acting within the scope of their employment who have validly and irrevocably assigned all of their rights, including all Intellectual Property Rights therein, to Seller IP, or to another Seller and such other Seller has subsequently assigned all such Intellectual Property to Seller IP or (ii) third Persons who have validly and irrevocably assigned all of their rights, including all Intellectual Property Rights therein, to Seller IP, or another Seller, and such other Seller has subsequently assigned all such Intellectual Property to Seller IP, and no such third Person owns or has or has retained any rights to any such Transferred IP, except as stated in Section 2.10(k) of the Disclosure Schedule.
 
(o)           Other than the Open Source Materials listed in Section 2.10(r) of the Disclosure Schedule and any Shrink-Wrap Agreements, Section 2.10(o)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Contracts (other than any “Intercompany-Licenses” or “NDAs”) pursuant to which any Seller has been granted or has otherwise obtained any right or license to any Seller Intellectual Property (“ Inbound-Licenses ”).   Section 2.10(o)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Contracts (other than any “Intercompany-Licenses” or “NDAs”) pursuant to which any Seller has granted, or has otherwise provided, any right or license to any Transferred IP (“ Outbound-Licenses ”).   Section 2.10(o)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Contracts (other than any Outbound-Licenses or “NDAs”) between or among any Sellers with respect to any Transferred IP (“ Intercompany-Licenses ”). Section 2.10(o)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all non-disclosure agreements entered into in Ordinary Course of Business by any Seller with respect to any Transferred IP (“ NDAs ”).

 
19

 

 
       (p)       No Seller is in breach of, nor has any Seller failed to perform under, any Contracts relating to the Seller Intellectual Property (“ IP Contracts ”) and, to the Knowledge of Sellers, no other party to any such IP Contract is in breach thereof.  There are no disputes regarding the scope of or performance under such IP Contracts including with respect to any payments to be made or received by any Seller thereunder. Except as set forth in Section 2.10(p) of the Disclosure Schedule, all such IP Contracts that are Assumed Contracts will continue in full force and effect and to the benefit of Buyer Parties after the Acquisition Transactions without the need for the consent by or other approval of any Person.  The consummation of the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will neither violate nor result in the breach of any IP Contract with respect to the confidential information of a third Person.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement will neither violate nor result in the breach, modification, termination or suspension of (or give the other party thereto the right to cause any of the foregoing) any such Assumed Contracts and, following the Closing, Buyer Parties will be permitted to exercise all of the applicable Seller’s rights and receive all of such Seller’s benefits (including payments) under such Assumed Contracts to the same extent that the relevant Seller would have been able to had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred and without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than the ongoing fees, royalties or other payments which the relevant Seller would otherwise have been required to pay pursuant to the terms of such Assumed Contracts had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred.
 
(q)           The Open Source Materials listed in Section 2.10(r)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, Shrink-Wrap Agreements, the Inbound-Licenses, Licensed Intellectual Property Rights and the Transferred IP constitute all of the Intellectual Property used in, held for, relating to, necessary for, otherwise benefiting, or would be infringed by the operation of, the Business ( provided, however , with respect to Patent rights of such third Persons, such representation is made to the Knowledge of the Sellers).  Except as set forth in Section 2.10(o) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Transferred IP is subject to any Contract pursuant to which any Person has been granted, received or otherwise obtained any right or license with respect thereto.
 
(r)           Except as set forth on Section 2.10(r)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Technology that constitutes Open Source Materials, or any modification or derivative thereof, was used in, incorporated into, integrated or bundled with any Transferred IP, or incorporated in or used in the development or compilation of any Transferred IP or otherwise distributed or offered to be distributed by any Seller Party.   Section 2.10(r)(ii) sets forth a list of all Open Source that is included in, or provided or distributed or offered to be distributed with or as any Transferred IP and for each use of Open Source: (i) a description of the functionality of the Open Source, (ii) the applicable license terms, (iii) the applicable Transferred IP, and (iv) the copyright holder of such Open Source.  Except as set forth on Section 2.10(r)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Technology of a third Person that is Open Source Material, or any modification or derivative thereof, was used in, incorporated into, integrated or bundled with any Transferred IP, or incorporated in or used in the development or compilation of any Transferred IP or otherwise distributed by any Seller Party.
 
(s)           No third Person that has licensed Seller Intellectual Property to any Seller (i) has ownership rights or license rights to improvements or derivative works made thereto by

 
20

 

 
such Seller in Transferred IP and (ii) will have any right of termination, cancellation or modification under any such license that is an Assumed Contract as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except as identified in Section 2.10(s) of the Disclosure Schedule.
 
(t)            Section 2.10(t) of the Disclosure Schedule lists all Assumed Contracts between any Seller, on the one hand, and any other Person, on the other hand, wherein or whereby such Seller agreed to, or assumed, any obligation or duty to warrant, indemnify, reimburse, hold harmless, guaranty or otherwise assume or incur any obligation or Liability or provide a right of rescission with respect to the infringement or misappropriation of Intellectual Property Rights.
 
(u)           The operation of the Business with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Licensed Intellectual Property Rights, has not infringed or misappropriated in violation of Law, does not infringe or misappropriate in violation of Law, and will not infringe or misappropriate in violation of Law when conducted by Buyer Parties following the Closing, any Intellectual Property Rights ( provided, however , with respect to Patents of third Persons only, such representation is made to the Knowledge of Sellers) of any Person, violate any right of any Person (including any right to privacy or publicity), or constitute unfair competition or trade practices under the Laws of any jurisdiction.  No Seller has received notice from any Person claiming that such operation or any act, any Transferred IP or the operation of the Business with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Licensed Intellectual Property Rights, has infringed or misappropriated, or infringes or misappropriates, or will infringe or misappropriate, any Intellectual Property Rights of any Person or constitutes unfair competition or trade practices under the Laws of any jurisdiction (nor do Seller Parties have Knowledge of any basis therefor).  Except as set forth in Section 2.10(u) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Seller has made any claim or allegation, or provided any third Person any notice of infringement, with respect to infringement or misappropriation of any Transferred IP.
 
(v)           Neither this Agreement nor the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the assignment to Buyer Parties of any Assumed Contracts, will because of any Contract to which any Seller Party is or was bound, result in: (i) any Buyer Party granting to any third Person any right to or with respect to any Intellectual Property Rights owned by, or licensed to, it, (ii) any Buyer Party, being bound by or subject to, any exclusivity obligations, non-compete or other restriction on the operation or scope of its business, or (iii) any Buyer Party being obligated to pay any royalties or other amounts to any third Person in excess of those payable by it in the absence of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, except as identified in Section 2.10(v) of the Disclosure Schedule. Following the Closing, Buyer Parties will have and be permitted to exercise all of Seller Parties’ rights under the Transferred IP (and will have the same rights with respect to the Intellectual Property of third Persons included in the Transferred IP) to the same extent that Seller Parties would have had, and been able to exercise, had this Agreement, and any other contracts, documents and instruments to be executed and delivered after the date hereof, not been entered into, and the Transactions not occurred.
 
(w)           Sellers have taken all commercially reasonable steps to protect the confidential information and trade secrets of the Business or otherwise included in the

 
21

 

 
Transferred IP. To the Knowledge of Sellers, there has been no misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of any Trade Secret included in the Transferred IP (or claimed or understood to be so included), or breach of any obligations of confidentiality with respect to the Transferred IP.
 
(x)           Without limiting the foregoing, (i) each of Seller IP and Seller R&D require each of its employees to execute proprietary information, confidentiality and assignment agreements substantially in such Seller Parties’ standard form for employees (a copy of which is attached as Schedule  2.10(x)(i) (the “ Employee Proprietary Information Agreement ”)), (ii) each of Seller IP and Seller R&D require each of its consultants and contractors to execute a consulting agreement containing proprietary information, confidentiality and assignment provisions substantially in such Seller Parties’ standard form for consultants or contractors (a copy of which is attached as Schedule 2.10(x)(ii) (the “ Consultant Proprietary Information Agreement ”)) and (iii) all current and former employees, consultants and contractors of Seller IP and Seller R&D (and previous owners of the Transferred IP) have executed an Employee Proprietary Information Agreement or a Consultant Proprietary Information Agreement, as appropriate.
 
(y)           No Transferred IP, or to the Knowledge of Sellers, no Licensed Intellectual Property Rights, are subject to any outstanding decree, order, judgment or settlement agreement or stipulation.
 
(z)           No government funding, facilities or resources of a university, college or other educational institution or research center or funding from third Persons was used in the development of the Transferred IP and no Governmental or Regulatory Body, university, college, other educational institution or research center has any claim, or given notice or proceeded against any Seller in respect of any claim or right in or to Transferred IP.
 
(aa)           No current or former Employee, consultant or independent contractor of any Seller who was involved in, or who contributed to, the creation or development of any Transferred IP, has performed services for the government, a university, college or other educational institution, or a research center, during a period of time during which such Employee, consultant or independent contractor was also performing services for Sellers relating to, necessary for, or otherwise benefiting the Business.
 
(bb)           No Transferred IP that is Software, and to the Knowledge of Sellers, no other Seller Intellectual Property that is Software  contains any “back door,” “drop dead device,” “time bomb,” “Trojan horse,” “virus,” “worm,” “spyware” or “adware” (as such terms are commonly understood in the software industry) or any other code designed or intended to have, or capable of performing or facilitating, any of the following functions: (i) disrupting, disabling, harming, or otherwise impeding in any manner the operation of, or providing unauthorized access to, a computer system or network or other device on which such code is stored or installed, or (ii) compromising the privacy or data security of a user or damaging or destroying any data or file without the user’s consent.

 
22

 

 
      (cc)      The Transferred IP is not subject to any obligations or restrictions in connection with any standard-setting organizations, industry bodies and other standards-related activities in which any Seller Party has participated.
 
 (dd)           There have been, and are, no claims asserted against any Seller related to the Transferred IP.
 
 (ee)           Neither Sellers nor any other Person acting on their behalf has disclosed, delivered or licensed to any Person, agreed to disclose, deliver or license to any Person, or permitted the disclosure or delivery to any escrow agent or other Person of, any Business Source Code.  No event has occurred, and to the Knowledge of Sellers, no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) will, or would reasonably be expected to, result in the disclosure or delivery by any Seller, or any Person acting on its behalf to any Person of any Business Source Code.
 
2.11            Agreements, Contracts and Commitments
 
(a)           The Purchased Assets are not subject to any of the following:
 
(i)      any employment, independent contractor or consulting agreement, Contract or commitment with an employee, independent contractor, individual consultant or salesperson (in all cases in other than Seller IP’s or Seller R&D’s standard form), or any consulting or sales agreement, contract, or commitment with a firm or other organization;
 
(ii)      any fidelity or surety bond or completion bond;
 
(iii)     any lease of personal property;
 
(iv)     any agreement of indemnification or guaranty;
 
(v)      any Contract involving future payments or that requires the payment of royalties;
 
(vi)     any Contract relating to the disposition or acquisition of assets (tangible or intangible) or properties, or any interest in any Person;
 
(vii)    any mortgages, indentures, guarantees, loans or credit agreements, security agreements or other Contracts relating to the borrowing of money, the extension of credit or the continuing or future grant of any Lien;
 
(viii)   any outstanding purchase order or Contract for the purchase of materials or services involving in excess of $10,000 individually or $50,000 in the aggregate;
 
(ix)     any Contract containing covenants or other obligations granting or containing any current or future commitments regarding exclusive rights, non-competition,

 
23

 

 
“most favored nations,” restriction on the operation or scope of its businesses or operations, or similar terms;
 
(x)      any dealer, distribution, marketing, development or joint venture agreement;
 
(xi)     any sales representative, original equipment manufacturer, manufacturing, value added, marketing, remarketer, reseller, or independent software vendor, distribution or other agreement;
 
(xii)    any Contract with any customer of Seller IP, Seller R&D or the Business;
 
(xiii)   any Contract between or among Seller IP or Seller R&D, on the one hand, and any Seller (other than Seller IP or Seller R&D), on the other hand;
 
(xiv)   any agreement, Contract or commitment that obligates Seller IP, Seller R&D or the Business to provide future deliverables to any Person including, without limitation, licenses to Transferred IP or the performance of services;
 
(xv)    any Contract that restricts or prohibits Seller IP or Seller R&D from hiring or soliciting for hire any individual to perform employment or consulting services for Seller IP, Seller R&D or the Business; or
 
(xvi)   any Contract that does not have a limitation to liability arising from direct damages.
 
(b)           Each Assumed Contract is a valid and binding agreement, enforceable against each of the parties thereto in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, and each Assumed Contract will continue to be in full force and effect following the Closing.  Each Seller is in compliance with   and has not breached, violated or defaulted under, or received notice that it has breached, violated or defaulted under, any of the terms or conditions of any such Contract, nor to the Knowledge of Seller Parties, is any party obligated pursuant to any such Contract subject to any breach, violation or default thereunder, nor does any Seller Party have Knowledge of any event that with the lapse of time, giving of notice or both would constitute such a breach, violation or default. True and complete copies of each Assumed Contract have been Made Available to Buyer Parties.
 
(c)            Section 2.11(c) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth all necessary consents, waivers and approvals of parties to any Assumed Contracts as are required thereunder in connection with the Acquisition Transactions or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Related Agreement.

 
24

 

 
2.12            Interested Party Transactions
 
No Interested Party has, directly or indirectly, an interest in any entity which furnishes or sells or licenses, services, products, Technology or Seller Intellectual Property that is furnished or sold that is required by the terms of any Assumed Contract or to use or own the Purchased Assets.
 
2.13            Governmental Authorization
 
Each consent, license, permit, grant or other authorization (i) pursuant to which Seller IP or Seller R&D currently operates or holds any interest in any of the Purchased Assets, or (ii) which is required for the holding of any Purchased Assets (collectively, “ Business Authorizations ”) has been issued or granted to such Seller Party.  All material Business Authorizations are in full force and effect and constitute all the Business Authorizations required for Seller Parties to hold their interest in the Purchased Assets.
 
2.14            Litigation
 
There is no action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding of any nature pending, or to the Knowledge of Seller Parties, threatened, against any Seller or any of its respective officers or directors related to the Purchased Assets, nor to the Knowledge of Seller Parties is there any reasonable basis therefor.
 
2.15            Environmental Matters
 
No Seller Party has knowledge of any fact or circumstance which could result in any environmental liability which could reasonably be expected to result in any Liability on any Buyer Party related to the Purchased Assets.  Seller IP and Seller R&D have complied with all environmental disclosure obligations imposed by applicable Law with respect to the Acquisition Transactions.
 
2.16            Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees
 
Except as set forth in Section 2.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Seller has incurred, or will incur, directly or indirectly, any Liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions, fees related to investment banking or similar advisory services or any similar charges in connection with this Agreement, the Related Agreements, the Acquisition Transactions or any other transaction contemplated hereby and thereby for which any Buyer Party is or could be liable.
 
2.17            Employee Benefit Plans and Compensation .
 
(a)            Definitions .  For all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:
 
COBRA ” shall mean the U.S. Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

 
25

 

 
DOL ” shall mean the United States Department of Labor.
 
Employee Agreement ” shall mean each management, employment, severance, consulting, relocation, repatriation, expatriation, visa, work permit or other agreement, or contract (including any other agreement providing for compensation or benefits) between Seller Parent or any of its affiliates and any Transferred Employee.
 
ERISA ” shall mean the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any other Person under common control with Seller IP or Seller R&D, respectively, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code, and the regulations issued thereunder.
 
FMLA ” shall mean the U.S. Family Medical Leave Act of 1993, as amended.
 
HIPAA ” shall mean the U.S. Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended.
 
IRS ” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.
 
PBGC ” shall mean the United States Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
 
Pension Plan ” shall mean each Seller Employee Plan that is an “employee pension benefit plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA.
 
Seller Employee Plan ” shall mean any plan, program, policy, practice, contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for compensation, severance, termination pay, deferred compensation, retirement benefits, performance awards, stock or stock-related awards, fringe benefits or other employee benefits or remuneration of any kind, whether written, unwritten or otherwise, funded or unfunded, including each “employee benefit plan,” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA which is or has been maintained, contributed to, or required to be contributed to, by Seller IP, Seller R&D or any ERISA Affiliate for the benefit of any Transferred Employee, or with respect to which Seller IP or Seller R&D has or may have any Liability or obligation.
 
(b)            Schedule .   Section 2.17(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule contains an accurate and complete list of the Transferred Employees.  To the Knowledge of Seller Parties, no employee listed on Section 2.17(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule intends to terminate his or her employment for any reason other than in connection with and as contemplated by this Agreement and the Acquisition Transactions.   Section 2.17(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule contains an accurate and complete list of all Persons that have a consulting, independent contractor or advisory relationship with Seller IP or Seller R&D.
 
 

 
26

 

 
(c)             Documents .  Seller Parties have Made Available to Buyer Parties correct and complete copies of all documents embodying each Seller Employee Plan and each Employee Agreement including all amendments thereto and all related trust documents.
 
(d)            Certain Transferred Employee Matters .  As to any Transferred Employee or as to any matter which may impose any Liability on any Buyer Party:
 
(i)       No Pension Plans .  None of Seller IP, Seller R&D or any current or past ERISA Affiliate has ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in, or contributed to, any Pension Plans subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.
 
(ii)       Collectively Bargained, Multiemployer and Multiple-Employer Plans .  At no time has Seller IP, Seller R&D or any current or past ERISA Affiliate contributed to or been obligated to contribute to any Pension Plan, which is a “Multiemployer Plan,” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.  Neither Seller IP, Seller R&D nor any ERISA Affiliate has at any time ever maintained, established, sponsored, participated in or contributed to any multiple employer plan or to any plan described in Section 413 of the Code.
 
(iii)      No Post-Employment Obligations .  No Seller Employee Plan or Employee Agreement provides, or reflects or represents any Liability to provide, retiree life insurance, retiree health or other retiree employee welfare benefits to any Person for any reason, except as may be required by COBRA or other applicable statute, and no Seller Party has ever represented, promised or contracted (whether in oral or written form) to any Employee (either individually or to Employees as a group) or any other Person that such Employee(s) or other Person would be provided with retiree life insurance, retiree health or other retiree employee welfare benefits, except to the extent required by statute.
 
(iv)    Effect of Transaction .  Except as set forth in Section 2.17(d)(iv) of the Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or any termination of employment or service in connection therewith will (i) result in any payment (including severance, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise), becoming due to any Transferred Employee, (ii) result in any forgiveness of indebtedness, (iii) increase any benefits otherwise payable to any Transferred Employee or (iv) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits except as required under Section 411(d)(3) of the Code.
 
(v)       Section 280G; 409A .  There is no agreement, plan, arrangement or other contract covering any Transferred Employee that, considered individually or considered collectively with any other such agreements, plans, arrangements or other contracts, will, or could reasonably be expected to, give rise directly or indirectly to the payment of any amount that would be characterized as a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code.  There is no agreement, plan, arrangement or other contract by which any Seller Party is bound to compensate any Transferred Employee for excise taxes paid pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code.
 
(vi)      Employment Matters .  Each of Seller IP and Seller R&D is in compliance with all applicable Laws respecting employment, employment practices, terms and

 
27

 

 
conditions of employment, worker classification, tax withholding, prohibited discrimination, equal employment, fair employment practices, meal and rest periods, immigration status, employee safety and health, wages (including overtime wages), compensation, and hours of work, and in each case, with respect to employees: (i) has withheld and reported all amounts required by Law or by agreement to be withheld and reported with respect to wages, salaries and other payments to employees, (ii) is not liable for any arrears of wages, severance pay or any Taxes or any penalty for failure to comply with any of the foregoing, and (iii) is not liable for any payment to any trust or other fund governed by or maintained by or on behalf of any Governmental or Regulatory Body, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for employees (other than routine payments to be made in the Ordinary Course of Business and consistent with past practice).  There are no actions, suits, claims or administrative matters pending, threatened or reasonably anticipated against Seller IP or Seller R&D or any of the employees relating to any employee, Employee Agreement or Seller Employee Plan.  There are no pending or, to Seller Parties’ knowledge, threatened, or reasonably anticipated claims or actions against Seller IP or Seller R&D or any trustee of Seller IP or Seller R&D under any worker’s compensation policy or long term disability policy.  None of Seller IP or Seller R&D is a party to a conciliation agreement, consent decree or other agreement or order with any foreign, federal, state or local agency or governmental authority with respect to employment practices.  The services provided by each employee is terminable at will and any such termination would result in no Liability to Seller IP or Seller R&D.
 
(e)            No Interference or Conflict .  To the Knowledge of Seller Parties, no Transferred Employee is obligated under any contract or agreement or subject to any Order of any court or administrative agency that would interfere with such Person’s efforts to promote the interests of or interfere with the Business as presently conducted by Seller Parties.  Neither the execution nor delivery of this Agreement, nor any activity of such Transferred Employees in connection with the Business as presently conducted by Seller Parties will conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions, or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any contract or agreement under which any of such Transferred Employees is bound at the effective time of the Closing.
 
2.18            Insurance
 
Section 2.18 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all insurance policies and fidelity bonds covering the Purchased Assets.  There is no claim relating to the Purchased Assets pending under any of such policies or bonds.  All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid (or if installment payments are due, will be paid if incurred prior to the Closing) and Seller Parties are otherwise in compliance in all respects with the terms of such policies and bonds.  Such policies and bonds are in full force and effect.
 
2.19            Compliance with Laws
 
Sellers have complied with in all material respects, are not in material violation of, and have not received any notices of material violations with respect to, any Laws as they relate to the Purchased Assets.
 
 

 
28

 

 
                2.20         Export Control Laws
 
To the Knowledge of Sellers, with respect to the Purchased Assets, Sellers have at all times complied with (i) all applicable U.S. export and reexport controls, including the United States Export Administration Act and Regulations and Foreign Assets Control Regulations and (ii) all other applicable import/export controls in other countries in which Seller Parties conduct business as they relate to the Purchased Assets.
 
2.21            Solvency
 
No Seller Party is now insolvent and will not be rendered insolvent by any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  As used in this Section 2.21 , “insolvent” means that the sum of the debts and other probable Liabilities of such Seller Party exceeds the present fair saleable value of such Seller Party’s assets.
 
2.22           Valid Title
 
Seller Parties have good, valid and marketable title to, a valid leasehold interest in, or a valid license or right to use, all of the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Liens.  Upon Closing, Buyer Parties will have good, valid and marketable title to, a valid leasehold interest in, or a valid license or right to use, the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Liens.
 
2.23            Corrupt Practices
 
No Seller Party nor to Seller Parties’ Knowledge any of their officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives, as related to the operation of the Business, have directly or indirectly taken any action which would cause it to be in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any rules or regulations thereunder, used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity, made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other similar unlawful payment.  No Seller Party nor to Seller Parties’ Knowledge, any of their officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives, as related to the operation of the Business, has directly or indirectly taken any action which would cause it to be in violation of the Money Laundering Directive 2005/60/EC or Directive 2006/70/EC of the European Parliament.
 
2.24            Complete Copies of Materials
 
Seller Parties have Made Available to Buyer Parties all documents listed in the Disclosure Schedule.
 
2.25            Representations Complete
 
None of the representations or warranties made by Seller Parties (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule) in this Agreement, and none of the statements made in any exhibit, schedule or certificate furnished by Seller Parties pursuant to this Agreement contains, or will contain, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit to state any material fact

 
29

 

 
necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.
 
ARTICLE III
 

 
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER PARTIES
 
Buyer Parties hereby represent and warrant to Seller Parties as follows:
 
3.1            Organization; Power
 
Buyer Parent is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Buyer IP is a company with limited liability, duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands.  Buyer R&D is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  Each Buyer Party has the corporate or other power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted and is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified or licensed would have a material adverse effect on such Buyer Party.
 
3.2            Authority
 
Each Buyer Party has all requisite corporate or other power and authority to enter into this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party and to consummate the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action on the part of each Buyer Party.  This Agreement and any Related Agreements to which any Buyer Party is a party have been duly executed and delivered by such Buyer Party and constitute the valid and binding obligations of such Buyer Party, enforceable against each Buyer Party in accordance with their terms.
 
3.3            Conflicts
 
The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which any Buyer Party is a party, and the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions and the other transaction contemplated hereby and thereby, will not:
 
(a)           result in any Conflict under (1) the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws or other organizational documents of any Buyer Party, (2) any Contract to which any Buyer Party is a party that Buyer Parent has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, (3) any Order to which any Buyer Party is a party or by which any Buyer Party is bound or (4) any Law applicable to any Buyer Party, except such violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults that would not have a material adverse effect on Buyer Parties; or
 
 

 
30

 

 
              (b)      assuming the truth and accuracy of the representations and warranties made by Seller Parties, require the approval, consent, authorization or act of, or the making by Buyer Parties of any declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Body, except for such approvals, consents, authorizations, declarations, filings or registrations, the failure of which to be obtained or made would not materially impair the ability of Buyer Parties to perform its obligations hereunder or prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated hereunder.
 
3.4            Consents
 
Assuming the truth and accuracy of the representation and warranty contained in Section 2.6 , no consent, waiver, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, any Governmental or Regulatory Body, is required by or with respect to Buyer Parties in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and any Related Agreements to which any Buyer Party is a party or the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, except for such consents, waivers, approvals, orders, authorizations, registrations, declarations and filings which, if not obtained or made, would not have a material adverse effect on Buyer Parties.
 
3.5            Adequacy of Funds
 
Buyer Parties, collectively, currently have, and will at the Closing have, cash and working capital available in an amount sufficient to fully fund the Acquisition Transactions.
 
3.6            Representations Complete
 
None of the representations or warranties made by Buyer Parties in this Agreement, and none of the statements made in any exhibit, schedule or certificate furnished by Buyer Parties pursuant to this Agreement contains, or will contain, any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits or will omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.
 
ARTICLE IV
 

 
ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS
 
4.1            Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action; Access to Information
 
(a)           If at any time after the Closing, any further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement and the Related Agreements and to vest Buyer Parties with full right, title and possession to all Purchased Assets, Buyer Parties, Seller Parties and their respective officers and directors are fully authorized in the name of their respective corporations or companies, as the case may be, or otherwise to take, and will take, all such necessary or desirable action in accordance with all applicable Laws including executing and delivering such other agreements and instruments as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the foregoing.
 
 

 
31

 

 
(b)          From time to time after the date hereof, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to, execute and deliver such other instruments of transfer and documents related thereto and take such other action as Buyer Parties may reasonably request in order to effect the Asset Purchase and effectively transfer to Buyer IP, and to place Buyer IP in possession and control of, the Transferred IP (including all copies thereof), and to enable Buyer IP to exercise and enjoy all rights and benefits with respect thereto.  There may exist Transferred IP that, contrary to the intent of this Agreement, any Related Agreement and the agreements entered into in connection with this Agreement, that existed as of the date hereof and is discovered to have been inadvertently retained by any Seller.  Seller Parties and Buyer Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates to, cooperate in good faith to promptly effect the transfer of such Intellectual Property, to or by the appropriate party and shall not use the determination that remedial actions need to be taken to alter the original intent of Seller Parties and Buyer Parties with respect to the Intellectual Property to be transferred to Buyer Parties. Without limiting the foregoing, Seller Parties further agree to perform (or cause to be performed) all such lawful acts and to execute (or cause to be executed) all such further assignments and other lawful documents as may reasonably be necessary to effectuate the assignment of, and to perfect and record the assignment of, the Transferred IP to the Buyer Parties in the various jurisdictions and permit for the orderly transition of the prosecution and maintenance of such Transferred IP from Seller Parties to the Buyer Parties.  Such assistance shall include, without limitation, Seller Parties providing: (a) a list of contact information for all third Persons responsible for prosecuting and maintaining the Transferred IP (“ Counsel ”); (b) a letter to all such Counsel informing them of the change of ownership of the Transferred IP from Seller Parties to Buyer Parties including language reasonably acceptable to Buyer Parties informing and instructing such Counsel (i) to cooperate with the Buyer Parties, (ii) that it is Buyer Parties’ desire to continue prosecution uninterrupted with the assistance of such Counsel and that Seller Parties do not object to such Counsel’s representation of Buyer Parties with respect to prosecution of the Transferred IP, and (iii) that all further actions with respect to the Transferred IP following Closing will be at the expense of the Buyer Parties; (c) powers of attorney and powers to inspect or copy in forms reasonably acceptable to Buyer Parties with respect to priority documents relating to items of Transferred IP identified by Buyer Parties; and (d) the re-execution of assignments in a form reasonably acceptable to Buyer Parties for those items of Transferred IP identified by Buyer Parties, as required by local law and practice.
 
(c)           To the fullest extent permitted under the applicable IP Contracts that are not Assumed Contracts, from time to time after the date hereof, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and each of its and its permitted Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ permitted successors and assigns to such IP Contracts, to, promptly seek and obtain the return and protection from disclosure and distribution all Transferred IP (including the tangible embodiments of Trade Secrets and Copyrights); provided that where such prompt return of such Transferred IP is not available pursuant to the terms of such IP Contract, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and each of its and its permitted Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ permitted successors and assigns to such IP Contracts to, take any and all actions necessary to enforce the terms of such IP Contract on behalf of, and where applicable, at the direction of Buyer Parties.  In addition, with respect to IP Contracts that are not Assumed Contracts, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and each of its and its permitted Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ permitted successors and assigns to such IP Contracts,

 
32

 

to: (i) not extend, or amend any terms thereof, or waive any rights with respect to the Transferred IP thereunder, (ii) to the fullest extent permitted under the terms of such IP Contracts, not renew or allow renewal thereof, without the prior written permission of Buyer IP, and (iii) shall not assign or transfer such IP Contracts with respect to any Transferred IP without the prior written permission of Buyer IP.  Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and each of its and its permitted Subsidiaries’ and Affiliates’ permitted successors and assigns to such IP Contracts to provide prompt notice to Buyer IP of any actual or suspected loss, unauthorized disclosure or misappropriation of any such Transferred IP.
 
(d)           At any time after the Closing, upon request by Buyer Parent, Seller Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to, provide prompt access to Buyer Parent to any and all prototypes done under a business arrangement that are not confidential to the customer.  For purposes of Section 1.3(c) and this Section 4.1(d) , the term “prototypes” includes, without limitation, all hardware, test results and reports, CNC code and process parameters for the MicroLens inserts and similar Technology, and the assembly BOM.  At any time after the Closing, upon request by Seller Parent, Buyer Parent shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and Affiliates to, provide prompt access to Seller Parent to any and all Transferred Know-How listed or described on Schedule II except for invention disclosures and inventor notebooks related to the Transferred Patents.
 
4.2            Confidentiality
 
Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the information obtained pursuant to the negotiation and execution of this Agreement or the effectuation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent provided otherwise in the License Agreement, shall be governed by the terms of the Nondisclosure Agreement dated August 24, 2009 by and between Seller Parent and Buyer Parent (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”), which shall bind each of the other parties hereto as if they were a party to such Confidentiality Agreement.  Each of the parties further agrees that following Closing, all of the Transferred IP shall be considered the Confidential Information of Buyer Parties, and Seller Parties agree to not use or disclose the same and that Seller, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, and shall bind each of their respective successor and assigns in writing to, irrevocably waive any rights to pursue any breach of Contract claim it may have against any Transferred Employee to the extent that such Transferred Employee utilizes Transferred IP and Licensed Intellectual Property in connection with the operation of the business following Closing.  Seller Parties acknowledge that Buyer Parent’s common stock is publicly traded and that any information obtained by Seller Parties regarding Buyer Parties, including information regarding this Agreement and the transaction contemplated hereby, could be considered to be material non-public information within the meaning of U.S. federal and state securities Laws.  Accordingly, Seller Parties acknowledge and agree not to engage in any transactions in the Buyer Parent’s common stock in violation of applicable securities Laws.
 
4.3            Expenses
 
All fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition Transactions including all financial advisory, consulting, and all other fees and expenses of third parties (including any costs incurred to obtain consents, waivers or approvals as a result of the

 
33

 

 
compliance with the terms   hereof) incurred by a party in connection with the negotiation and effectuation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (“ Third Party Expenses ”), shall be the obligation of the respective party incurring such fees and expenses.  Third Party Expenses shall also include any bonuses or severance paid or to be paid to Employees in connection with the Acquisition Transactions.
 
4.4            Public Disclosure
 
Subject to the provisions of the License Agreement, the parties acknowledge that each party may issue a press release regarding the Acquisition Transactions, and each party shall make such other public statements and disclosure regarding this Agreement and the Acquisition Transactions in compliance with applicable securities Laws and the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market or any other securities exchange applicable to such party.
 
4.5            Tax Matters
 
(a)            Transfer Taxes and Related Expenses .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Seller Parties and Buyer Parties shall share equally any and all value-added, sales, use, transfer (including real property gains or transfer), documentary, stamp duty, stamp, goods and services, excise, recording and similar Taxes incurred in connection with the Acquisition Transactions, as well as any notarial or other similar fees incurred by Seller Parties or Buyer Parties in connection with this Agreement and the Acquisition Transactions (“ Transfer Taxes ”).
 
(b)            Tax Reporting and Returns; Responsibility for Taxes .
 
(i)      Subject to Section 4.5(b)(iii) , Seller Parties will be responsible for the preparation and filing of all Returns of Seller Parties with respect to Seller Parties’ ownership or use of the Purchased Assets attributable to taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date (including Returns required to be filed after the Closing Date), and such Returns shall be true, complete and correct and prepared in accordance with applicable law in all material respects.  Seller Parties will be responsible for and will make all payments of Taxes shown to be due on such Returns.
 
(ii)      Buyer Parties will be responsible for the preparation and filing of all Returns they are required to file with respect to Buyer Parties’ ownership or use of the Purchased Assets attributable to taxable periods beginning after the Closing Date.  Such Returns shall be true, complete and correct and prepared in accordance with applicable law in all material respects.  Buyer Parties will be responsible for and will make all payments of Taxes shown to be due on such Returns.
 
(iii)    In the case of any real or personal property taxes (or other similar Taxes) attributable to the Purchased Assets for which taxes are reported on a Return covering a period commencing before the Closing Date and ending thereafter (a “ Straddle Period Tax ”), any such Straddle Period Taxes shall be prorated between Buyer Parties and Seller Parties on a

 
34

 

 
per diem basis.  The party required by law to pay any such Straddle Period Tax (the “ Paying Party ”) shall file the Return related to such Straddle Period Tax within the time period prescribed by law and shall timely pay such Straddle Period Tax.  To the extent any such payment exceeds the obligation of the Paying Party hereunder, the Paying Party shall provide the other party (the “ Non-Paying Party ”) with notice of payment, and within ten (10) days of receipt of such notice of payment, the Non-Paying Party shall reimburse the Paying Party for the Non-Paying Party’s share of such Straddle Period Taxes.
 
(c)            Cooperation .  To the extent relevant to the Purchased Assets, each party shall (i) provide the other with such assistance as may reasonably be required in connection with the preparation of any Return and the conduct of any audit or other examination by any taxing authority or in connection with judicial or administrative proceedings relating to any liability for Taxes and (ii) retain and provide the other with all records or other information that may be relevant to the preparation of any Returns, or the conduct of any audit or examination, or other proceeding relating to Taxes.  Seller Parties shall retain all documents, including prior years’ Returns, supporting work schedules and other records or information with respect to all sales, use and employment tax returns and, absent the receipt by Seller Parties of the relevant tax clearance certificates, shall not destroy or otherwise dispose of any such records for six (6) years after Closing without the prior written consent of Buyer Parent.
 
4.6            Licensed Intellectual Property Rights
 
Sellers hereby grant to Buyer IP an irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, transferable, right and license (including the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, except (i) with respect to those Patents of Seller Parties listed on Schedule 4.6-1 and (ii) as provided below in this Section 4.6) to use, make, have made, import, sell any and all products, services and technologies and to practice methods and processes, copy, distribute, modify, make derivative works of (and distribute such derivative works and underlying works), display, perform and or otherwise exploit the Licensed Intellectual Property Rights (“ Background License ”).  For the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending twenty-one (21) months after the Closing Date, the foregoing license excludes the right of Buyer IP to exercise the foregoing license for the benefit of any of the entities listed on Schedule 4.6-2 .  Based on the foregoing restriction on the Background License and Buyer IP’s determination that such Background License may be material to Buyer IP’s ability to offer a complete technology solution, and to exploit the Transferred IP as contemplated by Buyer IP after the Closing, including, but not limited to, the development and execution of a robust and high quality licensing program around such Transferred IP, Buyer IP agrees that neither it nor any of its Affiliates will directly offer or grant, or initiate or participate in any discussion directly with any of the entities listed on Schedule 4.6-2 regarding, any license or other rights to, including the right to use or otherwise exploit, any of the Transferred IP by the entities listed on Schedule 4.6-2 until the expiration of the restriction on the foregoing Background License with respect to such entities.  For the avoidance of doubt, Buyer IP’s restriction on its direct exploitation of the Transferred IP with respect to the entities listed on Schedule 4.6-2 as described above shall not be interpreted, argued or otherwise deemed to apply to any other Technology, Intellectual Property Rights, assets or property of any kind owned by Buyer Parties before, on or after the Closing.  Seller shall have all rights at law and in equity based on Buyer IP’s breach of the

 
35

 

 
foregoing restriction on Buyer IP’s exploitation or otherwise of the Transferred IP as described above with respect to any of the entities listed on Schedule 4.6-2 .
 
4.7            Right of First Refusal
 
In the event that within twelve (12) months of the Closing Date, a Buyer Party proposes to sell all of the Purchased Assets (the “ Offered Assets ”) to a third party in a cash transaction, then such Buyer Party shall deliver to Seller Parent a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) indicating that a Buyer Party proposes to transfer the Offered Assets, the cash purchase price for which such Buyer Party proposes to transfer the Offered Assets and the name of the proposed buyer for the Offered Assets.  For a period of fourteen (14) days (the “ Exercise Period ”) after the date on which the Transfer Notice is deemed to have been delivered to Seller Parent, Seller Parent shall have the right to purchase all but not less than all of the Offered Assets on the terms and conditions set forth in Transfer Notice (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).  In order to exercise its Right of First Refusal hereunder, Seller Parent must deliver a written notice to Buyer Parent within the Exercise Period regarding its exercise of its Right of First Refusal (the “ Exercise Notice ”).  If Seller Parent elects to exercise its Right of First Refusal by delivering an Exercise Notice to Buyer Parent within the Exercise Period, then Seller Parent and the applicable Buyer Parties shall effect the purchase of the Offered Assets within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Exercise Notice, including the payment of the cash purchase price by Seller Parent in the manner and at the time identified by such Buyer Party, and the delivery by such Buyer Party of the Offered Assets to Seller Parent pursuant to transfer documents reasonably satisfactory to each of Seller Parent and such Buyer Party.  If Seller Parent indicates that it does not wish to exercise its Right of First Refusal during the Exercise Period or does not deliver an Exercise Notice within the Exercise Period, then such Buyer Party shall be free to transfer the Offered Assets in accordance with the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Right of First Refusal shall not apply with respect to any Purchased Assets proposed to be transferred in connection with, or as part of any Change of Control applicable to Buyer Parent.  For purposes of this Section 4.7, (a) “ Capital Stock ” means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock; (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock; (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; or (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person; (b) “ Change of Control ” means an event that shall be deemed to have occurred upon the occurrence of any of the following (i) any Person or group (other than Buyer Parent, any of its Subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan of Buyer Parent or any of its Subsidiaries) files a Schedule 13D or Schedule TO, or any successor schedule, form or report under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time, disclosing, or Buyer Parent otherwise becomes aware, that such Person is or has become the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of shares of Buyer Parent’s Voting Stock representing 50% or more of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of Buyer Parent’s Voting Stock or has the power, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors of Buyer Parent; (ii) Buyer Parent consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person or Buyer Parent sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of Buyer Parent’s

 
36

 

 
assets, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Buyer Parent, in any such event other than pursuant to a transaction in which (a) the common stock is not changed or exchanged except to the extent necessary to reflect a change in the jurisdiction of organization or (b) the Persons that beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, shares of Buyer Parent’s Voting Stock immediately prior to such transaction beneficially own, directly or indirectly, shares of Voting Stock representing a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person; or (iii) the adoption of any plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Buyer Parent; and (c) “ Voting Stock ” means any class or classes of Capital Stock or other interests then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the board of directors, managers or trustees of a Person.
 
4.8            Covenant Not to Sue
 
Seller Parties hereby agree and covenant that Seller Parties shall not, and shall cause their Subsidiaries and Affiliates to not, assert any claim, suit or other action against any Buyer Party, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates regarding any solicitation, conduct of business or other attempt to do business with (including, without limitation, entering into any written or oral option, contract, agreement, commitment, arrangement or understanding with) any customer, supplier, distributor or other Person with whom any Seller Party, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates have a business relationship with respect to products or services which compete in whole or in part with the products or services of Seller Parties, their Subsidiaries and Affiliates anywhere in the world, or any inducement or attempt to induce any such Person to cease doing business with or reduce or change the terms of its business with or otherwise interfere with the relationship of such Person with any Seller Party, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; provided, however , that the covenant set forth in this Section 4.8 shall not apply to any Person specified on Schedule 4.6-2 .
 
4.9            Release of Transferred Employees
 
 Each Seller Party hereby releases and discharges each Transferred Employee, during the term of such Transferred Employee’s employment with Buyer Parent or an Affiliate of Buyer Parent, from Sections 3.1 (with respect to non-competition), 3.2 (with respect to non-interference) and 3.3 (with respect to non-solicitation) of the applicable Fair Competition Agreement and any similar provisions in any other applicable Contract or Seller Employee Plan entered into between a Seller Party and each Transferred Employee; provided, however , that to the extent that any Transferred Employee ceases to be employed by Buyer Parent or an Affiliate of Buyer Parent within 12 months of the Closing Date, such Transferred Employee shall remain subject to its obligations under Section 3.1 (with respect to non-competition) of the applicable Fair Competition Agreement and any similar provision in any other applicable Contract or Seller Employee Plan entered into between a Seller Party and such Transferred Employee as described therein.
 
4.10            Non-Solicitation
 
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.9 , for a period of eighteen (18) months following the Closing Date, Buyer Parties hereby agree that they shall not and shall cause their

 
37

 

 
Subsidiaries and Affiliates to not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Seller Parent, solicit to employ or otherwise engage, or induce or attempt to induce to leave the employ of Seller Parties, their Subsidiaries or Affiliates, any individual who was an employee of Seller Parties, their Subsidiaries or Affiliates on the Closing Date; provided, however , that the limitations set forth in this Section 4.10 shall not apply to (i) advertisements placed by Buyer Parties, their Subsidiaries or Affiliates in any publications or other documentation available to the general public with respect to employment or contracting opportunities with Buyer Parties, their Subsidiaries or Affiliates; or (ii) the participation of Buyer Parties, their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or of any firm, partnership, corporation, entity or business providing services to Buyer Parties, their Subsidiaries or Affiliates in classified or on-line job postings or job fairs and like events not directed at the employees of Seller Parties, their Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
 
ARTICLE V
 

 
CONDITIONS TO THE ASSET PURCHASE
 
5.1            Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Asset Purchase
 
The respective obligations of Seller Parties and Buyer Parties to effect the Asset Purchase shall be subject to the satisfaction or waiver (as applicable), at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:
 
(a)            No Order; Illegality .  No Governmental or Regulatory Body shall have enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered any Law or Order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) which is in effect and which has the effect of making the Acquisition Transactions (taken as a whole) or the Asset Purchase illegal or otherwise prohibiting consummation of the Acquisition Transactions (taken as a whole) or the Asset Purchase.
 
(b)            No Injunctions or Restraints .  No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions (taken as a whole) or the Asset Purchase shall be in effect, nor shall any proceeding, action, suit, claim or injunction brought by any Governmental or Regulatory Body seeking any of the foregoing be threatened or pending.
 
5.2            Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer Parties
 
The obligations of Buyer Parties to consummate and affect the Asset Purchase shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by Buyer Parties:
 
(a)            Employees .  Messrs. Jeff Parker and Chris Pickett shall have executed and delivered to Buyer Parties the Parker Employment Agreement and the Pickett Employment Agreement, respectively, and the Transferred Employees shall have executed and delivered to Buyer Parties their offer letters.
 
 

 
38

 

 
(b)          Termination of Agreements . Sellers shall have terminated each of those agreements listed on Schedule 5.2(b) to this Agreement, which agreements include all Intercompany-Licenses with respect to Transferred IP, and all such agreements shall be of no further force or effect with the sole exception Seller Party confidentiality obligations.  For the avoidance of doubt, following the Closing any intercompany agreements and licenses between or among any Sellers with respect to any Transferred IP  shall only include those rights granted to Seller Parties under the License Agreement and Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement.
 
(c)            License Agreement .  Seller Parties shall deliver, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and/or Affiliates to deliver, as applicable, to Buyer Parties a fully executed copy of the License Agreement set forth as Exhibit D hereto (the “ License Agreement ”).
 
(d)            Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement .  Seller Parties shall deliver to Buyer Parties a fully executed Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “ Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement ”).
 
(e)            Transition Services Agreement .   Seller Parties shall deliver to Buyer Parties a fully executed Transition Services Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”).
 
(f)            Referral Agreement .   Seller Parties shall deliver to Buyer Parties a fully executed Referral Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “ Referral Agreement ”).
 
(g)            No Material Adverse Effect .  There shall not have occurred or be continuing any event or condition of any character that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
 
(h)            Certificate of Secretary of Seller .  Buyer Parties shall have received one or more certificates, validly executed by each Secretary of each Seller Party, certifying with respect to each such Seller Party as to the valid adoption of the resolutions of the Board of Directors/members of such Seller Party (whereby the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereunder were approved by the Board of Directors/members) (each such certificate, a “ Seller Secretary Certificate ”).
 
(i)            Amendment of Rohm & Haas Agreement .  Seller Parties shall have delivered to Buyer Parties a fully executed amended and restated Intellectual Property and License Agreement, entered into by and among Seller Parties and Rohm & Hass (as successor-in-interest to Eastman Kodak Company), assigned to Buyer IP, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “ Rohm & Haas Amendment ”).
 
(j)            Assignment Instruments.   Seller Parties shall deliver to Buyer Parties such quitclaim deeds or other assignment instruments with respect to the Transferred IP in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit I-1 (with respect to all Transferred Patents) and Exhibit I-2 (with respect to all Copyrights within the Transferred IP) (the “ Assignment Instruments ”).

 
39

 

 
(k)     Instruments of Sale .  Seller Parties shall have delivered to Buyer Parties all other documents and instruments set forth in Section 1.6(c) .
 
(l)            Escrow Agreement.   An Escrow Agreement (as defined below) satisfactory to Buyer Parties has been duly executed by all parties thereto and delivered to Buyer Parties.
 
(m)            Other Documents .  Buyer Parties shall have received all other documents and instruments reasonably requested by Buyer Parties with respect to the existence of Seller Parties, the authority of Seller Parties to enter into this Agreement and the Related Agreements, and the compliance by Seller Parties with the requirements of applicable Law in connection with the consummation of the Acquisition Transactions.
 
5.3            Conditions to the Obligations of Seller Parties.
 
The obligations of Seller Parties to consummate and affect the Asset Purchase shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, by Seller Parties:
 
(a)            License Agreement .  Buyer Parties shall deliver, as applicable, to Seller Parties a fully executed copy of the License Agreement set forth as Exhibit D hereto.
 
(b)            Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement .  Buyer Parties shall deliver to Seller Parties a fully executed Copyright Co-Ownership Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .
 
(c)            Transition Services Agreement .  Buyer Parties shall deliver to Seller Parties a fully executed Transition Services Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .
 
(d)            Payment of Purchase Price .  Buyer Parties shall have paid to Seller Parties $22,100,000 of the Purchase Price in cash by wire transfer in accordance with Section 1.6(a) hereof and $3,900,000 into escrow in accordance with Section 6.4 hereof.
 
(e)            Certificate of Secretary of Buyer .  Seller Parties shall have received one or more certificates, validly executed by each Secretary of each Buyer Party, certifying with respect to each such Buyer Party as to the valid adoption of the resolutions of the Board of Directors/members/managers of such Buyer Party (whereby the Acquisition Transactions and the other transactions contemplated hereunder were approved by the Board of Directors/member/managers) (each such certificate, a “ Buyer Secretary Certificate ”).
 
(f)            Instruments of Sale .  Buyer Parties shall have delivered to Seller Parties all other documents and instruments set forth in Section 1.6(b) .
 
(g)            Escrow Agreement .  An Escrow Agreement (as defined below) satisfactory to Seller Parties has been duly executed by all parties thereto and delivered to Seller Parties.

 
40

 

 
ARTICLE VI
 

 
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; ESCROW
 
6.1            Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants
 
The representations and warranties of Seller Parties in this Agreement, or in any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, shall survive the Closing until the 18-month anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, however , that in the event of fraud, such representation or warranty shall survive indefinitely with respect to the Person committing or who has committed such fraud; provided, further , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, those representations and warranties contained in Section 2.10 (Intellectual Property) shall survive until the fifth-year anniversary of the Closing Date; provided, further , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, those representations and warranties contained in Sections 2.1 (Organization; Power) , 2.2 (Capital Structure) , 2.3 (Subsidiaries) , 2.4 (Authority), 2.7 (Tax Matters), 2.9 (Title to Properties; Absence of Liens and Encumbrances) and 2.16 (Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees) shall survive until the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to the matters referenced therein.  The representations and warranties of Buyer Parties contained in this Agreement, or in any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement, shall terminate at the Closing.  The covenants and agreements of each of the parties hereto contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing in accordance with their respective terms.  The expiration of the periods referenced to in this Section 6.1 shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Survival Date .”
 
6.2            Indemnification
 
(a)           By virtue of the Acquisition Transactions, from and after the Closing, Seller Parties hereby agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold Buyer Parties, their Affiliates and their respective officers, directors, and successors (the “ Indemnified Parties ”), harmless against any and all claims, losses, Liabilities, damages, deficiencies, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses of investigation and defense, and diminution in value (hereinafter, individually, a “ Loss ” and, collectively, “ Losses ”) paid, suffered, incurred, sustained or accrued by the Indemnified Parties, or any of them, directly or indirectly, as a result of or arising in connection with the following:
 
(i)      any breach, inaccuracy or misrepresentation of any representation or warranty of Seller Parties contained in this Agreement, any Related Agreement or any certificates or other instruments delivered by or on behalf of any Person other than a Buyer Party pursuant to this Agreement ( provided, that, in the event of any such breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty which includes any qualification as to “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect,” “knowledge” or “Knowledge” for purposes of determining the amount of any Loss with respect to such breach or inaccuracy, no effect will be given to such qualification as to “materiality,” a “Material Adverse Effect,” “knowledge” or “Knowledge” contained therein (for

 
41

 

 
the avoidance of doubt, such qualifications would continue to apply to the determination as to whether or not a breach or inaccuracy had occurred));
 
(ii)      any failure by any Seller Party to perform or comply with any covenant applicable to any of them contained in this Agreement or any Related Agreement;
 
(iii)     the operation of the Business by Sellers prior to Closing;
 
(iv)     Liabilities of Seller Parties, whether arising before or after the Closing Date, that are not expressly assumed by Buyer Parties pursuant to this Agreement including the Retained Liabilities;
 
(v)      any Liabilities for Taxes for which any Seller Party is responsible pursuant to Section 4.5 hereof;
 
(vi)     any claim or cause of action of any third party to the extent arising out of any action, inaction, event, condition, liability or obligation of Sellers occurring or existing prior to the Closing;
 
(vii)    Liabilities arising from or related to any failure to comply with laws relating to bulk transfers or bulk sales with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and
 
(viii)   any fraud related to this Agreement, any Related Agreement or any certificates or other instruments delivered by or on behalf of any Person other than a Buyer Party pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(b)           No Seller shall have any right of contribution, indemnification or right of advancement from Buyer Parties with respect to any Loss claimed by an Indemnified Party.
 
(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, any Person committing fraud related to this Agreement, any Related Agreement, or any certificate or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be liable for, and shall indemnify and hold the Indemnified Parties harmless for, any Losses paid, suffered, incurred, sustained or accrued by the Indemnified Parties, or any of them, directly or indirectly, as a result of, arising out of or in connection with such fraud committed by such Person.
 
(d)           Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of Buyer Parties or any other Indemnified Party to pursue remedies under any Related Agreement against the parties thereto.
 
6.3            Indemnification Limitations
 
(a)           Except for Losses based on any fraud related to this Agreement, any Related Agreement or any certificates or other instruments delivered by or on behalf of any

 
42

 

 
Person other than a Buyer Party pursuant to this Agreement, the indemnity set forth in Section 6.2 constitutes the sole and exclusive remedy of the Indemnified Parties for the recovery of Losses.
 
(b)           Except as set forth in the following sentence, an Indemnified Party may not recover any Losses under Section 6.2(a) unless and until the aggregate amount of such Losses exceeds $150,000 (the “ Basket Amount ”), in which case Buyer Parties shall be entitled to recover all Losses (including the $150,000).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer Parties shall be entitled to recover for, and the Basket Amount shall not apply as a threshold to, any and all claims or payments made with respect to all Losses related to any fraud related to this Agreement, any Related Agreement or any certificates or other instruments delivered by or on behalf of any Person other than a Buyer Party pursuant to this Agreement.
 
(c)           Except in the case of fraud related to this Agreement, any Related Agreement or any certificates or other instruments delivered by or on behalf of any Person other than a Buyer Party pursuant to this Agreement, the maximum amount an Indemnified Party may recover from Seller Parties pursuant to the indemnity set forth in Section 6.2(a) shall be limited to:
 
(i)      the aggregate Purchase Price actually received by Seller Parties for Losses based on breaches of the representations set forth in Sections 2.4 (Authority) , 2.16 (Brokers’ and Finders’ Fees) , 2.22 (Valid Title) and the following subsections and portions of Section 2.10 (Intellectual Property): (a) , (b) , (c) , (d) , (f) , (g) , (i) , (j) ,   the first and second sentences of (k) , subsections (i) , (ii) and (iii) of the third sentence of (k) , (l) , (m) , (n) , (o) , (p) , the second sentence of (q) , (r) , (s) , (t) , the second and third sentences of (u) , (v) , (w) , (x) , (y) , (z) , (aa) , (bb) and (cc) ; and
 
(ii)      the Escrow Amount for all other Losses.
 
6.4            Escrow Arrangements
 
(a)            Escrow Fund .  At the Closing, Seller R&D, Buyer IP and the escrow agent shall enter into the Escrow Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J (the “ Escrow Agreement ”).  Seller R&D is entering into the Escrow Agreement on behalf of all Seller Parties and each Seller Party hereby acknowledges, agrees, understands and confirms the Escrow Agreement in its entirety.  Buyer IP is entering into the Escrow Agreement on behalf of all Buyer Parties and each Buyer Party hereby acknowledges, agrees, understands and confirms the Escrow Agreement in its entirety.  By virtue of this Agreement and as security for the indemnity obligations provided for in Section 6.2(a) hereof, at the Closing, Seller Parties will be deemed to have received and deposited with the escrow agent an amount in cash equal to $3,900,000 (such amount, the “ Escrow Amount ”) without any act of Seller Parties.  The Escrow Amount shall be available to compensate the Indemnified Parties, or any of them, for any claims by any such party for any Losses suffered or incurred by it and for which it is entitled to recovery under this Article VI .  Promptly after the Closing, the Escrow Amount, without any act of Seller Parties, will be deposited with the escrow agent, such deposit of the Escrow Amount to

 
43

 

 
constitute an escrow fund (the “ Escrow Fund ”) to be governed by the terms set forth herein and in the Escrow Agreement.  For the purposes hereof, “ Officer’s Certificate ” shall mean a notarized certificate signed by any officer of an Indemnified Party: (1) stating in good faith that such Indemnified Party has paid, sustained, incurred, or accrued, or reasonably anticipates that it will have to pay, sustain, incur, or accrue Losses; and (2) specifying in reasonable detail the individual items of Losses included in the amount so stated, the date each such item was paid, sustained, incurred, or accrued, or the basis for such anticipated Liability, and the nature of the misrepresentation, breach of warranty or covenant to which such item is related.
 
(b)            Escrow Period; Distribution upon Termination of Escrow Period .  Subject to the following requirements, the Escrow Fund shall be in existence immediately following the Closing and shall terminate on the 18-month anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Escrow Period ”); provided , however , that the Escrow Period shall not terminate with respect to any amount which is necessary to satisfy any unsatisfied claims specified in any Officer’s Certificate(s) delivered to Seller Parties and the escrow agent prior to the end of the Escrow Period with respect to facts and circumstances existing prior to such time as specified further in the Escrow Agreement.  As soon as all such claims have been resolved, the escrow agent shall deliver to Seller Parties the remaining portion of the Escrow Fund, if any, not required to satisfy such claims.
 
(c)            Third-Party Claims .  In the event a Buyer Party becomes aware of a third party claim (a “ Third Party Claim ”) which such Buyer Party reasonably believes will result in a claim pursuant to this Article VI , such Buyer Party shall notify Seller Parties of such claim, and Seller Parties shall be entitled to participate in, but not to determine or conduct, the defense of such Third Party Claim.  Buyer Parties shall have the right in their sole discretion to conduct the defense of, and to settle, any such claim; provided, however , that except with the consent of the Seller Parties, no settlement of any such Third Party Claim with third party claimants shall be determinative of the existence of a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Article VI or the amount of Losses relating to such matter.  If there is a third party claim that, if adversely determined would give rise to a right of recovery for Losses hereunder, then any amounts incurred or accrued by the Indemnified Parties in defense of such third-party claim, regardless of the outcome of such claim, shall be deemed Losses hereunder.  In the event that Seller Parties have consented to any such settlement, Seller Parties shall have no power or authority to object under any provision of this Article VI to the amount of any Third Party Claim by Buyer Parties against the Escrow Fund with respect to such settlement.
 
6.5            No Indemnification Limitations and Other Matters
 
 
(a)           Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the liability of Seller Parties for any breach of any representation, warranty or covenant set forth in this Agreement, any Related Agreements or in any certificates or other instruments delivered pursuant to this Agreement if the Asset Purchase is not consummated.

 
44

 

 
(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that any Indemnified Party may bring a claim for indemnification for any Loss under this Article VI notwithstanding the fact that such Indemnified Party had knowledge of the breach, event or circumstances giving rise to such Loss prior to the Closing or waived any condition to the Closing related thereto.
 
(c)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall limit the rights of any party hereto to apply for equitable remedies to enforce the other party or parties’ obligations hereunder.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, any indemnification payment made pursuant to this Article VI hereto shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.
 
(e)           All claims for recovery for any Loss or Losses from the Escrow Fund shall be made pursuant to and in accordance with, and be governed by the terms of, this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.
 
ARTICLE VII
 

 
AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
 
7.1            Amendment
 
 This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto at any time by execution of an instrument in writing signed on behalf of the party against whom enforcement is sought.
 
7.2            Extension; Waiver
 
 Buyer Parties, on the one hand, and Seller Parties, on the other hand, may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations of the other party hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (iii) waive compliance with any of the covenants, agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein.  Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 

 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
8.1            Notices
 
 All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given if delivered personally or by commercial messenger or courier service, or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or sent via facsimile (with acknowledgment of complete transmission) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such

 
45

 

 
other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice); provided , however , that notices sent by mail will not be deemed given until received:
 
(a)           if to Buyer Parties, to:
 
Rambus Inc.
4440 El Camino Real
Los Altos, CA 94022
Attention: General Counsel
Facsimile No.: (650) 947-5001
 
with a copy (which shall not be deemed notice) to:
 
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, CA 94304
Attention: Aaron J. Alter, Esq.
Facsimile No.: (650) 493-6811
 
(b)           if to Seller Parties, to:
 
Global Lighting Technologies, Inc.
1149, Sec. 3 Min-Chuan Rd.
Chung-Li, Taiwan
Attention: James Hung, Senior Manager
Facsimile No.: 866-3-425-1919
 
with a copy (which shall not be deemed notice) to:
 
Global Lighting Technologies, Inc.
55 Andrews Circle
Brecksville, OH  44141
Attention: General Manager
Facsimile No.: (440) 922-4585
 
Squire, Sanders & Dempsey, L.L.P.
4900 Key Tower
127 Public Square
Cleveland, OH 44114
Attention: Gordon S. Kaiser, Jr., Esq.
Facsimile No.: (216) 479-8780

 
46

 

 
8.2            Interpretation
 
(a)           For purposes of this Agreement, whenever the context requires, the singular number will include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender will include the feminine and neuter genders; the feminine gender will include the masculine and neuter genders; and the neuter gender will include the masculine and feminine genders.
 
(b)           The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the words “without limitation.”  The word “share” or “stock” shall be used interchangeably and shall mean either one as the context may require.  The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  The symbol “ $ ” shall refer to U.S. dollars and where thresholds are established in Article II or Article VI , such U.S. dollar amounts shall include foreign currency equivalents of such U.S. dollar amounts at then prevailing foreign currency exchange rates.
 
8.3            Counterparts
 
 This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when one or more counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party, it being understood that all parties need not sign the same counterpart.
 
8.4            Entire Agreement; Assignment
 
 This Agreement, the Exhibits hereto, and the Disclosure Schedule, and the documents and instruments, the Related Agreements and the other agreements among the parties hereto referenced herein: (i) constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, (ii) are not intended to confer upon any other Person any rights or remedies hereunder, and (iii) shall not be assigned by operation of Law or otherwise, except that any Buyer Party may assign its rights and delegate its obligations hereunder to Buyer Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates as long as Buyer Parent remains ultimately liable for all Buyer Parties’ obligations hereunder.
 
8.5            Severability
 
 In the event that any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

 
47

 

 
8.6            Other Remedies
 
Any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by Law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.
 
8.7            Governing Law
 
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.  Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the State of Ohio in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.  Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in federal and state courts in the State of Ohio and irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit or proceeding in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.  Each of the parties hereto further agrees, (a) to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Ohio, to appoint and maintain an agent in the State of Ohio as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process, and (b) that service of process may also be made on such party at its respective address set forth in Section 8.1 by prepaid certified mail with a proof of mailing receipt validated by U.S. Postal Service constituting evidence of valid service.  Service made pursuant to (a) or (b) above shall have the same legal force and effect as if served upon such party personally with the State of Ohio.
 
8.8            Rules of Construction
 
The parties hereto agree that they have been represented by counsel during the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and, therefor, waive the application of any Law, regulation, holding or rule of construction providing that ambiguities in an agreement or other document will be construed against the party drafting such agreement or document.
 
8.9            WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
 
EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO IN NEGOTIATION, ADMINISTRATION, PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT HEREOF.
 
[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]

 
48

 


 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer Parties and Seller Parties have caused this Agreement to be signed, all as of the date first written above.
 
RAMBUS INC.
 
By: /s/ Harold Hughes                                                                              
Name: Harold Hughes
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
 
RAMBUS INTERNATIONAL LTD.
 
By: /s/ Satish Rishi                                                                              
Name: Satish Rishi
Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 
RAMBUS DELAWARE LLC
 
By:  /s/ Thomas R. Lavelle                                                                              
Name: Thomas R. Lavelle
Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel
 
GLOBAL LIGHTING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
By: /s/ CP Wang                                                                             
Name: CP Wang
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President

 
SOLID STATE OPTO LIMITED
 
By:  /s/ CP Wang                                                                       
Name: CP Wang
Title: Director
 
GLOBAL LIGHTING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
 
By: /s/ CP Wang                                                                              
Name: CP Wang
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President
 
 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 
 
 

 

Exhibit 10.13
 

 
 

 
 
TRIPLE NET SPACE LEASE
 
(MULTI-TENANT)
 

 
between
 
MT SPE, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
 
as
 
LANDLORD
 
and
 
RAMBUS INC.,
a Delaware corporation ,
 
as
 
TENANT
 
for
 
PREMISES
 
At

Moffett Towers

1040 Enterprise Way
 
SUNNYVALE, CALIFORNIA

 
 

 



Table of Content
 
Page
ARTICLE I SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION                                                                                                                                          
1
ARTICLE II PREMISES
3
Section 2.01
Demise of Premises
3
Section 2.02
Common Area
3
Section 2.03
Parking
4
Section 2.04
Construction
5
ARTICLE III TERM
8
Section 3.01
Lease Term
8
Section 3.02
Option to Extend
8
Section 3.03
Early Termination Option                                                                                                                 
10
ARTICLE IV RENT; TRIPLE NET LEASE                                                                                                                                          
11
Section 4.01
Base Rent                                                                                                                 
11
Section 4.02
Abatement of Base Rent                                                                                                                 
11
Section 4.03
Payment of Rent                                                                                                                 
11
Section 4.04
Additional Rent                                                                                                                 
11
Section 4.05
Operating Expenses; Insurance Expenses; Real Estate Taxes                                                                                                                 
12
Section 4.06
Tenant’s Right to Review Supporting Data                                                                                                                 
17
ARTICLE V USE                                                                                                                                          
18
Section 5.01
Permitted Use and Limitations on Use                                                                                                                 
18
Section 5.02
Compliance with Laws                                                                                                                 
19
Section 5.03
Delivery of Premises                                                                                                                 
20
Section 5.04
Building Security                                                                                                                 
21
Section 5.05
Rules and Regulations                                                                                                                 
21
Section 5.06
LEED Certification Requirements                                                                                                                 
21
Section 5.07
TDM Requirements                                                                                                                 
22
ARTICLE VI MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS                                                                                                                                          
22
Section 6.01
Maintenance of Premises and Building                                                                                                                 
22
Section 6.02
Maintenance of Common Areas                                                                                                                 
24




 
i

 


 
Page
Section 6.03
Alterations, Additions and Improvements
24
Section 6.04
Covenant Against Liens
25
ARTICLE VII INSURANCE
26
Section 7.01
Property/Rental Insurance for Premises
26
Section 7.02
Property Insurance for Fixtures and Inventory
26
Section 7.03
Landlord’s Liability Insurance
27
Section 7.04
Tenant’s Liability Insurance
27
Section 7.05
Evidence of Insurance
27
Section 7.06
Mutual Waiver of Claims and Subrogation Rights                                                                                                                 
28
Section 7.07
Indemnification and Exculpation                                                                                                                 
28
ARTICLE VIII DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION                                                                                                                                          
29
Section 8.01
Repair of Damage by Landlord                                                                                                                 
29
Section 8.02
Repair Notice                                                                                                                 
29
Section 8.03
Landlord’s Option To Repair or Terminate                                                                                                                 
30
Section 8.04
Tenant’s Option to Terminate.                                                                                                                 
30
Section 8.05
Rent Abatement Due to Casualty.                                                                                                                 
30
Section 8.06
Damage Near End of Lease Term.                                                                                                                 
30
Section 8.07
Effective Date of Termination; Rent Apportionment.                                                                                                                 
31
Section 8.08
Waiver of Civil Code Remedies.                                                                                                                 
31
Section 8.09
No Abatement of Rentals.                                                                                                                 
31
Section 8.10
No Liability for Tenant’s Alterations or Personal Property.                                                                                                                 
31
ARTICLE IX REAL PROPERTY TAXES                                                                                                                                          
32
Section 9.01
Payment of Taxes                                                                                                                 
32
Section 9.02
Proration for Partial Years                                                                                                                 
33
     Section 9.03  Personal Property Taxes  33 
ARTICLE X UTILITIES                                                                                                                                          
34
ARTICLE XI ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING                                                                                                                                          
35
Section 11.01
Landlord’s Consent Required                                                                                                                 
35
Section 11.02
Tenant Affiliates                                                                                                                 
35
Section 11.03
No Release of Tenant                                                                                                                 
36


 
ii

 


 
Page
Section 11.04
Excess Rent
36
Section 11.05
Information to be Provided
36
Section 11.06
Landlord’s Recapture Rights
37
ARTICLE XII DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
38
Section 12.01
Defaults
38
Section 12.02
Remedies
39
Section 12.03
Default by Landlord
40
Section 12.04
Late Charges
40
Section 12.05
Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations
41
ARTICLE XIII CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES                                                                                                                                          
41
Section 13.01
Total Condemnation                                                                                                                 
41
Section 13.02
Partial Condemnation                                                                                                                 
41
Section 13.03
Award to Tenant                                                                                                                 
42
ARTICLE XIV ENTRY BY LANDLORD                                                                                                                                          
42
ARTICLE XV ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE                                                                                                                                          
43
Section 15.01
Estoppel Certificate                                                                                                                 
43
Section 15.02
Failure to Deliver                                                                                                                 
43
ARTICLE XVI LIMITATIONS ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY                                                                                                                                          
43
ARTICLE XVII GENERAL PROVISIONS                                                                                                                                          
44
Section 17.01
Severability                                                                                                                 
44
Section 17.02
Agreed Rate Interest on Past-Due Obligations                                                                                                                 
44
Section 17.03
Time of Essence                                                                                                                 
44
Section 17.04
Submission of Lease                                                                                                                 
44
Section 17.05
Incorporation of Prior Agreements and Exhibits                                                                                                                 
44
Section 17.06
Notices                                                                                                                 
45
Section 17.07
Waivers                                                                                                                 
45
Section 17.08
Recording                                                                                                                 
46
Section 17.09
Surrender of Possession; Holding Over                                                                                                                 
46
Section 17.10
Cumulative Remedies                                                                                                                 
47
Section 17.11
Covenants and Conditions                                                                                                                 
47


 
iii

 


 
Page
Section 17.12
Binding Effect; Choice of Law
47
Section 17.13
Lease to be Subordinate
47
Section 17.14
Attorneys’ Fees
48
Section 17.15
Signs
48
Section 17.16
Merger
49
Section 17.17
Quiet Possession
49
Section 17.18
Easements
50
Section 17.19
Authority
50
Section 17.20
Force Majeure Delays                                                                                                                 
50
Section 17.21
Hazardous Materials                                                                                                                 
50
Section 17.22
Intentionally Deleted                                                                                                                 
52
Section 17.23
Brokers                                                                                                                 
52
Section 17.24
Survival                                                                                                                 
53
Section 17.25
Rooftop Communications Equipment                                                                                                                 
53
Section 17.26
Right of First Offer                                                                                                                 
53
Section 17.27
List of Exhibits                                                                                                                 
55


 
iv

 


This Triple Net Space Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date first written in the Summary of Basic Lease Information set forth in Article I below (the “ Summary ”), is made by and between MT SPE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and RAMBUS INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).
 
ARTICLE I
SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION
 
TERMS OF LEASE
DESCRIPTION
        Date:
December  15, 2009
        Premises
        (Article II).
 
 
Premises:
An agreed upon 125,210 rentable square feet of space consisting of a portion of Floor 1 and all of Floors 6, 7 and 8 of the Building, as further set forth in Exhibit A , but subject to the terms of Section 2.04 below.
 
Building:
That certain eight (8) story building commonly known as Building C located at 1040 Enterprise Way in Sunnyvale, California  94089, which consists of an agreed upon 317,166 rentable square feet, as depicted in Exhibit A .
 
Lot 1:
Those three (3) certain buildings, including the Building, commonly known as Buildings A, B and C located at 1000-1040 Enterprise Way Sunnyvale, California  94089, which consist of an agreed upon 951,498 rentable square feet, together with the land on which the same are situated, and related appurtenances, as depicted in Exhibit A .
 
Project:
The Project currently consists of six (6) buildings commonly known as Buildings A, B and C on Lot 1 and Buildings E, F and G on Lot 3, located at 1000-1160 Enterprise Way, Sunnyvale, California, which currently consist of approximately 1,628,096 rentable square feet, together with the land on which the same are situated, and related appurtenances, including an Amenities Parcel, commonly known as Building H and the related property located at 1060 Enterprise Way Sunnyvale, CA.  The Project is commonly referred to as “Moffett Towers,” as depicted in Exhibit A . As and when construction there of is completed, the Project will also consist of  a seventh (7 th ) building known as Building D on Lot 3 and Tenant’s Share will be adjusted pursuant to the terms of Section 4.05 (c) hereof.
 
Parking Spaces
(Section 2.03):
 
Three Hundred Seventy-Nine (379) non-exclusive parking spaces.  Parking spaces shall be located on Lot 1 only and otherwise in a combination of surface and structured parking.
      Lease Term
      (Article III).
 
 
Commencement Date:
The earlier to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Premises, or (ii)  July 1, 2010, subject to extension pursuant to the terms and conditions of the work letter attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Work Letter ”) (the “ Commencement Date ”).
 
Expiration Date:
The last day of the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date.
 
Option(s) to Extend:
Tenant is given two (2) options to extend the Lease Term (each, an “ Option to Extend ”) for a period of sixty (60) months each (each, an “ Extended Term ”) immediately following the date on which the initial Lease Term or First Extended Term, as applicable, would otherwise expire.
 


 
1

 

Base Rent
(Section 4.01):

 
Annual Installment
Monthly Installment
Monthly Base Rent per Square Foot
Lease Months
of Base Rent
of Base Rent
Of Rentable Area
1-12*
$3,681,174.00
$306,764.50
$2.45
13-24
$3,786,350.40
$315,529.20
$2.52
25-36
$3,906,552.00
$325,546.00
$2.60
37-48
$4,026,753.60
$335,562.80
$2.68
49-60
$4,146,955.20
$345,579.60
$2.76
61-72
$4,267,156.80
$355,596.40
$2.84
73-84
$4,402,383.60
$366,865.30
$2.93
85-96
$4,522,585.20
$376,882.10
$3.01
97-108
$4,657,812.00
$388,151.00
$3.10
109-120
$4,808,064.00
$400,672.00
$3.20
       
* Base Rent for the Lease Months 1-6 shall be abated pursuant to the terms of Section 4.02.
 
Tenant’s Share
(Section 4.05), subject to potential adjustment pursuant to the terms of Section 4.05(c).
Tenant’s Project Share:  7.69%
 
Tenant’s Lot 1 Share:  13.16%
 
Tenant’s Building Share:  39.48%
 
Permitted Use
(Article V):
General office, research and development use and any legally permissible related uses included, without limitation, lectures, electrical laboratories, RFI rooms (shielded to eliminate external radio frequencies), facilities for prototyping (including machine shop type functions and computer controlled machine tools), testing laboratories, and server rooms
 
Broker
(Section 17.23):
 
Cornish & Carey Commercial represents both Landlord and Tenant
Tenant’s Representative
(Section 5.1 of Exhibit C ):
 
Per Johanson, Senior Manager of Global Facilities and Real Estate
Landlord’s Representative
(Section 5.2 of Exhibit C ):
 
Janette Sammartino

 
2

 

ARTICLE II
 
PREMISES
 
Section 2.01                        Demise of Premises
 
Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord for the Lease Term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms and conditions set forth herein, certain premises described in the Summary (“ Premises ”), which Premises comprise a portion of that certain building described in the Summary (the “ Building ”) which is one of six (6) current, (but seven (7) planned) free standing , office and research and development project buildings (“ Project Buildings ”) on real property situated in the City of Sunnyvale, County of Santa Clara, State of California and commonly known as Moffett Towers.  The Premises are more particularly described and depicted herein in Exhibit ”A .”   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to access and use the restrooms and janitor, telephone and electrical closets (as well as the space above any dropped ceilings) solely for cabling, wiring, pipes and other Building system elements; provided, however, such reservation shall not reduce the size of the Premises or otherwise materially interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises and, provided, further, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not be responsible for repairing, maintaining, and replacing any cabling, wiring, pipes and other Building system elements located in such areas not installed therein by Tenant, except, subject to Section 7.06 hereof, to the extent damaged or destroyed by the actions of Tenant or any Tenant Parties.  The rentable square footage of the Premises, Building   and other Project Buildings (the “ Rentable Area ”) has been determined and certified by Landlord’s architect by a method described as “dripline,” whereby the measurement encompasses the outermost perimeter of the constructed building, including every projection thereof and all area beneath each such projection, whether or not enclosed, with no deduction for any inward deviation of structure and with the measurement being made floor by floor, but beginning from the top of the building.  Subject to Landlord’s reasonable security measures, Applicable Laws, emergencies and Force Majeure events, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant, its employees, agents, and invitees shall have access to the Premises and the Building twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week.
 
Section 2.02                        Common Area
 
During the Lease Term, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use those portions of the Common Area which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and/or other tenants of the Building or Lot 1.  In addition, during the Lease Term, Tenant and its employees shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Amenities Parcel (as defined below) and the roadways currently known as 11 th Avenue and Enterprise Way,  which provide access to the Amenities Parcel.  Landlord reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to modify the Common Area (including, without limitation, increasing or changing the size thereof, adding or removing Project structures, facilities or other improvements, or changing the use, configuration and elements thereof), to designate certain areas for the exclusive use of Landlord and/or certain tenants of Lot 1 or the Project, and to close or restrict access of certain areas from time to time for repair, maintenance or construction or to prevent a dedication thereof; provided that (i) Tenant nevertheless shall have direct access to the Premises (including access through the lobby of the Buildings and the elevators of the Building)
 

 
3

 

and to parking areas serving the Building, (ii) any such modifications, when completed, shall not unreasonably interfere with or restrict Tenant’s access to or possession or use of the Premises or the visibility of Tenant’s signage, and (iii) Landlord shall not grant any tenant of the Building any exclusive right to parking spaces in the structured parking area supporting the Building or in the area in front of the Building unless Landlord grants Tenant the same or equivalent rights.  Landlord further reserves the right to establish, repeal and amend from time to time reasonable rules and regulations for the use of the Common Area and to grant easements or other rights to use the Common Area to others; provided, however, that (A)  no amendment to the rules and regulations shall (I) unreasonably interfere with or restrict Tenant’s access to or possession or use of the Premises, (II) be binding until Tenant has received at least ten (10) business days’ prior written notice of such rules and regulations, or (III) not apply retroactively; (B) to the extent of any conflict between an express provision of this Lease (other than the attached Rules and Regulations) and such Common Area rules and regulations, this Lease shall control, and (C) any such easements shall not reduce the number of Parking Spaces available for Tenant’s use.  The “ Common Area   shall consist of (i) Project Common Area, which consists of an athletic facility (the "Athletic Facility" ) and related landscaping to be available for use by Tenant’s employees (collectively with the Athletic Facility, the “ Amenities Parcel ”), together with 11 th Avenue and Enterprise Way, which provide access thereto, (ii) Lot 1 Common Area, which includes all landscaping, sidewalks, walkways, driveways, curbs, parking lots (including striping), roadways within Lot 1, sprinkler systems, lighting, surface water drainage systems, as well as additional or different facilities as Landlord may from time to time designate or install or make available for the use by Tenant in common with others, and (iii) Building Common Area which includes all lobbies (other than the lobbies on Floors 6, 7, 8 of the Building, to the extent fully leased to Tenant), mechanical areas, stairwells, elevators and elevator shafts, pipe, cabling and wiring shafts, telephone closets, raceways, conduits, fiber vaults, meet-me rooms, pathways, riser spaces together with their enclosing walls, plus, to the extent not leased to an occupant, all entrances, elevator and floor lobbies other than the lobbies on Floors 6, 7, and 8 of the Building, to the extent fully-leased to Tenant), common corridors and hallways, restrooms, janitor closets, telephone closets, electric closets and other public or common areas located in the Building.
 
Section 2.03                        Parking
 
Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord shall provide Tenant with the number of parking spaces set forth in the Summary on an unreserved, non-designated non-exclusive first come-first serve basis.  Except as set forth in the Summary, the parking spaces shall include a mixture of surface and structured parking as determined by Landlord, in its reasonable discretion.  Landlord shall have no liability for the use of any such parking spaces by anyone (besides Landlord) other than Tenant or Tenant’s visitors.  In the event Landlord is required by any law to limit or control parking at the Building or the Project, whether by validation of parking tickets or any other method of assessment, Tenant, at no cost to it or its employees, customers or invitees, agrees to participate in such validation or assessment program under such reasonable and uniformly-applied rules and regulations as are from time to time established by Landlord.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all costs and expenses associated with parking areas serving the Project shall be included in Operating Expenses.
 

 
4

 

Section 2.04                        Construction
 
(a)            Tenant Improvement Allowance
 
Landlord shall provide to Tenant a Tenant Improvement Allowance of Ten Million Sixteen Thousand Eight Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($10,016,800) (i.e. $80.00 per square foot of Rentable Area in the Premises) to be used for the Tenant Improvements as set forth in the Work Letter attached as Exhibit C .  The Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be reduced by an amount equal to:  (i) Tenant’s Building Share of the costs associated with the purchase and installation of the 2000 KW Generator, enclosure and related fuel tank and transfer switch (collectively, the “ Generator ”), (ii) Tenant’s Building Share of the costs associated with the construction of a shipping/loading area for the Building by Landlord (the “ Shipping/Loading Access ”) in the approximate location described in Exhibit H, and (iii) Tenant’s Lot 1 Share of the costs associated with Landlord’s construction and installation of parking gates at all entrances/exits to the parking structure known as “Parking Structure 1” ( “Parking Structure 1” ) located at 1060 Enterprise Way immediately behind the Building.
 
(b)            Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance
 
In addition to the Tenant Improvement Allowance provided for in Section 2.04(a) above, Landlord shall make available to Tenant, at Tenant’s request (provided that such written request is received by Landlord on or before the Commencement Date), an Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance of up to Ten Dollars ($10.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the initial Premises only to be used for the Tenant Improvements set forth in the Work Letter attached as Exhibit C .  In the event that Tenant elects to utilize all or a portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance, the amount of such Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance shall be amortized over the first eighty-four (84) months of the initial Term of the Lease at a rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, and Tenant shall pay, together with the monthly installments of Rent due hereunder, such monthly amortized amount as Additional Rent.
 
(c)            Letter of Credit Security
 
(i)            Deposit of Letter of Credit Security .
 
In the event that Tenant elects to use all or a portion of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, at the time such Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance is requested, an unconditional, irrevocable letter of credit (“ Letter of Credit ”) on a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord and, if required, Landlord’s lender(s), and in favor of Beneficiary, defined below, in the amount of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance so utilized by Tenant, plus interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 2.04(b) above (the “ Letter of Credit Security ”) for the sole and exclusive purpose of securing Tenant’s obligation to repay the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance as required by Section 2.04(b), above.  “ Beneficiary ,” as used herein refers to either:  (x) Landlord as beneficiary, or (y) if required by Landlord’s lender(s), Landlord and Landlord’s lender(s) as co-beneficiaries under the Letter of Credit Security.  The Letter of Credit Security shall:  (i) be issued by a commercial money center bank reasonably satisfactory to Landlord with retail branches in San Francisco, California (the “ Issuer ”); (ii) be a standby, at-sight, irrevocable letter
 

 
5

 

of credit; (iii) be payable to Beneficiary; (iv) permit multiple, partial draws; (v) provide that any draw on the Letter of Credit Security shall be made upon receipt by the Issuer of a sight draft accompanied by a letter from Landlord certifying that Tenant is in default of its obligation to repay the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance as required by this Lease and all applicable notice and cure period related thereto have expired and, therefore, Landlord is entitled to draw on the Letter of Credit Security in the amount of such draw pursuant to the provisions of this Lease; (vi) provide for automatic annual extensions, without amendment (so-called “evergreen” provision) with a final expiry date no sooner than ninety (90) days after the end of the eighty-fourth (84 th ) month of the Lease Term; (vii) provide that is governed by the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (1993 revisions) International Chamber of Commerce Publication 500; and (viii) be cancelable if, and only if, Issuer delivers to Beneficiary no less than sixty (60) days advance written notice of Issuer’s intent to cancel.  Except for those costs and expenses to be borne by Landlord pursuant to Section 2.04(c)(iv), below, Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the Letter of Credit Security.
 
(ii)            Landlord’s Right to Draw on Letter of Credit Security
 
The Letter of Credit Security shall be held by Landlord solely as security for the repayment by Tenant of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance used by Tenant in accordance with Section 2.04(b) above.  Landlord shall have the immediate right to draw upon the Letter of Credit Security, in whole or in part and without prior notice to Tenant, other than as required under this Lease, at any time and from time to time:  (1) if Tenant fails to pay any installment of the amortized amount of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance when due; provided, however, that such failure to pay shall be subject to the same notice and cure periods applicable to a failure to pay Rent, or (2) if Tenant either files a voluntary bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against Tenant by an entity or entities other than Landlord, under 11 U.S.C. §101 et seq., or Tenant executes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.  No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the Letter of Credit Security conditional, thereby justifying the Issuer of the Letter of Credit Security in failing to honor a drawing upon such Letter of Credit in a timely manner.  The Letter of Credit Security and its proceeds shall constitute Landlord’s sole and separate property (and not Tenant’s property or, in the event of a bankruptcy filing by or against Tenant, property of Tenant’s bankruptcy estate) and Landlord shall immediately upon any draw (and, except as provided above,  without notice to Tenant) apply or offset the proceeds of the Letter of Credit Security against any installment of the amortized amount of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance that is not paid when due.  If any portion of the Letter of Credit Security is properly drawn upon and applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) business days after written demand therefore, restore the Letter of Credit Security to the then unamortized amount of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance; Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a default by Tenant.  It is expressly understood that Landlord shall be relying on Issuer rather than Tenant for the timely payment of proceeds under the Letter of Credit Security and the rights of Landlord pursuant to this Section are in addition to any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant pursuant to Article XII below.  Landlord agrees that, at Tenant’s written request, at the end of each fiscal quarter, provided that Tenant pays all of the installments of the monthly amortized amount of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance due during such fiscal quarter in accordance with this Lease, Landlord will promptly execute and deliver to Tenant, for delivery to the Issuer, a
 

 
6

 

reduction certificate providing for the reduction of the Letter of Credit Security in an amount equal to the payment(s) made by Tenant during that past fiscal quarter.
 
(iii)            Replacement Letter of Credit Security
 
If, for any reason whatsoever, the Letter of Credit Security becomes subject to cancellation or expiration during the Lease Term, within forty-five (45) days prior to expiration of the Letter of Credit Security, Tenant shall cause the Issuer or another bank satisfying the conditions of Section 2.04(c)(i) above to issue and deliver to Landlord a Letter of Credit Security to replace the expiring Letter of Credit Security (the “ Replacement Letter of Credit Security ”).  The Replacement Letter of Credit Security shall be in the amount of the then unamortized balance of the Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance.  Failure of Tenant to cause the Replacement Letter of Credit Security to be issued forty-five (45) days prior to the then pending expiration or cancellation shall entitle Landlord to fully draw down on the existing Letter of Credit Security and, at Landlord’s election, shall be an event of default under this Lese without any relevant notice and cure period.
 
(iv)            Transfer of Beneficiary
 
During the Lease Term Landlord may transfer its interest in the Lease or Landlord’s lender may change.  Landlord may request a change to Beneficiary under the Letter of Credit Security to the successor of Landlord and/or Landlord’s lender (the “ Transferee ”).  Tenant agrees to cooperate and to cause Issuer, at Landlord’s cost, to timely issue a new Letter of Credit Security on the same terms and conditions as the original Letter of Credit Security, except that the new Letter of Credit Security shall be payable to the Transferee.  Landlord shall surrender the existing Letter of Credit Security to Tenant simultaneously with Tenant’s delivery of the new Letter of Credit Security to Transferee.
 
(v)            Return of the Letter of Credit Security
 
The Letter of Credit Security or any balance thereof shall be returned (without interest) to Tenant (or, at Tenant’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interests hereunder) promptly upon payment of the final monthly installment of the amortized Additional Tenant Improvement Allowance.
 
(vi)            Acknowledgment of Parties
 
Landlord and Tenant (a) acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit Security or any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under any law applicable to security deposits in the commercial context, including, but not limited to Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, as such Section now exists or as it may be hereafter amended or succeeded (the “ Security Deposit Laws ”), (b) acknowledge and agree that the Letter of Credit Security (including any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or any proceeds thereof) is not intended to serve as a security deposit, and the Security Deposit Laws shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto, and (c) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations that any such party may now, or in the future will, have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.
 

 
7

 

Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which (i) establish the time frame by which a Landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (ii) provide that a Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a Tenant or to clean the premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Section 4.06 and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage caused by Tenant’s breach of this Lease, including any damages Landlord suffers following termination of this Lease.
 
ARTICLE III
 
TERM
 
Section 3.01                        Lease Term
 
The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date set forth in the Summary (the “ Commencement Date ”), and shall expire, unless sooner terminated or extended as provided for herein, on the Expiration Date set forth in the Summary (the “ Expiration Date ”).  Within thirty (30) days following the Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver a Memorandum of Commencement of Lease Term substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B as a confirmation of the information set forth therein.
 
Section 3.02                        Option to Extend
 
(a)            Exercise
 
The Option(s) to Extend set forth in the Basic Lease Information, if any, may be exercised by Tenant, if at all, only by delivery of irrevocable written notice (the “ Option Notice ”) to Landlord given not more than fourteen (14) months nor less than ten (10) months prior to the end of the initial Lease Term or Extended Term, as relevant; provided, however, if, as of the date of delivery of the Option Notice or any day thereafter on or before the last day of the initial Lease Term or Extended Term, as relevant, Tenant (i) is in material default under this Lease (beyond the expiration of any applicable notice period provided under this Lease), (ii) has assigned this Lease to anyone other than an Affiliate (as defined in Section 11.02 below) or (iii) is currently subletting more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises to anyone other than an Affiliate, then, at the sole option of Landlord exercisable solely by delivering written notice to Tenant within twenty (20) days of the receipt of the Option Notice,  the Option Notice shall be totally ineffective, and this Lease shall expire on the last day of the initial Lease Term or Extended Term, if applicable, if not sooner terminated.  Furthermore, it is understood and agreed that the Option(s) to Extend contemplated in this Section 3.02 are personal to the originally named Tenant and any Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) and are not transferable without the prior written consent of Landlord.
 
(b)            Extended Term Rent
 
In the event Tenant exercises an Option to Extend set forth herein, all the terms and conditions of this Lease shall continue to apply during the applicable Extended Term,
 

 
8

 

except that the Base Rent payable by Tenant during the Extended Term shall be equal to the greater of:  (i) the Base Rent due hereunder with respect to the last month of the initial Lease Term or previous Extended Term, if relevant, and (ii) one hundred percent (100%) of Fair Market Rent (as defined below), as determined pursuant to Section 3.02(c) below.  “ Fair Market Rent ” shall mean the effective rental rate, determined on a per rentable square foot basis, being charged (including periodic adjustments thereto as applicable during the period of the applicable Extended Term, to the extent such adjustments are determined to be part of the Fair Market Rent) in transactions entered into within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the Negotiation Period, for comparable space in similar buildings in the vicinity of the Project (i.e., buildings of a similar age and quality considering any recent renovations or modernization), with similar floor plate size and with similar amenities, or, if such comparable space is not available, then making adjustments in the determination of Fair Market Rent to reflect the age, quality, layout and amenities of the Premises and the Project, as contrasted to spaces in other buildings used for comparison purposes, in all instances taking into consideration:  size; location; floor level; leasehold improvements or allowances provided or to be provided; lease term; extent of services to be provided; the time that the particular rate under consideration became or is to become effective; and any other relevant terms or conditions applicable to both new and renewing tenants including, without limitation, any free rent or other rental inducements.
 
(c)            Determination of Fair Market Rent
 
(i)            Negotiation .  If Tenant timely and properly exercises an Option to Extend, then, within the first thirty (30) days following the date of delivery of the Option Notice (the “ Negotiation Period ”), the parties shall meet in good faith to negotiate the Base Rent for the Premises during the Extended Term.  If, during the Negotiation Period, the parties agree on the Base Rent for the Premises during the Extended Term, then such agreed amount shall be the Base Rent payable by Tenant during the Extended Term.
 
(ii)            Arbitration .  In the event that the parties are unable to agree on the Base Rent for the Premises within the Negotiation Period, then within ten (10) days after the expiration of the Negotiation Period, each party shall separately designate to the other in writing an appraiser to make this determination.  Each appraiser designated shall be a member of the Appraisal Institute and shall have at least ten (10) years experience in appraising commercial real property in Santa Clara County.  The failure of either party to appoint an appraiser within the time allowed shall be deemed equivalent to appointing the appraiser appointed by the other party, who shall then determine the Fair Market Rent for the Premises for the Extended Term.  Within five (5) business days of their appointment, the two designated appraisers shall jointly designate a third similarly qualified appraiser.  Within thirty (30) days after their appointment, each of the two appointed appraisers shall submit to the third appraiser a sealed envelope containing such appointed appraiser’s good faith determination of the Fair Market Rent for the Premises for the Extended Term; concurrently with such delivery, each such appraiser shall deliver a copy of his or her determination to the other appraiser.  The third appraiser shall, within ten (10) days following receipt of such submissions, then determine which of the two appraisers’ determinations most closely reflects Fair Market Rent and the chosen appraiser’s determination shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Rent for the Premises during the Extended Term.  The third appraiser shall have no rights to adjust, amend or otherwise alter the determinations made
 

 
9

 

by the appraisers selected by the parties, but must select one or the other of such appraisers’ submissions.  The determination by such third appraiser shall be final and binding upon the parties.  Said third appraiser shall, upon selecting the determination which most closely resembles Fair Market Rent, concurrently notify both parties hereto in writing.  The parties shall share the appraisal expenses equally.  If the Extended Term begins prior to the determination of Fair Market Rent, Tenant shall pay monthly installments of Base Rent equal to one hundred three percent (103%) of the monthly installment of Base Rent in effect for the last year of the initial Lease Term. Once a determination is made, any over payment or under payment shall be reimbursed as a credit against, or paid by adding to, the monthly installment of Base Rent next falling due.
 
Section 3.03                        Early Termination Option
 
(a)           Tenant shall have a one-time right to terminate this Lease only as of that last day of the eighty-fourth (84 th ) month of the Lease Term (the “ Early Termination Date ”) by providing Landlord with written notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) of its intent to terminate given at least nine (9) months prior to the Early Termination Date.
 
(b)           If Tenant elects to exercise the right to terminate this Lease in accordance with this Section 3.03, Tenant shall pay a cancellation payment simultaneously with the delivery of the Termination Notice in an amount (the “ Termination Fee ”) equal to the unamortized portion of (i) the abated Rent during the first six months of the Initial Term, (ii) the Tenant Improvement Allowance or any other tenant improvement allowance provided to Tenant, (iii) the costs incurred by Landlord to complete any tenant improvements (including without limitation architectural and engineering fees, permit fees and other soft costs) which were not included in any other allowance provided to Tenant, and (iv) any leasing commissions paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease, plus interest on the cumulative sum of the items described in subsections (i) through (iv) herein accruing from the Commencement Date of this Lease until such Termination Fee is paid to Landlord at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum.   The parties agree to compute the Termination Fee and include it as an item in the Memorandum of Commencement of Lease Term upon its execution by Landlord and Tenant
 
(c)           Provided that Tenant pays the Termination Fee, the Lease shall terminate as of the Early Termination Date with the same force and effect as if scheduled to expire according to its terms as of such date, and all terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the condition of the Premises upon expiration of the Term and survival of indemnity obligations) shall be applicable thereto.  If Tenant fails to timely pay the Termination Fee, Tenant’s exercise of its right to terminate shall be null and void and of no force and effect whatsoever, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant shall have no further right to terminate this Lease under this Section 3.03.
 
(d)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Section 3.03 shall, if Landlord so elects in its absolute discretion, be ineffective in the event that Tenant is in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period of this Lease at the time of delivery of a Termination Notice or upon the Early Termination Date.
 

 
10

 

ARTICLE IV
 
RENT; TRIPLE NET LEASE
 
Section 4.01                        Base Rent
 
Subject to the terms of Section 4.02 below, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without prior notice or demand, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in the Summary, which shall be payable in monthly installments, in advance, on or before the first day of each calendar month of the Lease Term.  For purposes hereof, “ Lease Month 7 ” shall begin one (1) day after the sixth (6 th ) full month of the Lease Term and end on the last day of the seventh (7th) full calendar month after the Commencement Date.  In the event that any month in the Lease Term begins on a day other than the first (1 st ) day of a month, the Base Rent and Additional Rent for such month shall be multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days in such month and the denominator of which shall be number of days in such calendar month (e.g., if the Lease Term commences September 13, the fraction for such month shall be 17/30).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent for Lease Month 7, together with Landlord’s estimate of Additional Rent due hereunder for such month, upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease.
 
Section 4.02                        Abatement of Base Rent
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord hereby waives Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent for the first six (6) months of the initial Lease Term (the “ Abatement Period ”).
 
Section 4.03                        Payment of Rent
 
This Lease is what is commonly called an “Absolute Triple Net Lease,” it being understood that Landlord shall receive the Base Rent set forth in Section 4.01 free and clear of, and in addition to, any and all expenses, costs, impositions, taxes, assessments, liens or charges of any nature whatsoever.  Tenant shall pay all Rent in lawful money of the United States of America to Landlord at the notice address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other places as Landlord may designate in writing on or before the due date specified for same without prior demand, set-off or deduction of any nature whatsoever.   It is the intention of the parties hereto that this Lease shall not be terminable for any reason by Tenant and that Tenant shall in no event be entitled to any abatement of or reduction in Rent payable under this Lease, except as herein expressly provided in Articles VIII and XIII concerning destruction and condemnation.  Any present or future law to the contrary shall not alter this agreement of the parties.
 
Section 4.04                        Additional Rent
 
In addition to the Base Rent reserved by Section 4.01, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay (i) Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses; (ii) Tenant’s Share of Insurance Expenses; (iii) Tenant’s Share of Real Estate Taxes; and (iv) a management fee (the “ Management Fee ”), payable on a monthly basis, in advance, at the same time and in the same manner applicable to monthly installments of Base Rent, in an amount equal to two and one half percent (2.5%) of the then applicable monthly
 

 
11

 

installment of Base Rent (for the purposes of this Section 4.04, the Base Rent for the first six (6) months of the Lease Term shall be deemed to be $306,764.50, notwithstanding any abatement of Base Rent during the Abatement Period pursuant to Section 4.02 above); provided, however, that the Management Fee shall not be due or payable for the first six (6) months of the Lease Term).  All of the foregoing payments, together with any and all other amounts (other than Base Rent), whether or not contemplated, payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease are referred to herein, collectively, as “ Additional Rent , “ and Base Rent and Additional Rent are referred to herein, collectively, as “ Rent . “
 
Section 4.05                        Operating Expenses; Insurance Expenses; Real Estate Taxes
 
(a)            Definitions
 
Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 4.05(b), below, “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature (other than Insurance Expenses and Real Estate Taxes) which Landlord pays or accrues (whether obligated to do so or undertaken at Landlord’s discretion) during any calendar year during the Lease Term because of or in connection with the operation, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement and restoration of (1) the Project, (2) Lot 1, (3) the Amenities Parcel, and (4) the Building, or any portion thereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following:
 
(i)           With respect to the Project, any and all costs and expenses charged to Landlord as owner of Lot 1 (or any portion thereof) pursuant to any covenants, conditions and restriction or similar governing document recorded against the property of which the Premises is a part, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of operating, cleaning, lighting, maintaining, repairing and replacing all Project Common Area improvements and elements (including, without limitation, light poles and fixtures, storm and sanitary sewers, parking lots, driveways and roads);
 
(ii)           With respect to Lot 1, any and all costs and expenses charged to Landlord as owner of Lot 1 (or any portion thereof) pursuant to any covenants, conditions and restriction or similar governing document recorded against the property of which the Premises is a part, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of operating, cleaning, lighting, maintaining, repairing and replacing all Lot 1 Common Area improvements and elements (including, without limitation, light poles and fixtures, storm and sanitary sewers, parking lots, driveways and roads);
 
(iii)           With respect to the Amenities Parcel, any and all costs and expenses charged to Landlord as owner of Lot 1 (or any portion thereof) pursuant to any covenants, conditions and restriction or similar governing document recorded against the property of which the Premises is a part, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of operating, cleaning, lighting, maintaining, repairing and replacing all improvements and elements (including, without limitation, elevators, stairways, floors, exterior and interior walls, roof, roof membrane and all other elements of the Athletic Facility; a use privilege fee consisting of:  (x) Base Rent, as adjusted, times Tenant’s Share of the agreed 48,207 square foot Athletic Facility,   and (y) costs and expenses arising from the operation of same (net of any fees paid by
 

 
12

 

individual users), provided, however, that no cost  or expense that would otherwise be excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease shall be included; and
 
(iv)           With respect to the Building (or any portion thereof), or the Project, Amenities Parcel or Lot 1 to the extent such costs are incurred by Landlord and not otherwise included pursuant to items (i) through (iii) above, costs and expenses of cleaning, lighting, maintaining, repairing and replacing all improvements and elements (including, without limitation, light poles and fixtures, parking lots, driveways and roads, storm and sanitary systems (except that the parking lots and driveways may only be repaved or slurry sealed three (3) times during the initial Lease Term, and the parking lot striped not more often than three (3) times during the initial Lease Term; costs of removal of trash, rubbish, garbage and other refuse; costs of painting of exterior and interior walls; costs of removal of graffiti; costs of maintaining landscaping; costs of providing security systems and personnel to the extent Landlord determines in its sole discretion to do so; fire protection and fire hydrant charges (including fire protection system signaling devices now or hereafter required, and the costs of maintaining of same); water and sewer charges; utility charges; license and permit fees necessary to operate and maintain the Building, the Amenities Parcel, Lot 1 or the Project; costs of supplies, tools and materials used in the operation and maintenance of the Building, the Amenities Parcel, Lot 1 or the Project and the Common Area; the cost (or the reasonable depreciation of the cost) of equipment used in the operation and maintenance of the Building, Lot 1, the Amenities Parcel or the Project and the Common Area (which shall be expensed or amortized, respectively, by Landlord in its good faith discretion using commercial real estate management principles, consistently applied) and rent paid for leasing any such equipment; reasonable cost of on-site or off-site space for the storage of any and all items used in conjunction with the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Project, Building, Lot 1 or Amenities Parcel (including, without limitation, tools, machinery, records, decorations, tables, benches, supplies and meters); the cost of making all improvements which are intended to reduce Operating Expenses or to increase public safety as required by any Applicable Laws (but only to the extent of such savings over the Lease Term), or improvements which may be then required by governmental authority, laws, statutes, ordinances and/or regulations; the cost of all licenses, certificates, permits and inspections (other than inspections related to the inspection of the build-out of any space leased to tenants of the Project); the reasonable cost of contesting any governmental enactments which may affect Operating Expenses; reasonable costs incurred to comply with any transportation demand management program, any present or anticipated conservation program or any other required governmental program; payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building, Lot 1 or the Project; costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute Real Estate Taxes hereunder; total compensation and benefits (including premiums for workers’ compensation and other insurance, except to the extent such premiums are included in Insurance Expenses) paid to or on behalf of Landlord’s employees, agents, consultants and contractors below the grade of building manager, including, without limitation, full or part time on-site management or maintenance personnel.
 
 “ Insurance Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues (whether obligated to do so or undertaken
 

 
13

 

at Landlord’s discretion) during any calendar year during the Lease Term because of or with respect to insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Building or the Project, including, without limitation, all insurance described in Sections 7.01 and 7.03 below.
 
“Real Estate Taxes ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts which Landlord pays or accrues during the Lease Term for the Project, including, without limitation, the statements, bills, impositions or levies for all Real Property Taxes described in Article IX below; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be obligated to pay any penalties resulting Landlord’s late payment of any Real Property Taxes, except to the extent such late payment is directly due to Tenant’s failure to pay Real Estate Taxes as and when due hereunder.
 
(b)            Exclusions
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “Operating Expenses” shall not include (and Tenant shall have no liability for) any of the following:  (i) any expenses incurred by Landlord for the sole benefit of Tenant, which expenses shall be reimbursed in full by Tenant pursuant to the other terms of this Lease (other than through reimbursement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses), (ii) any expenses incurred by Landlord for the sole benefit of one or more other tenants of the Building or the Project, which expenses are in fact reimbursed by such tenant(s) (other than through any operating cost reimbursement provision identical or substantially similar to the provisions set forth in this Lease), (iii) any payments of interest or principal relating to any debt secured by the Building or the Project, except any debt incurred by Landlord for the purpose of financing amounts which would otherwise be included in Operating Expenses hereunder, (iv) Landlord’s non-cash depreciation and amortization of the initial construction of any Common Area improvements; provided that nothing herein shall limit Landlord’s ability to collect the cost of other capitalized items pursuant to the terms of this Lease, (v) the cost of relocating any tenants of Lot 1 or the Project, (vi) the cost of any item for which Landlord is actually reimbursed by insurance, condemnations, refund or rebate (and Landlord agrees to use good faith efforts to collect such amounts), (vii) any expenses for repairs or maintenance to the extent actually recovered under any warranties or guarantees applicable to the Building, Lot 1 or the Project, (viii) any cost of testing, surveying, cleaning up, containing, abating, remedying, removing, encapsulating or handling any Hazardous Materials at, in, or under the Project, (ix) any cost or expense arising from any defaults by Landlord under this Lease or any other lease in Lot 1 or the Project, (x) any property management fees for the Building, Lot 1 or the Project in excess of the Management Fee described in Section 4.04 above, (xi) marketing costs, costs of leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with prospective tenants or other occupants of the Building, Lot 1 or Project; (xii) any cost of repairs or alterations resulting from defects in the initial design and construction of the Building or the Project; (xiii) overhead and profit paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for management or other services, to the extent that the costs of such services, supplies or materials if the same were not provided by a subsidiary or affiliate, (xiv) costs of decorating, redecorating, or special cleaning or other services offered to other tenants of the Building, but not to Tenant, (xv) wages, salaries, fees, and fringe benefits paid to executive personnel or officers or partners of Landlord; (xvi) any charge for Landlord’s income taxes, excess profit taxes, franchise taxes, or similar taxes on Landlord’s business; (xvii) the cost of any repair made by Landlord because
 

 
14

 

of the total or partial destruction or condemnation of any portion of the Project, provided that nothing herein shall excuse Tenant from its obligation to pay a portion of Landlord’s property insurance deductible in the event of a casualty, as is provided for elsewhere in this Lease, (xviii) the cost of tools and equipment used initially in the construction, operation, repair and maintenance of the Project; (xix) the cost of any work or service performed for or facilities furnished to other tenants of the Building, but not to Tenant;  (xx) the cost incurred by  Landlord in curing its defaults or performing work expressly provided for in this Lease to be borne at Landlord’s expense; (xxi) ground rent or similar payments to a ground lessor; (xxii) transfer taxes, title insurance costs, points or brokerage commissions incurred in connection with the sale, financing, refinancing, mortgaging, or other change of ownership in any part of the Project; (xxiii) all expenses in connection with the installation with luncheon club, athletic club, dining facility or any other facility not generally available to other office tenants in the Project; (xxiv) bad debt expenses; (xxv) costs of acquisition and maintenance of signs in or on the building identifying the owner of the building or other tenants; (xxvi) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any other tenant of the terms of any lease of any space in the Project, (xxvii) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses; (xxviii) costs arising from Landlord’s charitable or political contributions; (xxix) costs for the purchase (but not maintenance or repair) of sculptures, paintings and other fine art; (xxx) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord, (xxxi) Insurance Expenses, (xxxii) Real Estate Taxes and (xxxiii) any costs arising from the breach by Landlord of its obligations pursuant to this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods.  Notwithstanding the above, if Tenant's Share of the cost of any particular capital expenditure to the Building or Common Area exceeds Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), then such cost, together with interest thereon at the rate actually charged Landlord by any lender or, if no such interest is relevant, with interest thereon at an interest rate equal to the Agreed Rate (as defined in Section 17.02 below), shall be amortized over its useful life, and the amount includible in Operating Expenses shall be limited to the monthly amortized cost thereof.  The determination of what constitutes a capital expenditure and the useful life applicable thereto shall be made by Landlord in its good faith discretion using accounting practices commonly utilized in the commercial real estate industry, consistently applied.
 
(c)            Tenant’s Share
 
For purposes hereof, “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean, as applicable:  (i) Tenant’s Project Share (hereinafter defined), (ii) Tenant’s Lot 1 Share (hereinafter defined), or (iii) Tenant’s Building Share (hereinafter defined).  “ Tenant’s Project Share ” shall mean the percentage derived by the quotient of the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the Rentable Area of Lot 1 or the Project.  “ Tenant’s Lot 1 Share ” shall mean the percentage derived by the quotient of the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the Rentable Area of Lot 1. “ Tenant’s Building Share ” shall mean the percentage derived by the quotient of the Rentable Area of the Premises divided by the Rentable Area of the Building.  Whenever used in this Lease, the term “Tenant’s Share” shall mean either the Tenant’s Project Share, Tenant’s Lot 1 Share or Tenant’s Building Share, as applicable. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that: (i) Tenant’s Project Share, Tenant’s Lot 1 Share and Tenant’s Building Share shall be the percentages set forth in the Summary, and (ii) Landlord shall not pass through any cost to Tenant in an amount equal to Tenant’s Project Share unless Landlord incurs such cost with respect to the Project as a whole and charges other tenants of the Project on that same basis; Landlord will not pass through
 

 
15

 

to Tenant any cost in an amount equal to Tenant’s Lot 1 Share unless Landlord incurs such cost with respect to Lot 1 as a whole and charges other tenants of Lot 1 on that same basis; and Landlord will not pass through to Tenant any cost in an amount equal to Tenant’s Building Share unless Landlord incurs such cost with respect to the Building as a whole and charges other tenants of the Building on that same basis.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s Share shall be subject to increase or reduction (in an amount Landlord shall, in good faith, determine), based upon any increase or reduction in the Rentable Area of the Project, Lot 1, the Building, or the Premises.  By way of example only, were Landlord to build “Building “D” of the Project and the square footage of Building “D” was 227,614 rentable square feet, then the aggregate rentable square footage of the Project would increase to 1,855,710 and Tenant’s Project Share would decrease to 6.75%.
 
(d)            Payment
 
Commencing on the Commencement Date, and continuing through the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay, on the first day of each calendar month, monthly installments of Tenant’s  Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Share of Insurance Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Real Estate Taxes in amounts set forth in a written estimate by Landlord.  Landlord shall have the right to revise its estimate upwards one time during a particular calendar year.  Provided that Tenant is afforded at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of such revision, then, commencing with Tenant’s next installment of Base Rent due, Tenant thereafter shall pay such amounts set forth in such revised estimate (which may include an additional monthly amount based upon any shortfall in Landlord’s previous estimate).  If Tenant is not provided thirty (30) days’ prior written consent of such revision, then Tenant’s obligation to pay such amount shall commence on the first day of the first calendar month following the expiration of the thirty (30) day notice. (By way of example only, if Landlord notifies Tenant that it has revised its estimated statement of Operating Expenses on August 15, then such revised amount shall first be due on October 1.)  Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord’s Statement ”), within ninety (90) days after the end of each calendar year, which shall set forth the actual amounts of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Share of Insurance Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Real Estate Taxes for such preceding calendar year.  In the event that the actual amounts of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Share of Insurance Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Real Estate Taxes for such preceding calendar year exceed the estimated amounts paid by Tenant with respect to each of Tenant’s Share during such preceding calendar year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the entire amount of such excess within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord’s Statement.  In the event that the actual amounts of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Share of Insurance Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Real Estate Taxes for such preceding calendar year are less than the estimated amounts paid by Tenant with respect to each of Tenant’s Shares during such preceding calendar year, then Landlord shall apply such difference as a credit to installments of Rent next falling due (or if the Lease Term has expired or terminated and there remains no money due to Landlord, then Landlord shall remit to Tenant the amount of such difference within thirty (30) days of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease).  Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Share of Insurance Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Real Estate Taxes for the ensuing estimation period shall be adjusted upward or downward based upon Landlord’s Statement.
 

 
16

 
 
 
(e)     Limited Abatement of Operating Expenses, Insurance Expenses and Real Estate Taxes
 
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord hereby waives Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Tenant’s Share of Insurance Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Real Estate Taxes and the Management Fee for the Abatement Period (as defined in Section 4.02 above); provided, however, that Tenant shall be obligated to pay Tenant’s Share of any services that are dependent on occupancy of the Premises (e.g. janitorial services and utilities) provided to the Premises during the Abatement Period.
 
Section 4.06                        Tenant’s Right to Review Supporting Data
 
(a)            Exercise of Right by Tenant
 
Provided that Tenant has not then received an uncured notice of default under this Lease from Landlord and provided further that Tenant strictly complies with the provisions of this Section 4.06, Tenant shall have the right to reasonably review supporting data for any portion of a Landlord’s Statement that Tenant claims is incorrect.  In order for Tenant to exercise its right under this Section 4.06, Tenant shall, within one hundred twenty (120) days after any Landlord’s Statement is received, deliver a written notice to Landlord specifying the portions of such Landlord’s Statement that are claimed to be incorrect, and Tenant shall simultaneously pay to Landlord all amounts due from Tenant to Landlord as specified in such Landlord’s Statement if such amounts have not previously been paid.  Except as expressly set forth in Section 4.06(c) below, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to withhold, deduct, or offset any monetary obligation of Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, Tenant’s obligation to make all Base Rent payments and all payments of Additional Rent pending the completion of, and regardless of the results of, any review under this Section 4.06.  The right to review granted to Tenant under this Section 4.06 may only be exercised once for any Landlord’s Statement, and if Tenant fails to meet any of the above conditions as a prerequisite to the exercise of such right, the right of Tenant under this Section 4.06 for a particular Landlord’s Statement shall be deemed waived.
 
(b)            Procedures for Review
 
Tenant agrees that any review of supporting data under this Section shall occur at such location at which Landlord’s records for the Building, Lot 1 or the Project are then located; provided, however, that Landlord agrees to retain such records in a single location either at the Project or at Landlord’s usual location therefor.  Any review to be conducted under this Section 4.06 shall be at the sole expense of Tenant and shall be conducted by a firm of certified public accountants of national or regionally standing on a non-contingency basis; provided, however, that if any such review (as agreed upon by Landlord under Section 4.06(c) below) reveals an overcharge to Tenant in excess of three percent (3%), then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s out-of-pocket third party costs incurred in connection with Tenant’s review.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any supporting data reviewed under this Section 4.06 shall constitute confidential information of Landlord, which shall not be disclosed to anyone other than the accountants performing the review and the management of Tenant who receive the results of the review.  Except (i) to the extent required by law, (ii) in connection with any legal proceeding concerning this Lease, or (iii) to the extent such information or results are otherwise
 

 
17

 

publicly available, the disclosure of such information or results of the review to any other person by Tenant shall entitle Landlord to all of its rights and remedies available to Landlord and Tenant at law or in equity, with Tenant agreeing that Landlord shall be entitled to pursue and injunction against Tenant to prevent the disclosure of such information in violation of the terms of this Lease.
 
 
(c)     Resolution of Disputes Regarding Operating Expenses, Insurance Expenses and Real Estate Taxes
 
Provided Tenant has complied with the provisions of this Section 4.06, if Tenant believes the results of the review of supporting data described in Subsection (b) above have revealed Landlord’s calculation of the disputed portion of Landlord’s Statement to be in error, Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days after the completion of the examination to notify Landlord of same in writing. The alleged error(s) shall be described with particularity in Tenant’s notice, which shall be accompanied by all information supporting Tenant’s allegations. The parties hereto may agree to correct such error(s) (in which case Landlord will provide a revised Landlord’s Statement within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s notice) or a dispute between the parties may persist.  Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for resolving any such dispute shall be by binding arbitration.  The arbitration shall be administered by the office of JAMS in San Francisco, California, and shall be conducted pursuant to its Streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures.  The arbitrator’s powers shall be limited to resolving the dispute and awarding costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) to the prevailing party.
 
(d)            Effect of Tenant’s Default
 
In the event that Landlord has, in good faith, provided Tenant with written notice that Tenant is in default of its obligations under this Lease at any time during the pendency of a review of records under this Section 4.06, said right to review shall immediately cease and the matters originally set forth in the Landlord’s Statement shall be deemed to be correct.
 
ARTICLE V
 
USE
 
Section 5.01                        Permitted Use and Limitations on Use
 
The Premises shall be used and occupied only for the permitted use set forth in the Summary and for no other use or purpose whatsoever.  Tenant shall not use, suffer or knowingly permit the use of the Premises in any manner that would constitute waste, nuisance or unlawful acts.  Tenant shall not do anything in or about the Premises which would (a) cause structural injury to the Building or the Premises, or (b) cause damage to any part of the Building or the Premises except to the extent reasonably necessary for the installation of Tenant’s trade fixtures and Tenant’s Alterations, and then only in a manner and to the extent consistent with this Lease.  Tenant shall not operate any equipment within the Building or the Premises which would (i) materially damage the Building or the Common Area, (ii) overload existing mechanical, electrical or other systems or equipment servicing the Building, (iii) impair the efficient operation of the sprinkler system or the heating, ventilating or air conditioning equipment within
 

 
18

 

or servicing the Building, (iv) damage, overload or corrode the sanitary sewer system, or (v) damage the Common Area or any other part of Lot 1 or the Project.  Tenant shall not attach, hang or suspend anything from the ceiling, roof, walls or columns of the Building or set any load on the floor in excess of the load limits for which such items are designed nor operate hard wheel forklifts within the Premises.  Any dust, fumes, or waste products generated by Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be contained and disposed so that they do not (A) create an unreasonable fire or health hazard, (B) damage the Premises, or (C) result in the violation of any law.  Except as approved by Landlord, Tenant shall not change the exterior of the Building, or the area outside of the Premises, or install any equipment or antennas on or make any penetrations of the exterior or roof of the Building, except as provided for in Section 17.25.  Tenant shall not conduct on any portion of the Premises any sale of any kind (but nothing herein is meant to prohibit sales and marketing activities of Tenant’s products and services in the normal course of business consistent with the permitted use), including any public or private auction, fire sale, going-out-of-business sale, distress sale or other liquidation sale, and any such sale shall be an immediate event of default hereunder without the benefit of a notice and cure period from Landlord, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease.  No materials, supplies, tanks or containers, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials, inoperable vehicles or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain within the outside areas of the Premises except in fully fenced and screened areas outside the Building which have been designed for such purpose and have been approved in writing by Landlord for such use by Tenant and for which Tenant has obtained all appropriate permits from governmental agencies having jurisdiction over such articles.
 
Section 5.02                        Compliance with Laws
 
(a)           Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant on the Delivery Date (without regard to the use for which Tenant will use the Premises) in full compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, codes, rules, regulations and ordinances including, without limitation, the American With Disabilities Act (collectively, the “ Applicable Laws ”).
 
(b)           Throughout the Lease Term and any Extended Terms, Tenant shall comply with all Applicable Laws and covenants and private restrictions, along with the LEED Certification Requirements (as defined in Section 5.06 below) applicable to the Premises promulgated now or in the future: (i) regarding the physical condition of the Premises, but only to the extent pertenent to the particular and unique manner in which Tenant uses the Premises (by way of example only, if any governmental authority should require any portion of the Project or the Premises to be structurally strengthened against earthquake, or should require the removal of Hazardous Materials from the Premises and such measures are imposed as a general requirement applicable to all tenants rather than as a condition to Tenant’s specific use or occupancy of the Premises, such work shall be performed by and at the sole cost of Landlord); (ii) regarding the physical condition of the Building to the extent such compliance work is triggered by Alterations within the Premises; or (iii) that do not relate to the physical condition of the Premises but relate to the lawful use of the Premises and with which only the occupant can comply, such as laws governing maximum occupancy, workplace smoking, and illegal business operations.  Any other alterations or improvements affecting the Premises and required by Applicable Laws, LEED Certification Requirements or private covenants shall be performed by
 

 
19

 

Landlord and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Tenant's Share of such cost at the same time and in the same as Operating Expenses are paid by Tenant under the terms of this Lease.
 
(c)           By executing this Lease, Tenant acknowledges that it has reviewed and satisfied itself as to its compliance, or intended compliance with the applicable zoning and permit requirements, hazardous materials and waste requirements, and all other statutes, laws, or ordinances relevant to the uses stated in Section 5.01 above or the occupancy of the Premises.
 
Section 5.03                        Delivery of Premises
 
(a)            Early Entry
 
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as of the Delivery Date (as defined below), Tenant and Tenant’s invitees may enter the Premises (and the Common Area of the Building, to the extent reasonably necessary), at Tenant’s sole risk, for the sole purpose of installation of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 2.1 of Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof), and its furniture, fixtures and equipment (collectively, the “ FF&E ”) Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date shall be solely for the purpose of constructing the Tenant Improvements and installing the FF&E (and not for the conduct of Tenant’s business) and shall be on all of the terms and conditions of this Lease as though the Lease Term had commenced on the Delivery Date, except the obligation to pay Rent.  The “ Delivery Date ” shall mean that date on which all of the following have occurred:  (a) this Lease is fully executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant; and (b) Tenant has delivered to Landlord (i) Rent for the Lease Month 7, and (ii) evidence of the insurance described in Article VII below.  Tenant shall give Landlord twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice of its initial entry into the Premises by Tenant or Tenant’s invitees pursuant to this Section 5.03(a) but thereafter shall not be required to provide Landlord with such notice.  Tenant shall ensure that any entry by Tenant or its invitees does not unreasonably interfere with the construction or completion of any work to be performed by Landlord hereunder.  In addition, from and after the Delivery Date, Tenant’s employees may use the Amenities Parcel for its intended use without charge until the Commencement Date.
 
           (b)            Condition of Premises .  
 
Having made such inspection of the Premises, the Building, Lot 1 or the Project as it deemed prudent and appropriate (including, without limitation, testing for the presence of mold), Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in their condition existing as of the Delivery Date, “AS-IS” and “WITH ALL FAULTS” subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances and regulations governing and regulating the use and condition of the Premises, and any covenants or restrictions, liens, encumbrances and title exceptions of record, and accepts this Lease subject thereto and to all matters disclosed thereby and by any exhibits attached hereto.  Notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to all of the terms of this Lease for the construction of Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall deliver the Building to Tenant on the Delivery Date with the building plumbing, lighting, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, gas, electrical, and sprinkler systems and loading doors in proper operating condition and built substantially in accordance with the approved plans thereof and in a workman like manner.  Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Work Letter Agreement for Tenant Improvements and Interior Specification Standards attached
 

 
20

 

hereto as Exhibit C and made a part hereof (“ Work Letter ”), Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises.  Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty as to the present or future suitability of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business.  Neither party has been induced to enter into this Lease by, nor is either party is relying on, any representation or warranty outside those expressly set forth in this Lease.  Neither Landlord nor anyone acting on its behalf shall be liable for, nor shall this Lease be subject to rescission on account of, the nondisclosure of any facts.  Tenant expressly waives any right to rescission and /or damages based on nondisclosure of any facts.
 
Section 5.04                        Building Security
 
Landlord will provide (as part of Operating Expenses) on-site security for Lot 1 between the hours of 4 P.M. and 7 A.M on weekdays and twenty-four (24) hours a day on weekends and holidays.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it assumes sole responsibility for security at the Premises for its agents, employees, invitees, licensees, contractors, guests and visitors and will provide such systems and personnel for same including, without limitation, while such person(s) are using the Common Area, as it deems necessary or appropriate and at its sole cost and expense.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties (as defined in Section 7.07 below) shall be liable in any manner for any security personnel, services, procedures or equipment in, at, on or about the Premises, the Building, Lot 1 or the Project (whether or not provided by Landlord) or for the failure of the same to prevent or control, or to apprehend anyone suspected of, personal injury, property damage or any criminal conduct in, on or about the Building, Lot 1 or the Project.
 
Section 5.05                        Rules and Regulations
 
Landlord may from time to time promulgate reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations applicable for the care and orderly management of the Premises, Lot 1 or the Project and/or its Common Area.  Such rules and regulations shall be binding upon Tenant on the tenth (10th) business day after Tenant receives a written copy thereof, and Tenant agrees to thereafter abide by such rules and regulations.  No rules and regulations shall require Tenant to pay additional Rent nor shall any such rules and regulations apply retroactively.  A copy of the initial Rules and Regulations is attached hereto as Exhibit G .  If there is a conflict between the rules and regulations and any of the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall prevail.  If Landlord acts reasonably, in  good faith, and uniformly enforces the rules and regulations, then Landlord shall not be responsible for the violation of any such rules and regulations against each of the tenants by any person, including, without limitation, Tenant or its employees, agents, invitees, licensees, guests, visitors or contractors.
 
Section 5.06                        LEED Certification Requirements
 
Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it is obligated to comply fully and timely with the certification requirements (the “ LEED Certification Requirements ”) promulgated by the U.S. Green Building Council in order for the Building and Premises to be certified as “Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design for Commercial Interiors (LEED-CI)” (and any revisions,
 

 
21

 

supplements or successor plans thereto) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to achieve the certifications and goals described therein for at least a silver rating, and that failure to do so will (i) constitute a material default hereunder, and (ii) expose Landlord to possible penalties and damages to which Tenant’s indemnity obligations under the Lease shall apply. Tenant shall fully cooperate with Landlord and Landlord’s designated LEED consultant to assist Landlord in obtaining LEED certification for the Premises on Landlord and/or Tenant’s behalf.
 
Section 5.07                        TDM Requirements
 
Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant has reviewed and analyzed the Moffett Towers Transportation Demand Management Plan (the “ TDM Plan ”) approved by the City of Sunnyvale, California and understands that it is obligated to comply fully and timely with the approved TDM Plan (and any revisions, supplements or successor plans thereto) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense to achieve the certifications and goals described therein, and that failure to do so will (i) constitute a material default hereunder, and (ii) expose Landlord to possible penalties and damages to which Tenant’s indemnity obligations under the Lease shall apply.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS
 
Section 6.01                        Maintenance of Premises and Building
 
(a)           Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall keep, maintain, repair and replace the Premises and every part thereof (except as provided in 6.01(b) below, and also except for maintenance, repairs or replacement costs caused solely by an act of negligence or intentional misconduct by Landlord during the Lease Term, subject to Section 7.06 below) and all improvements and appurtenances in the Premises, including, without limitation, all interior walls, all doors and windows, all wall surfaces and floor coverings, all Alterations, additions and improvements installed by or on behalf of Tenant during the Lease Term, sewer, plumbing, electrical, lighting, heating, ventilation and cooling systems, fixtures and equipment exclusively servicing the Premises to the point of connection with the base Building systems, all fire sprinklers, all fire safety and security systems, fixtures and equipment exclusively servicing the Premises, all wiring, and all glazing, in the same good order, condition and repair as they are in on the Delivery Date, or as they may be improved after the Delivery Date, normal wear and tear, casualty, condemnation, obsolescence and Landlord’s obligations hereunder excepted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord is responsible for construction of the improvement under the Work Letter, then for the first twelve (12) months of the Lease Term Tenant shall not be responsible for the repair or any latent defects in such improvements that Landlord was required to construct to the extent that such defects existed as of the Commencement Date.
 
(b)           At all times during the Lease Term, Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly repair all defects in the exterior walls (including all exterior glass which is damaged by structural defects in such exterior walls) and foundation and all other structural portions of the Premises and the Building.  At all times during the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain, repair and replace the Common Area elements of the Building, those portions of the base Building systems not exclusively servicing the Premises, and the exterior walls, structural walls, supporting pillars, foundations, and structural portions of the roof and roof membrane of the
 

 
22

 

Building.  All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the foregoing obligations shall be included in Operating Expenses subject to the terms of Section 4.05(b); provided, however, if such maintenance, repair or replacement is due to the acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Parties (as defined in Section 7.07 below), then Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing and if Tenant fails to make such repairs within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such notice, then Landlord shall nevertheless make such repairs at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant, within thirty (30) days (or, in the case of emergencies, twenty-four (24) hours after receipt of such notice) after receipt of an invoice and reasonable supporting documentation, shall pay to Landlord all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of any such repairs, together with accrued interest at the Agreed Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment.  Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of any needed repairs which are the obligation of Landlord hereunder; provided, however, that Tenant’s failure to provide such notice shall not be deemed a waiver by Tenant.  It shall then be the obligation of Landlord, after receipt of such notice, to perform the same within thirty (30) days (or within twenty-four (24) hours in the event of an emergency) after such notice; provided, however, that if the nature of the repairs is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder if Landlord commences such repairs within said thirty (30) day (or twenty-four (24) hour period in the event of an emergency) period and thereafter diligently completes them and provided further, that for purposes of this sentence “commences” includes material steps taken by Landlord to investigate, design, consult, bid or seek permit or other governmental approval in connection with such repair.  Should Landlord default, as provided in Section 12.03 below, in its obligation to make any of the repairs assumed by it hereunder with respect to the Premises or Building and if such repairs shall be reasonably necessary to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall have the right to perform such repairs, in which event Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written demand accompanied by detailed invoice(s), shall pay to Tenant the reasonable, actual out-of-pocket costs expended by Tenant for such repairs together with accrued interest at the Agreed Rate from the date of Tenant’s payment, provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to create a right of setoff or withholding by Tenant of Base Rent or Additional Rent or any other amounts due herein.  Landlord grants Tenant a license, effective during the Lease Term, to enter upon those portions of the Premises and the Building to which access is reasonably necessary for Tenant to take such action.  Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any damage to person or property as a result of any failure to timely perform any of its obligations with respect to the repair, maintenance or replacement of the Premises, the Building, Lot 1 or the Project or any part thereof, and Tenant’s sole right and remedy (together with its rights under Section 12.03 below) shall be the performance of said repairs by Tenant with the right of reimbursement from Landlord, all in accordance with the terms of this Section 6.01(b).  Tenant hereby expressly waives all rights under and benefits of Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any law, statute or ordinance on the same subject now or hereafter in effect to make repairs and offset the cost of same against Rent or to withhold or delay any payment of Rent or any other of its obligations hereunder as a result of any default by Landlord under this Section 6.01(b).
 
(c)           Tenant agrees to keep the interior of the Premises clean and in sanitary condition as required by the health, sanitary and police ordinances and regulations of any political subdivision having jurisdiction and to remove all trash and debris which may be found in the Premises.  Tenant further agrees to keep the interior surfaces of the Premises, including, without limitation, windows, floors, walls, doors, showcases and fixtures clean and neat in appearance.
 

 
23

 

Tenant may contract directly with the janitorial company used by Landlord as of the Commencement Date to service the Building in order to provide janitorial services to the Premises, in which case, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide janitorial services to the Premises.  No agreement entered into by Tenant and Landlord’s janitorial company shall impose any obligation or additional cost on Landlord or otherwise bind Landlord.
 
(d)           If Tenant refuses or neglects to commence (as defined above) such repairs and/or maintenance for which Tenant is responsible under this Article VI within a thirty (30) day period (or within twenty-four (24) hours in the event of an emergency) after written notice from Landlord and thereafter to diligently prosecute the same to completion, then Landlord, upon at least 24 hours prior written notice (except in an emergency when no such notice shall be required), may enter the Premises and cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be made, and Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage occasioned thereby, and Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice, shall pay to Landlord all reasonable, our-of-pocket third party costs and expenses of any such repairs and/or maintenance, together with accrued interest at the Agreed Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment.
 
Section 6.02                        Maintenance of Common Areas
 
At all times during the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain, repair and replace all features, facilities and improvements in, on or about the Building Common Areas, the Lot 1 Common Areas and the Amenities Parcel, landscaping, curbs, walkways, driveways, roadways, parking areas, and lighting, sprinkler, drainage, sewer and plumbing systems, fixtures and equipment.  Landlord’s obligations herein shall be performed in a manner to maintain the Building Common Areas, and the Lot 1 Common Areas in a first class condition at reasonably prudent cost and expense.  All costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the foregoing obligations shall be included in Operating Expenses except as otherwise provided in Section 4.05(b); provided, however, if such maintenance, repair or replacement is due to the acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or any Tenant Parties, then Landlord shall nevertheless make such repairs at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice, shall pay to Landlord all out-of-pocket costs and expenses of any such repairs, together with accrued interest at the Agreed Rate from the date of Landlord’s payment.
 
Section 6.03                        Alterations, Additions and Improvements
 
No alterations, additions, or improvements (“ Alterations ”) shall be made to the Premises by Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent, but upon not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice to Landlord, may make Alterations (including removal and rearrangement of prior Alterations) which (a) do not adversely affect any systems or equipment of the Building, Lot 1 or the Project, (b) do not adversely affect the structural integrity or any structural components of the Building, Lot 1 or the Project, and (c)  do not involve the expenditure of more than Seventy-Five Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($75,000.00) in the aggregate during any twelve (12) month period.  As a condition to Landlord’s obligation to consider any request for consent hereunder, Tenant hereby agrees to pay Landlord upon demand for the reasonable out-of-pocket third party costs and expenses of consultants, engineers, architects and others for reasonable review of plans and specifications
 

 
24

 

and for monitoring the construction of any proposed Alterations.  Landlord may require Tenant to remove any such Alterations at the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term and to restore the Premises to their prior condition pursuant to the terms of Section 17.09 hereof by providing written notice to Tenant at the time Landlord responds to Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent to the Alteration.  If Landlord states in its response that it will not require removal, then Tenant shall not be required to remove the applicable Alterations.  All Alterations to be made to the Premises shall be designed by and made under the supervision of a California licensed architect and/or California licensed structural engineer (each of whom has been approved by Landlord, with such approval not being unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and shall be made in accordance with plans and specifications which have been furnished to and approved by Landlord in writing prior to commencement of work.  All Alterations shall be constructed and installed, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, by California licensed contractors approved by Landlord, in compliance with the terms and conditions of the Work Letter, including but not limited to the “Specifications” and “Requirements” set forth in Schedules One and Two thereof, along with all applicable laws and any relevant LEED Certification Requirements, and in good and workmanlike manner, and shall have been approved in writing by the City of Sunnyvale and any other applicable governmental agencies, to the extent such approval is required.  Subject to Landlord’s right to require Tenant to remove Alterations in accordance with this Section 6.03 (in which case Tenant shall retain ownership thereof), all Alterations, including, without limitation, all lighting, electrical, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and full height partitioning, drapery and carpeting installations made by Tenant, together with all property that has become an integral part of the Premises, shall not be deemed trade fixtures and shall become the property of Landlord at the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease.  Tenant shall retain title to all furniture and trade fixtures placed on the Premises.  Within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with (A) a complete set of both hard copies and CAD drawings of “as built” plans for such Alterations, and (B) a statement of all final costs of design, demolition, construction and installation of such Alterations.
 
Section 6.04                        Covenant Against Liens
 
Tenant shall not allow any liens arising from any act or omission of Tenant to exist, attach to, be placed on, or encumber Landlord’s or Tenant’s interest in the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any portion of either, by operation of law or otherwise.  Tenant shall not suffer or permit any lien of mechanics, material suppliers, or others to be placed against the Premises, the Building or the Project, or any portion of either, with respect to work or services performed or claimed to have been performed for Tenant or materials furnished or claimed to have been furnished to Tenant or the Premises.  Landlord has the right at all times to post and keep posted on the Premises any notice that it considers necessary for protection from such liens.  At least seven (7) days before beginning construction of any Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the expected commencement date of that construction to permit Landlord to post and record a notice of nonresponsibility.  If any such lien attaches or if Tenant receives notice of any such lien, Tenant shall cause the lien to be released and removed of record, by recordation of a lien release bond or otherwise, within twenty (20) days after receipt of notice thereof.  Despite any other provision of this Lease, if the lien is not released and removed within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s receipt of notice of such lien, then Landlord may immediately take all action necessary to release and remove the lien, without any duty to investigate the
 

 
25

 

validity of such lien.  All expenses (including reasonable attorney fees and the cost of any bond) incurred by Landlord in connection with a lien incurred by Tenant or its removal shall be considered Additional Rent under this Lease and be immediately due and payable by Tenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Tenant shall, at its sole expense, defend and protect itself, Landlord and the Premises, the Building, Lot 1 or the Project against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof.  If Landlord reasonably elects to participate in or is made a party to any such action, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs within ten (10) days after demand.
 
ARTICLE VII
 
INSURANCE
 
Section 7.01                        Property/Rental Insurance for Premises
 
At all times during the Lease Term, Landlord shall keep the Premises (including the Tenant Improvements, but excluding any Alterations or other property required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 7.02 below), the Building and Lot 1, insured against loss or damage by fire and those risks normally included in special form (causes of loss) property insurance.  In addition, then Landlord may keep the Premises (including the Tenant Improvements, but excluding any Alterations or other property required to be insured by Tenant pursuant to Section 7.02 below), the Building and Lot 1 insured against, (i) earthquake and earthquake sprinkler leakage, (ii) flood, (iii) loss of rents (including scheduled rent increases) and extra expenses for eighteen (18) months, (iv) boiler and machinery, (v) fire damage legal liability form, including waiver of subrogation, and (vi) such other perils as either Landlord’s lender shall require or Landlord, in its prudent, good-faith judgment, shall deem reasonable for the protection of the Building and Lot 1.  The amount of such insurance shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of replacement cost and shall be subject to commercially reasonable deductibles chosen by Landlord.  Insurance shall include a Building Ordinance and Increased Cost of Construction Endorsement insuring the increased cost of reconstructing the Premises and the Building, Lot 1 due to the need to comply with applicable statutes, ordinances and requirements of all municipal, state and federal authorities now in force, or which may be in force hereafter.  Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of any deductibles associated with the Project within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice.  All premiums for all such insurance shall be included in Insurance Expenses recoverable by Landlord in accordance with Article IV.
 
Section 7.02                        Property Insurance for Fixtures and Inventory
 
At all times during from and after the Delivery Date through and including the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, maintain special form (causes of loss) property insurance, which includes the same coverage as required of Landlord in Section 7.01 above, on any trade fixtures, furnishings, merchandise, equipment, artwork or other personal property in or on the Premises, and on all Alterations (whether or not presented to Landlord for its consent).  The amount of such insurance shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of replacement cost, with commercially reasonable deductibles, and Landlord shall not have any responsibility, nor pay any cost, for maintaining any insurance required by this Section 7.02.  Tenant shall pay all deductibles under such policies in the event of a loss.
 

 
26

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to self insure loss to any of the items described in this Section 7.02.
 
Section 7.03                        Landlord’s Liability Insurance
 
During the Lease Term, Landlord shall maintain a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance covering Landlord (and such others as designated by Landlord) against claims and liability for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) on our about the Building, Lot 1 or the Project, with combined single limit coverage in an amount to be reasonably determined by Landlord; provided that if such policy is a blanket policy that covers properties (other than the Building, Lot 1 or the Project) owned by Landlord, only that portion allocable to the Building or the Project, as the case may be, shall be payable hereunder.  All premiums for all such insurance shall be included in Insurance Expenses recoverable by Landlord in accordance with Article IV.
 
Section 7.04                        Tenant’s Liability Insurance
 
At all times during from and after the Delivery Date through and including the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies of commercial general liability insurance covering Tenant, and naming Landlord and any Landlord Parties and any lenders or ground landlords whose names are provided to Tenant as additional insureds, against claims and liability for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) based upon, involving or arising out of (a) Tenant’s operations and contractual liabilities, or (b) ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto.  Such insurance shall be on an “occurrence” basis providing a single limit coverage in amount of not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) per occurrence; provided, however, the limits of such insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant nor relieve Tenant of any obligation under this Lease.  Such insurance shall include (i) a Broad Form endorsement covering the provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of its indemnity agreements contained in this Lease, including, without limitation, Section 7.07 below, (ii) coverage for Additional Lessors of Premises, and (iii) coverage for “amendment of the pollution exclusion” to provide coverage for damage caused by heat, smoke, fumes from a fire.  All insurance to be carried by Tenant shall be primary to, and not contributory with, any similar insurance carried by Landlord (whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only).
 
Section 7.05                        Evidence of Insurance
 
Tenant shall furnish to Landlord prior to its initial entry to the Premises pursuant to Section 5.03(a), above, and at least fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of any policy, evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord that the property insurance and liability insurance required to be maintained by Tenant is in full force and effect for the twelve (12) month period following such expiration date; that Landlord has been named as an additional insured to the extent of contractual liability assumed in this Lease, including, without limitation, Section 7.07 below; and that all such policies will not be canceled unless the issuer has endeavored to provide thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of the proposed cancellation to Landlord.  The insurance shall be issued by insurer carriers approved by Landlord; provided, however, that such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as Tenant’s insurance carrier has a Best’s Insurance
 

 
27

 

Guide rating not less than A- VIII and is licensed to do business in California.  Landlord shall furnish to Tenant reasonable evidence of its insurance coverage required hereunder within fifteen (15) after demand made not more than once in any calendar year.
 
Section 7.06                        Mutual Waiver of Claims and Subrogation Rights
 
Landlord and Tenant hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire claim of recovery for loss or damage to property arising out of or incident to any peril covered by the insurance policies required to be carried pursuant to Sections 7.01 and 7.02 above (but only to the extent of insurance proceeds either actually received by the waiving party or which would have been received if the required insurance had been carried by the waiving party), when such property constitutes the Project, or is in, on or about the Project, whether or not such loss or damage is due to the negligence of Landlord or Tenant, or their respective agents, employees, guests, licensees, invitees, or contractors.  Tenant and Landlord waive all rights of subrogation against each other on behalf of, and shall obtain a waiver of all subrogation rights from, all property and casualty insurers referenced above.
 
Section 7.07                        Indemnification and Exculpation
 
(a)           Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.07(c) below, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold free and harmless Landlord, its partners, subpartners, members, parent organizations, affiliates, subsidiaries, principal shareholders and other constituent entities, and their respective officers, directors, servants, employees, agents and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) from any and all liability, claims, loss, damages, causes of action (whether in tort or contract, law or equity, or otherwise), costs, expenses, charges, assessments, fines, and penalties of any kind, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and arbitrators’ fees and costs and court costs, incurred to the extent arising from (i) any cause in, on or about the Premises, (ii) any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant, its partners, subpartners, members, parent organizations, affiliates, subsidiaries, principal shareholders, other constituent entities or any other person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant, or any of their respective officers, directors, servants, employees, agents, independent contractors, licensees, invitees, visitors or guests (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”), in, on or about Lot 1 or the Project during the Lease Term, and (iii) any breach or default in the timely observance or performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed under this Lease.
 
(b)           Because Landlord is required to maintain insurance on the Building and Lot 1, and because Tenant compensates Landlord for such insurance as part of Tenant’s Share of Insurance Expenses and because of the waivers of subrogation in Section 7.06, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold free and harmless Tenant and each of the Tenant Parties from any and all liability, claims, loss, damages, causes of action (whether in tort or contract, law or equity, or otherwise), costs, expenses, charges, assessments, fines, and penalties of any kind, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’, experts’ and arbitrators’ fees and costs and court costs, for damage to property outside the Premises, but occurring on Lot 1,  to the extent such claims result from the grossly negligent acts or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Parties in connection with their respective activities in, on, or about the Building or Lot 1, except to the extent that such claim is for damage to the tenant improvements or Tenant’s
 

 
28

 

personal property, fixtures, furniture or equipment and is covered by insurance that Tenant is required to obtain under this Lease (or would have been covered had Tenant carried the insurance required under this Lease).
 
(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s indemnity contained in Section 7.07(a) above shall not apply to Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct.
 
(d)           Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for damages to goods, wares and merchandise and all other personal property in, on or about the Premises and for injury or death to persons in, on or about the Premises, from any cause arising at any time to the fullest extent permitted by law.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.07(b) above, or any other provision of this Lease, in no event shall any Landlord Parties be liable under any circumstances for (i) injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business (including, but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity, loss of goodwill or loss of use) or other consequential damages, in each case however occurring, or (ii) any damage which is or could be covered by the insurance Tenant is required to carry under this Lease.
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
 
Section 8.01                        Repair of Damage by Landlord
 
Tenant agrees to notify Landlord in writing promptly of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire, earthquake or other event (a “ Casualty ”).  If the Premises are damaged by a Casualty, any Common Areas of the Building or Lot 1 providing access to or parking for the Premises are damaged by Casualty to the extent that Tenant does not have reasonable access to or parking for the Premises, or the Casualty results in the Premises not being provided with essential utilities (including, without limitation, electricity, water, HVAC and passenger elevator service), and if neither Landlord nor Tenant has elected to terminate this Lease under this Article VIII, then Landlord shall promptly and diligently repair such damage and restore Common Areas, the Building (including the Building’s systems), the Premises (but not Tenant’s improvements, Alterations, personal property or trade fixtures therein), the Tenant Improvements, and/or Tenant’s parking facilities to substantially the same condition as existed before the Casualty, except for modifications request by building codes and other laws.  If Tenant requests that Landlord make any modifications to the Tenant Improvements in connection with the rebuilding, Landlord may condition those modifications on:  (a) confirmation by Landlord’s contractor that the modifications shall not materially increase the time needed to complete the tenant improvements, or (b) an agreement by Tenant that the modification shall not extend the Rent abatement period.
 
Section 8.02                        Repair Notice .
 
Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days after the date of the Casualty, provide written notice to Tenant indicating the anticipated period for repairing the Casualty (the “ Repair Notice ”).  The Repair Notice shall be accompanied by a statement executed by a licensed contractor or architect mutually approved by the parties, certifying the contractor’s or architect’s
 

 
29

 

opinion regarding the anticipated period for repairing the Casualty.  The Repair Notice shall also state, if applicable, Landlord’s election to either repair or to terminate the Lease under Section 8.03, below.
 
Section 8.03                        Landlord’s Option To Repair or Terminate .
 
Landlord may elect either to terminate this Lease or to effectuate repairs if:  (a) the Repair Notice estimates that the period for repairing the Casualty exceeds two hundred seventy (270) days from the date of the Casualty; (b) the estimated repair costs of the Premises or the Building, even though covered by insurance, exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the full replacement cost, or (c) Landlord does not receive sufficient insurance proceeds (not taking into account the deductible portion of the insurance policy) to complete Landlord’s restoration obligations hereunder, and such shortfall is not due to Landlord’s failure to obtain the property insurance required by Section 7.01 hereof or any intentionally wrongful act of Landlord or any Landlord Party that results in such insurance proceeds being unavailable.  Landlord’s election shall be stated in the Repair Notice.  Despite any other provisions of this Article 8, Landlord may not elect to terminate this Lease under this Article 8 unless Landlord elects also to terminate the leases of all similarly situated tenants, provided that Landlord has the right under each applicable lease to terminate it based on the extent of the Casualty.
 
Section 8.04                        Tenant’s Option to Terminate .
 
If the Repair Notice indicates that the anticipated period for repairing the Casualty exceeds two hundred seventy (270) days from the date of Casualty, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by providing written notice (“ Tenant’s Termination Notice ”) within thirty (30) days after receiving the Repair Notice.  If Tenant does not elect to terminate within this thirty (30) day period, then, subject to the next succeeding sentence, Tenant shall be considered to have waived the option to terminate pursuant to this Section 8.04.
 
Section 8.05                        Rent Abatement Due to Casualty .
 
Landlord and Tenant agree that, to the extent Landlord receives rental abatement insurance proceeds therefore (or would have received such proceeds if: (i) Landlord had maintained the insurance required of Landlord pursuant to Section 7.01 hereof, or (ii) Landlord or a Landlord Party had not performed an intentionally wrongful act that results in such insurance being unavailable), Tenant’s Rent shall fully abate during the period beginning on the later of (a) the date of the Casualty, or (b) the date on which Tenant ceases to occupy the Premises and end on the date of the completion of Landlord’s restoration obligations (the “ Casualty Abatement Period ”).  If, however, Tenant is able to occupy and does occupy a portion of the Premises, then Rent shall be abated during the Casualty Abatement Period only for the portion of the Premises not occupied by Tenant.  Subject to Section 8.04. the Rent abatement provided in this Section 8.05 is Tenant’s sole remedy due to the occurrence of the Casualty.
 
Section 8.06                        Damage Near End of Lease Term .
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 8, if the Premise or the Building or the Common Areas necessary for parking and/or access to the Premises are destroyed or damaged by a Casualty during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, then Landlord and
 

 
30

 

Tenant shall each have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other of the exercise of that option within thirty (30) days after the date of the Casualty; provided, however, that Landlord may not elect to terminate this Lease under this Article 8 unless Landlord elects also to terminate the Lease of all similarly situated tenants, provided that Landlord has the right under each applicable lease to terminate it based on the extent of the Casualty.  If Tenant is not then in default beyond all applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease, Tenant may negate Landlord’s election to terminate under this Section 8.06 by electing, within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s termination notice, to exercise an unexercised Option.  If Tenant negates Landlord’s election, then this Lease shall continue in effect unless Landlord has the right to, and elects to, terminate this Lease under Section 8.03, above.
 
Section 8.07                        Effective Date of Termination; Rent Apportionment .
 
If Landlord or Tenant elects to terminate this Lease under this Article 8, then the termination shall be effective thirty (30) days after deliver of the notice of such election.  Tenant shall pay Rent, properly apportioned, up to the date of the Casualty.  After the effective date of the termination, Landlord and Tenant shall be discharged from all future obligations under this Lease, except those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
 
Section 8.08                        Waiver of Civil Code Remedies .
 
Tenant hereby expressly waives any rights to terminate this Lease upon damage or destruction to the Premises, including without limitation any rights pursuant to the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivisions 1 and 2 and Section 1933, Subdivision 4, of the California Civil Code, as amended from time to time, and the provisions of any similar law hereinafter enacted.
 
Section 8.09                        No Abatement of Rentals .
 
Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 8.05 above, the Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges due under this Lease shall not be reduced or abated by reason of any damage or destruction to the Premises, and Landlord shall be entitled to all proceeds of the insurance maintained pursuant to Section 7.01 above.  Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business (including, without limitation, loss of business, profits or goodwill), resulting in any way from any damage or the repair thereof.
 
Section 8.10                        No Liability for Tenant’s Alterations or Personal Property .
 
In no event shall Landlord have any liability for, nor shall it be required to repair or restore, any injury or damage to Tenant’s Alterations or personal property or to any other personal property of others in or upon the Premises, the Building or Lot 1 or the Project.
 

 
31

 

ARTICLE IX
 
REAL PROPERTY TAXES
 
Section 9.01                        Payment of Taxes
 
(a)           Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord shall pay all real property taxes, including, without limitation, any escaped or supplemental tax and any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license, fee, charge, excise or imposition imposed, assessed or levied on or with respect to the Building or the Project or any part thereof, or any legal or equitable interest of Landlord therein, by any Federal, State, County, City or other political subdivision or public authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including, without limitation, any improvement district or any community facilities district, as well as any government or private cost sharing agreement assessments made for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by government agencies ( “Real Property Taxes ”) and any tax, fee, charge, imposition or excise described in subsection 9.01(b) below.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, “Real Property Taxes” shall not include any net income taxes, franchise taxes, or any succession, estate or inheritance taxes of Landlord or any penalties due to Landlord’s late or non-payment of any Real Property Taxes.  All such payments shall be made by Tenant to Landlord on an estimated basis, as is described in Section 4.04 hereof; provided, however, that, at Landlord’s election, such payments may be made by Tenant directly to the taxing authority pursuant to Section 4.04 hereof no later than thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of the real property tax due (but in no event later than ten (10) days prior to the date such real property taxes would be delinquent), together with a copy of the applicable tax bill except to the extent such amounts are included in estimated real property taxes paid monthly pursuant to Section 4.04(b).
 
(b)           Except as otherwise expressly provided herein below, if at any time during the Lease Term, the State of California or any political subdivision of the state, including any county, city, city and county, public corporation, district, or any other political entity or public corporation of this state, levies or assesses against Landlord a tax, fee, charge, imposition or excise on rents under leases of space in the Building or Lot 1 or the Project, the square footage of the Building or the Project, the act of entering into leases of space in the Building or Lot 1 or the Project, or the occupancy of tenants of the Building or Lot 1 or the Project, or levies or assesses against Landlord any other tax, fee, or excise, however described, including, without limitation, a so-called value added, business license, transit, commuter, environmental or energy tax fee, charge or excise or imposition related to the Building or Lot 1 or the Project, as a direct substitution in whole or in part for, or in addition to, any Real Property Taxes (collectively, “ Additional Real Property Taxes ”), then the same shall be included in “Real Property Taxes” for all purposes hereunder; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such Additional Real Property Taxes pertain solely to (i) Rent under this Lease (as opposed to under all leases of space in the Building or Lot 1 or the Project), (ii) the square footage of the Premises (as opposed to the square footage of the Building or Lot 1 or the Project), (iii) the act of entering into this Lease, or (iv) the occupancy of Tenant (as opposed to all tenants or occupants of the Building or Lot 1 or the Project) (as opposed to all leases of space in the Building or Lot 1 or the Project), then such Additional Real Property Taxes shall not be included in “Real Property Taxes,” and shall be the sole obligation and liability of Tenant and shall be paid by Tenant, as Additional Rent, ten (10) days before delinquency (or, if such Additional Real Property Taxes are levied
 

 
32

 

against Landlord or Landlord’s property, then Landlord shall pay the same before delinquency and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the amount of the same within ten (10) days after written demand accompanied by a copy of Landlord’s tax bill); and further provided that, if any such Additional Real Property Taxes pertain not only to Lot 1 or the Project, but to additional property of Landlord located outside Lot 1 or the Project as well, then “Real Property Taxes” shall only include a portion of such Additional Real Property Taxes, which portion shall be computed upon the amounts and at the rates that otherwise would be payable if Lot 1 or the Project were the only property of Landlord.
 
(c)           Landlord shall provide Tenant with copies of all tax and assessment bills on the Premises promptly upon Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor, and Landlord shall also provide to Tenant evidence of payment promptly upon Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor.
 
(d)           With respect to taxes and assessments which may lawfully be paid in installments, “Real Property Taxes” for any period during the Lease Term shall include only such portion of the same which is payable within such period and any interest payable thereon computed (whether or not such is the case) as if Landlord had elected to pay the same over the longest period permitted by law.
 
(e)           If Landlord shall obtain any abatement or refund on account of any Real Property Taxes or other Additional Real Property Taxes as to which Tenant shall have made payments hereunder, then Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant an equitable portion of any such abatement or refund, after deducting therefrom the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in obtaining such abatement or refund.
 
Section 9.02                        Proration for Partial Years
 
If any Real Property Taxes paid by Tenant shall cover any period prior to the Commencement Date or after the Expiration Date, then Tenant’s Share of such Real Property Taxes shall be prorated on a day-for-day basis to cover only the period of time within the applicable tax fiscal year during which this Lease shall be in effect.
 
Section 9.03                        Personal Property Taxes
 
(a)           Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes imposed, assessed against and levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant contained in the Premises or elsewhere.  When possible, Tenant shall cause said trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Landlord.
 
(b)           If any of Tenant’s said personal property shall be assessed with Landlord’s real property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the amount of taxes attributable to Tenant’s personal property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement thereof.
 
(c)           If Tenant shall fail to pay any such taxes, Landlord shall have the right to pay the same, in which case Tenant shall repay such amount to Landlord, as Additional Rent, with Tenant’s next installment of Rent, together with interest at the Agreed Rate.
 

 
33

 

ARTICLE X
 
UTILITIES
 
(a)            HVAC .  Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency and throughout the Lease Term, all charges for water, gas, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, cooling, sewer, telephone, electricity, garbage, janitorial service, landscaping and all other services and utilities supplied to the Premises, including Tenant’s Share of any such services or utilities which are not separately metered for or billed to the Premises.  Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, install devices which separately meter Tenant’s consumption of utilities.  All charges for utilities and services which are separately metered to the Premises or which are provided directly to Tenant or the Premises by utility companies or third party providers shall be paid directly by Tenant to such utility companies or third party providers prior to delinquency.  All charges for utilities and services for the sole benefit of Tenant or the Premises which are billed to and paid by Landlord directly shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.  All other charges for utilities and services shall be included in Operating Expenses recoverable by Landlord in accordance with Article IV.  The disruption, failure, lack or shortage of any service or utility with respect to the Premises, the Building, Lot 1 or the Project due to any cause whatsoever shall not affect any obligation of Tenant hereunder, and Tenant shall faithfully keep and observe all the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease and pay all Rent due hereunder, all without diminution, credit or deduction; provided, however, if such disruption, failure, lack or shortage is caused by Landlord’s failure to observe or perform its obligations hereunder, then, within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying such failure, Landlord shall initiate the cure of such failure and thereafter shall diligently prosecute said cure to completion.
 
(b)            Generator Service .
 
(i)           Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord shall provide to Tenant Tenant’s Building Share of power from the Generator for the purpose of providing emergency electrical service to the Premises (hereinafter referred to as the “ Generator Service ”).  Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord agrees to supply fuel to the Generator and to maintain, repair, use and operate the Generator in good working order.
 
(ii)           Landlord shall have the right, by giving reasonable advance written notice to Tenant, to temporarily suspend service of the Generator and/or any systems, services or utilities serving the Generator for so long as may become necessary in order to allow the making of any and all repairs, replacements, changes, modifications, improvements, or substitutions to the Generator.  If Landlord temporarily suspends service of the Generator pursuant to, and in accordance with, this section, the period for which such service is suspended shall be reasonable with respect to the particular reason for such temporary suspension of service and, except as may otherwise be expressly provided in the Lease with respect to any suspension of services provided to Tenant, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or abatement of the Base Rent or Additional Rent under the Lease with respect to the temporary suspension of service set forth in this section. Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to resume the service of the Generator and/or the systems, services or utilities serving the Generator as soon as possible. Tenant is hereby authorized to arrange for the visual inspection and performance of preventative maintenance tests or
 

 
34

 

emergency power tests (a/k/a pull the plug test) by licensed technicians consistent with Tenant’s practices, provided that no such inspection or test shall be performed by Tenant without the presence of Landlord’s agent, employee or other representative.
 
(iii)           If Landlord temporarily suspends service of the Generator in accordance the above and such suspension is reasonably expected to last more than twenty-four (24) hours, then Landlord shall, at Landlord’ sole cost and expense, install, operate, maintain and use an outdoor truck mounted portable generator or other temporary generator (the “ Temporary Generator ”) to provide Tenant with a continuous supply of backup power available from such Temporary Generator in an amount at least equal to their allocation of the Generator capacity throughout the period that Landlord temporarily suspends the service of the Generator and/or any systems, services or utilities serving the Generator until the date that Landlord resumes such service.
 
(c)            After-Hours Service .  Throughout the Lease Term, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with HVAC service during nonbusiness hours upon reasonable advance verbal notice. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for its actual cost to provide such after-hour service within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice.  If more than one tenant directly benefits from the after-hour services, then the cost shall be allocated proportionately between or among the benefiting tenants based upon the amount of time each tenant benefits and the square footage each lease.
 
ARTICLE XI
 
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
 
Section 11.01                                  Landlord’s Consent Required
 
Except as provided in Section 11.02, Tenant shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage, sublet, license or otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises or any part thereof, without Landlord’s prior written consent; provided, however, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay its consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of all or a portion of the Premises.  Landlord shall respond in writing to Tenant’s request for consent hereunder in a timely manner and any attempted assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance, subletting or licensing without such consent shall be void, and shall constitute a breach of this Lease.  Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, architect fees and engineering fees) involved in reviewing any request for consent whether or not such consent is granted; provided, however, in no event shall such amount exceed $10,000.
 
Section 11.02                                  Tenant Affiliates
 
Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent, but upon not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice to Landlord, may assign this Lease, or sublet all or any portion of the Premises, to any business entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, or to any business entity resulting from the merger or consolidation with Tenant, or to any person or entity which acquires a controlling interest of Tenant’s stock if Tenant is no
 

 
35

 

longer a publicly traded company (“ Affiliate ”), provided that said assignee or subtenant (i) has a net worth equal to or greater than that of Tenant as of the date of this Lease, and (ii) assumes, in full, the obligations of Tenant under this Lease arising from and after such assignment.  Any portion of the Premises which is assigned or sublet to an Affiliate of Tenant shall not be included in the calculation of subleased, assigned or transferred Rentable Area for the purposes of Section 11.06 and Section 17.26.
 
Section 11.03                                  No Release of Tenant
 
Regardless of whether or not Landlord’s consent is required or obtained, no subletting or assignment (including, without limitation, to an Affiliate) shall release Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or alter the primary liability of Tenant to pay the Rent and to perform all other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder.  The acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.  In the event of any default in the payment of Rent or performance of any obligation hereunder by any assignee or successor of Tenant, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without the necessity of exhausting remedies against said assignee or successor.
 
Section 11.04                                  Excess Rent
 
In the event Landlord shall consent to a sublease or an assignment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, fifty percent (50%) of all net proceeds (including the fair market value of all non-cash consideration) collected or received by Tenant from a subtenant or assignee which are in excess of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due and payable with respect to the subject space pursuant to Article IV for the time period encompassed by the sublease or assignment term, after first deducting reasonable leasing commissions paid by Tenant with respect to such sublease or assignment.  With respect to an assignment, Tenant shall make such payment on the effective date of such assignment.  With respect to a sublease, Tenant shall make such payment on a monthly basis on the first day of each calendar month after Tenant receives such amount from the subtenant.  Landlord expressly acknowledges and agrees that it shall not be entitled to consideration received by Tenant in connection with an assignment of this Lease or an sublease of the Premises to an Affiliate.
 
Section 11.05                                  Information to be Provided
 
Tenant’s written request to Landlord for consent to an assignment or subletting or other form of transfer shall be accompanied by (a) the name and legal composition of the proposed transferee; (b) the nature of the proposed transferee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (c) the material terms and provisions of the proposed transfer agreement (including, without limitation, a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred, and the effective date of the proposed transfer); (d) a copy of all executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed transfer; and (e) such financial and other reasonable information as Landlord may promptly request concerning the proposed transferee.
 

 
36

 

Section 11.06                                  Landlord’s Recapture Rights
 
(a)            Landlord’s Recapture Rights
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 11, if Tenant desires to assign, sublease or otherwise transfer to any person or entity (other than an Affiliate) any interest in this Lease or the entire Premises or any part thereof, then Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written request for consent, together with all of the information specified in Section 11.05 above.  If such transfer (together with all other assignments, subleases or transfers then in effect) would affect seventy five percent (75%) of the Rentable Area of the Premises in the aggregate (such total affected portion of the Rentable Area of the Premises being referred to herein as the “ Recapture Space ”) for more than fifty percent (50%) of the remainder of the Lease Term, then Landlord shall have the option to recapture all, but not less than all, of the Recapture Space, which option shall be exercisable only by giving written notice to Tenant (“ Recapture Notice ”) within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s request for consent.  A timely Recapture Notice shall terminate this Lease with respect to the Recapture Space effective as of the date specified in Tenant’s request for consent as the effective date of the proposed transfer.  Landlord’s recapture rights shall be subject to the rights of any assignee, subtenant or other transferee of Tenant, as set forth in any assignment, sublease or other transfer agreement to which Landlord previously has consented, but subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Landlord’s consent thereto; any such assignment, sublease or other transfer agreement shall be assigned to Landlord as of the effective date of Landlord’s recapture.
 
(b)            Consequences of Recapture
 
If Landlord recaptures less than the entire Premises pursuant to Section 11.06(a) above, then the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis the of the Rentable Area of the portion of the Premises retained by Tenant in proportion to the Rentable Area contained in the Premises.  This Lease, as so amended, shall continue thereafter in full force and effect.  Either party may require written confirmation of the amendments to this Lease necessitated by Landlord’s recapture of the Recapture Space.  If Landlord recaptures the Recapture Space, then Landlord, at Landlord’s sole expense, shall promptly (but in all events prior to Landlord tendering possession of the Recapture Space to a third party) construct, paint, and furnish any partitions required to segregate the Recapture Space from the remaining Premises retained by Tenant, as well as arrange for separate provision of utilities and services (including, at Landlord’s option, installation of separate meters if and to the extent the premises are served by separately metered utilities) (collectively, the “ Demising Improvements ”).  Landlord agrees that the Demising Improvements shall be completed pursuant to plans and specifications reasonably acceptable to Tenant and that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises during the construction of any Demising Improvements.
 

 
37

 

ARTICLE XII
 
DEFAULTS; REMEDIES
 
Section 12.01                                  Defaults
 
The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Tenant:
 
(a)           The vacation or abandonment of all or a substantial portion of the Premises by Tenant, or the commission of waste at the Premises, or the making of an assignment, subletting or other transfer in violation of Article XI; provided however, abandonment and/or vacation shall be considered to not occur if the Premises are maintained and occupied to the extent necessary to maintain the insurance on each and every portion of the Premises;
 
(b)           The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent as and when due, if such failure continues for a period of five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.  In the event that Landlord serves Tenant with a Notice to Pay Rent or Quit in the form required by applicable law, such Notice shall constitute the notice required by this paragraph, provided that the cure period stated in such Notice shall be five (5) business days rather than the statutory three (3) days;
 
(c)           The failure by Tenant to make any payment of any other sum owing under this Lease as and when due, if such failure continues for a period of five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.  In the event that Landlord serves Tenant with a Notice to Pay Rent or Quit in the form required by applicable law, such Notice shall constitute the notice required by this paragraph, provided that the cure period stated in such Notice shall be five (5) business days rather than the statutory three (3) days;
 
(d)           Tenant’s failure to provide (i)  any supplemental letter of credit as required by Section 2.04(c) or (ii) any instrument or assurance as required by Section 7.05 or (iii) estoppel certificate as required by Section 15.01 or (iv) any document subordinating this Lease to a Lender’s deed of trust as required by Section 17.13, if any such failure continues for ten (10) business days after written notice of the failure.  In the event Landlord serves Tenant with a Notice to Perform Covenant or Quit in the form required by applicable law, such Notice shall constitute the notice required by this paragraph, provided that the cure period stated in such Notice shall be ten (10) business days rather than the statutory three (3) days;
 
(e)           The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than described in paragraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 12.01, if such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.  In the event Landlord serves Tenant with a Notice to Perform Covenant or Quit in the form required by applicable law, such Notice shall constitute the notice required by
 

 
38

 

this paragraph, provided that the cure period stated in such Notice shall be thirty (30) days rather than the statutory three (3) days;
 
(f)           (i) The making by Tenant of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) the filing by Tenant of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy under Title 11 U.S.C. or the filing of an involuntary petition against Tenant which remains uncontested for a period of sixty (60) days; (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, provided, however, in the event that any provisions of this Section 12.01(e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect; and
 
(g)           The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement given to Landlord by Tenant, or any future guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, was materially false.
 
Section 12.02                                  Remedies
 
In the event of any such material default and breach by Tenant, Landlord may at any time thereafter, and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy which Landlord may have by reason of such default and breach:
 
(a)           Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord.  In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default including, but not limited to, (i) the cost of recovering possession of the Premises including reasonable attorney’s fees related thereto; (ii) the worth at the time of the award of any unpaid Rent that had been earned at the time of the termination, to be computed by allowing interest at the Agreed Rate but in no case greater than the maximum amount of interest permitted by law, (iii) the worth at the time at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have been earned between the time of the termination and the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided, to be computed by allowing interest at the Agreed Rate but in no case greater than the maximum amount of interest permitted by law, (iv) the worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of the award exceeds the amount of unpaid Rent that Tenant proves could reasonably have been avoided, to be computed by discounting that amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one percent (1%), (v) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform obligations under this Lease, including, but not limited to, reasonable brokerage commissions and advertising expenses, expenses of remodeling the Premises for a new tenant (whether for the same or a different use), and any market-rate concessions made to obtain a new tenant, and (vi) any other amounts, in addition to or in lieu of those listed above, that may be permitted by applicable law.
 
(b)           Maintain Tenant’s right to possession as provided in Civil Code Section 1951.4 (Landlord may continue lease in effect after Tenant’s breach and abandonment
 

 
39

 

and recover rent as it becomes due, if Tenant has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations), in which case this Lease shall continue in effect whether or not Tenant shall have abandoned the Premises.  In such event Landlord shall be entitled to enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover the Rent as it becomes due hereunder.
 
(c)           Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the state of California.
 
Section 12.03                                  Default by Landlord
 
Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant to Landlord and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying that Landlord has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for performance then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.  In the event Landlord does not commence performance of any maintenance or repair required of Landlord hereunder within the thirty (30) day period provided herein, and in the event that such maintenance or repair relates to improvements which are wholly within the Premises (not including any Building core systems or equipment), Tenant may perform such maintenance or repair, and Tenant shall be entitled to prompt reimbursement by Landlord of Tenant’s reasonable costs and expenses in taking such action, together with interest thereon at the Agreed Rate.  Tenant waives any right to terminate this Lease or to vacate the Premises on Landlord’s default under this Lease.  Tenant’s sole remedy on Landlord’s default is an action for damages or injunctive or declaratory relief.
 
Section 12.04                                  Late Charges
 
Tenant and Landlord hereby acknowledges that late payment by either of them to the other of Rent or any other sums due hereunder will cause the recipient of such amounts to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant or Landlord shall not be received by the other or its designated agent within five (5) business days after such amount is due and owing, the delinquent party shall pay a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of such amount each time a late charge is payable during the Lease Term. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs the recipient will incur by reason of late payment. Acceptance of such late charge shall in no event constitute a waiver of default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent either party from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.
 

 
40

 

Section 12.05                                  Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Obligations
 
Except as otherwise expressly stated in this Lease, all obligations to be performed or observed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed or observed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense and without any reduction of Rent.  So long as Landlord provides Tenant with at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice (or whatever other notice and grace period is specifically provided for in this Lease), Landlord may perform or observe any obligation of Tenant which is in default hereunder if such default is not cured within such thirty (30) day period, without waiving Landlord’s other rights and remedies for Tenant’s failure to perform or observe any obligations under this Lease and without releasing Tenant from any such obligations.  Within thirty (30) days after receiving a statement from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of third-party out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in performing or observing Tenant’s obligation.
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
CONDEMNATION OF PREMISES.
 
Section 13.01                                  Total Condemnation
 
If the entire Premises or the portions of the Building or the Project required for reasonable access to, or the reasonable use of, the Premises shall be permanently taken by condemnation at any time during the Lease Term (whether by exercise of governmental power or the sale or transfer by Landlord to any condemnor under threat of condemnation or while proceedings for condemnation are pending), then this Lease shall terminate as of the earlier of (a) the date on which title vests in the condemnor, or (b) the date Tenant is dispossessed of the Premise by the condemnor.  Upon such condemnation, all Rent shall be paid up to the date of the termination of the Lease.
 
Section 13.02                                  Partial Condemnation
 
Except as otherwise provided in this Section 13.02, if less than all of the Premises is taken by condemnation during the Lease Term (whether by exercise of governmental power or the sale or transfer by Landlord to any condemnor under threat of condemnation or while proceedings for condemnation are pending), then this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.  If a partial taking leaves the Premises unfit for the conduct of Tenant’s business, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the earlier of the date (a) title vests in the condemnor, or (b) on which Tenant is dispossessed by the condemnor.  Tenant may elect to exercise its right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 13.02, if at all, by delivering written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of such condemnation.  All Rent shall be paid up to the date of termination, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for the value of the unexpired portion of the Lease Term.  If this Lease shall not be terminated, then the Rent reserved herein shall be prorated on the basis the of the Rentable Area of the portion of the Premises retained by Tenant in proportion to the Rentable Area contained in the Premises immediately prior to the partial taking.  If Tenant’s continued use of the Premises requires alterations and repair by reason of a partial taking, all such alterations and repair shall be made by Landlord at Landlord’s expense.  Tenant waives all rights it may have under California
 

 
41

 

Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 or otherwise, to terminate this Lease based on partial condemnation.
 
Section 13.03                                  Award to Tenant
 
In the event of any condemnation (whether total or partial), Tenant shall have the right to claim and recover from the condemning authority such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for loss of Tenant’s business fixtures, or equipment belonging to Tenant immediately prior to the condemnation.  In the event of any condemnation (whether total or partial), the entire condemnation award shall belong to Landlord (including, without limitation, any “bonus value” of the leasehold estate - OR - amount attributable to any excess of the market value of the Premises for the remainder of the Lease Term over the then present value of the Rent payable for the remainder of the Lease Term), and Tenant shall have no right to recover from Landlord or from the condemning authority for any claims arising out of such taking; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, as long as the award payable to Landlord is not reduced thereby, Tenant shall have the right to make a separate claim in the condemnation proceeding for, and to recover from the condemning authority, such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for (a) loss of Tenant’s business fixtures, or equipment belonging to Tenant immediately prior to the condemnation, (b) the taking of the unamortized value (using the Lease Term as the amortization period) of any Tenant Improvements paid for by Tenant which are not removed by Tenant, and (c) Tenant’s moving expenses.
 
ARTICLE XIV
 
ENTRY BY LANDLORD
 
Subject to Tenant’s reasonable security measures (which may include having a representative of Tenant present) (except in cases of emergency), Tenant shall permit Landlord and its employees, agents and contractors to enter the Premises and all parts thereof upon twenty-four (24) hours notice, which may be oral (or without notice in the case of an emergency where there is a reasonable risk of the loss of life or property) at all reasonable times solely for any of the following purposes:  (i) to inspect the Premises; (ii) to maintain the Premises; (iii) to make such repairs to the Premises as Landlord is obligated or may elect to make; (iv) to make repairs, alterations or additions to any other portion of the Building; (v) to show the Premises and to post “For Lease” signs for the purposes of re-letting the Premises during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; (vi) to show the Premises to prospective lenders or purchasers of the Building; and (vii) to post notices of nonresponsibility.  Provided that Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to promptly finish any work for which it entered and otherwise uses commercially reasonable effort to minimize interference to Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, Landlord shall have such right of entry without any abatement of Rent to Tenant.  Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby.
 

 
42

 

ARTICLE XV
 
ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
 
Section 15.01                                  Estoppel Certificate
 
Either party (the “Certifying Party”) shall, at any time upon not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior written notice from the other (the “Requesting Party”), execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in substantially the same form and substance as Exhibit F attached hereto in writing (i) certifying, if true, that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying, if true, that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (ii) acknowledging, if true, that there are not, to the Certifying Party’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord or Tenant hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are known or claimed; and (iii) certifying or acknowledging, if true, such other reasonably ascertainable facts that are covered by the Lease terms as are requested by any prospective lender, purchaser of the Building or other third party designated by the Requesting Party.  Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective lender, purchaser of the Building or the third party designated by the Requesting Party.
 
Section 15.02                                  Failure to Deliver
 
A Certifying Party’s failure to timely execute, acknowledge and deliver such statement within the applicable notice and grace periods provided for herein shall constitute a default hereunder.
 
ARTICLE XVI
 
LIMITATIONS ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY
 
If Landlord shall fail to perform any covenant, term or condition of this Lease upon Landlord’s part to be performed, and if as a consequence of such default Tenant shall recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the interest of Landlord in the Building including, without limitation, the rental income and proceeds from sale as well as any insurance or condemnation proceeds received by Landlord.  Neither Landlord nor any Landlord Parties shall have any personal liability therefor, and Tenant hereby expressly waives and releases such personal liability on behalf of itself and all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant.  The limitations of liability contained in this Article XVI shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and all Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns.  Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.
 

 
43

 

ARTICLE XVII
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
Section 17.01                                  Severability
 
The invalidity of any provision of this Lease shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.
 
Section 17.02                                  Agreed Rate Interest on Past-Due Obligations
 
Except as expressly herein provided, any amount due to either party not paid when due shall bear interest at the Bank of America prime rate plus two percent (2%) (the “ Agreed Rate ”).  Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. Despite any other provision of this Lease, the total liability for interest payments shall not exceed the limits, if any, imposed by the usury laws of the State of California.  Any interest paid in excess of those limits shall be refunded to the payor by application of the amount of excess interest paid against any sums outstanding in any order that payee requires.  If the amount of excess interest paid exceeds the sums outstanding, the portion exceeding those sums shall be refunded in cash to the payor by the payee.
 
Section 17.03                                  Time of Essence
 
Time is of the essence in the performance of all obligations under this Lease.
 
Section 17.04                                  Submission of Lease
 
The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and does not and shall not constitute a reservation of or option for Tenant to lease, or otherwise create any interest of Tenant in the Premises or any other premises situated in Lot 1 or the Project.  The return to Landlord of Tenant-executed copies of this Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord, notwithstanding any preparation or anticipatory reliance or expenditures by Tenant or any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and actually delivered a fully-executed copy of this Lease to Tenant.  This document shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.
 
Section 17.05                                  Incorporation of Prior Agreements and Exhibits
 
This Lease (including Exhibits A , B , C , D , E, F , G , H , I , J and K ) contains all agreements of the parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein.  No prior agreement or understanding pertaining to any such matter shall be effective.  This Lease may be modified in writing only, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges that neither the Landlord nor any employees or agents of the Landlord has made any oral or written warranties or representations to Tenant relative to the condition or use by Tenant of said Premises and Tenant acknowledges that Tenant assumes all responsibility regarding the Occupational Safety Health Act, the legal use and adaptability of the Premises and the compliance thereof with all applicable laws and regulations in effect during the Lease Term except as otherwise specifically stated in this Lease.
 

 
44

 

Section 17.06                                  Notices
 
(a)            Written Notice
 
Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by a method described in paragraph (b) below and shall be addressed to Tenant or to Landlord, as the case may be, at the respective address noted below next to the signature of such party. Either party may, by notice to the other party, specify a different address for notice purposes.  A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given hereunder to Tenant or to Landlord, as the case may be, shall be concurrently transmitted to such other persons at such addresses as may hereafter be designated by Tenant or Landlord, respectively, by notice to the other party; provided, however, no delay or failure of delivery to any such persons shall affect the validity of the delivery of such notice to Tenant or to Landlord, as the case may be.
 
(b)            Methods of Delivery
 
(i)           When personally delivered to the recipient, notice is effective upon delivery.  Delivery to the person apparently designated to receive deliveries at the subject address (e.g., a receptionist) shall constitute personal delivery if made during business hours.
 
(ii)           When mailed by certified mail with return receipt requested, notice is effective upon receipt if delivery is confirmed by a return receipt.
 
(iii)           When delivered by recognized overnight courier service (e.g., Federal Express, Airborne, United Parcel Service, DHL WorldWide Express) with charges prepaid or charged to the sender’s account, notice is effective upon delivery if delivery is confirmed by the courier service
 
(iv)           When delivered by facsimile to the last facsimile number of the recipient known to the party giving notice, notice is effective on receipt as long as (A) a duplicate copy of the notice is promptly given by first-class or certified mail or by overnight delivery, or (B) the receiving party delivers a written confirmation of receipt.  Any notice given by facsimile shall be considered to have been received on the next business day if it is received after 5:00 p.m. (recipient’s time) on a nonbusiness day.
 
(c)            Refused, Unclaimed or Undeliverable Notices
 
Any correctly addressed notice that is refused, unclaimed, or undeliverable because of an act or omission of the party to be notified shall be considered to be effective as of the first date that the notice was refused, unclaimed, or considered undeliverable by the postal authorities, messenger, or overnight courier service.
 
Section 17.07                                  Waivers
 
No waiver of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provisions.  Any consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of consent to or approval of any subsequent act.  The acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be a
 

 
45

 

waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any provision hereof, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent.
 
Section 17.08                                  Recording
 
Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall execute, acknowledge or deliver to the other a “short form” memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.
 
Section 17.09                                  Surrender of Possession; Holding Over
 
(a)           At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s equipment, trade fixtures, supplies, wall decorations, signage and other personal property from the Premises, the Building and the Common Area and shall vacate the Premises, and surrender to Landlord possession of the Premises and all improvements therein, broom clean and in substantially as good order and condition as when the Tenant’s Work is complete, excepting only normal wear and tear, damage due to casualty not caused by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors, condemnation and Landlord’s obligations hereunder.  Except for such normal wear and tear, damage due to casualty not caused by Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors, condemnation and Landlord’s obligations Tenant shall:  (i) repair all damage to the Premises, the interior and exterior of the Building and the Common Area caused by Tenant’s removal of its property; (ii) patch and refinish, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, all penetrations made by Tenant or any Tenant Parties to the roof, floor, interior or exterior walls or ceiling of the Premises and the Building, whether or not such penetrations were made with Landlord’s approval; (iii) repair or replace all damaged ceiling tiles, wall coverings and floor coverings to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord; and (iv) repair all damage caused by Tenant to the exterior surface of the Building.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property therefrom.  If Tenant shall fail to surrender to Landlord the Premises, the Building and the Common Area in the condition required by this Section 17.09(a) at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, may remove Tenant’s signs, property and/or improvements not so removed and make such repairs and replacements not so made or hire, at Tenant’s expense, independent contractors to perform such work.  Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in returning the Premises, the Building and the Common Area to the required condition, together with interest thereon at the Agreed Rate from the date incurred by Landlord until paid.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of all costs so incurred (including, without limitation, costs of disposal, storage and insurance), together with interest at the Agreed Rate, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.
 
(b)           If Tenant, without Landlord’s prior written consent, remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration of the Lease Term, then such occupancy shall be a tenancy-at-sufferance on every applicable term, condition and agreement contained herein (including the payment of Additional Rent), except that monthly Base Rent shall be payable at a rate equivalent to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the higher of (i) Base Rent in effect immediately prior to such expiration or (ii) the Fair Market Rent for the Premises at such time.
 

 
46

 

Section 17.10                                  Cumulative Remedies
 
No remedy or election hereunder by Landlord shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.
 
Section 17.11                                  Covenants and Conditions
 
Each provision of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant shall be deemed both a covenant and a condition.
 
Section 17.12                                  Binding Effect; Choice of Law
 
Subject to any provisions hereof restricting assignment or subletting by Tenant and subject to the provisions of Article XVI, this Lease shall bind the parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns.  This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.
 
Section 17.13                                  Lease to be Subordinate
 
Tenant agrees that this Lease is and shall be, at all times, subject and subordinate to (a) the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrances now existing against the Premises, the Building or Lot 1 or the Project, including all modifications, renewals, and extensions thereof, and (b) all ground or underlying leases now existing affecting the Building or Lot 1 or the Project, including all modifications, renewals, and extensions thereof.  Landlord agrees that it shall be an express condition precedent to Tenant’s obligations under this Lease that Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, provide Tenant with subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreements (“ SNDA ”) substantially in the form of Exhibit E from the holder of each mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrances and the ground lessor under any ground lease within sixty (60) days of the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease; provided, however, that if Landlord fails to deliver the SNDA within such time period, then Tenant shall thereafter have the right to terminate this Lease until such time as the SNDA is delivered to Tenant fully executed and acknowledged by Landlord and the holder of each mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrances and the ground lessor under any ground lease.   If, after the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord elects to encumber the Property with a new mortgage, deed of trust or encumbrance or enter into a ground lease affects the Building or  Lot 1, then Tenant shall execute and deliver any commercially reasonable documents confirming the subordination of this Lease within fifteen (15) business days after delivery of same by Landlord, so long as the mortgagee, beneficiary, or ground or underlying Landlord agrees therein that this Lease will not be terminated if Tenant is not in default beyond all applicable notice and cure periods following either the foreclosure of any such mortgage, deed or trust or other encumbrance (or the granting of a deed in lieu thereof) or the termination of any such ground or underlying lease.  Notwithstanding any subordination of this Lease, in the event of either the foreclosure of any such mortgage, deed or trust or other encumbrance (or the granting of a deed in lieu thereof) or the termination of any such ground or underlying lease, Tenant shall attorn to, and become the tenant of, the successor to Landlord (i.e., such mortgagee, beneficiary or other successor to Landlord by foreclosure or deed in lieu thereof, or such ground or underlying Landlord, as the case may be), at the option of such successor to Landlord; provided however, in
 

 
47

 

no event shall any such successor to Landlord (i) be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this Lease except to cure continuing defaults to the extent it has been provided with written notice thereof and an opportunity to cure, (ii) be subject to any offset, defense or counterclaim against Landlord which shall theretofore have accrued to Tenant under this Lease, (iii)  have any obligation with respect to any security deposit, unless the same shall have been paid or physically delivered to such successor, or (iv) be bound by any Rent paid more than one month in advance to Landlord or any prior landlord or owner.
 
Section 17.14                                  Attorneys’ Fees
 
In the event any action or proceeding is brought by any party to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Lease, or if any other action or proceeding is brought arising out of or relating to this Lease, the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be entitled to recover the reasonable fees of its attorneys, experts and arbitrators, and other costs of suit.
 
Section 17.15                                  Signs
 
(a)           Subject to the terms of this Section 17.15, throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall have the exclusive right, at Tenant’s sole expense, to install and maintain Tenant’s company name on the Exterior Building Parapet Sign on the Building located in the location depicted on Exhibit J attached hereto and incorporated herein, so long as Tenant continues to lease at least three (3) full floors of the Building and occupies at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises.
 
(b)           Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 17.15, throughout the Lease Term shall the right to install and maintain (i) Tenant’s company name in the top position on the Project’s pedestrian monument signage, (ii) Tenant’s pro rata share of the lobby wall signage and Tenant’s company name on the lobby directory signage in the Building, and (iii) Tenant’s identification sign in the elevator lobby of the floor on which their main receptionist is located.  Except as set forth above, Tenant shall not place any additional signs outside the Premises (or visible from outside the Premises) without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however, any such signage shall be subject to the terms of this Section 17.15.
 
(c)           Tenant’s identification signage on the exterior of the Building, in the Project Common Areas (including the monument signs) and the Building Common Areas and Tenant’s other signage outside the Premises (or visible from outside the Premises) shall be referred to herein, collectively, as “ Tenant’s Signage .”  All aspects of Tenant’s Signage, including, but not limited to, quality, design, color, style, lighting, size and specifications, as applicable, shall be (i) consistent with Landlord’s signage policy set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto, (ii) subject to Landlord’s prior written approval which Landlord will not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay, (iii) in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes and approvals, and (iv) the Moffett Towers Multi-Tenant Signage Standards Final dated 9/19/08 as approved by the City of Sunnyvale, together with any amendments or supplements thereto.  Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of Tenant’s Signage.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense,
 

 
48

 

remove Tenant’s Signage and repair any damage resulting therefrom.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 17.15, Landlord, at its election, shall have the right to perform any and all installation, maintenance, repair, replacement and removal of Tenant’s Signage and to repair any damage resulting therefrom, in which instance Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the third-party out-of-pocket reasonable cost of such installation, maintenance, repair, replacement, removal and repair within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice.  Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for obtaining all governmental approvals for Tenant’s Signage, provided that Tenant shall not submit any applications or requests for governmental approvals without first obtaining Landlord’s prior written approval thereof (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), and provided further that Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord of all hearings and meetings with any applicable governmental authority regarding Tenant’s applications or requests for governmental approvals not later than two (2) business days prior thereto.  Subject to the foregoing, upon request by Tenant from time to time, Landlord agrees (at no material cost to Landlord that Tenant does not agree in advance to reimburse) to reasonably cooperate with Tenant in connection with Tenant’s efforts to obtain all governmental approvals for Tenant’s Signage, provided that Landlord shall have no obligation (and Tenant shall have no right) to agree to or to comply with any conditions which may be imposed upon Landlord or the Building or Lot 1 or the Project in connection with any governmental approvals for Tenant’s Signage.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the governmental approvals for Tenant’s Signage are not conditions to the validity of this Lease, and in the event Tenant fails to obtain any such approvals, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, except that Tenant shall have no right with respect to Tenant’s Signage which is not so approved.  The rights contained in this Section 17.15 with respect to Tenant’s Signage shall be personal to the originally named Tenant herein (“ Original Tenant ”) or an Affiliate and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or an Affiliate (and not by any other assignee, subtenant or transferee) if the Original Tenant or an Affiliate then occupies the entire Premises.  Should the name of Original Tenant be legally changed or should Tenant’s Signage be assigned to an Affiliate (any such other name referred to herein as a “ New Name ”), Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be entitled to modify Tenant’s name as the same appears on Tenant’s Signage to reflect Tenant’s New Name, so long as Tenant’s New Name is not an objectionable name.  As used herein, the term “ Objectionable Name ” shall mean any name which relates to an entity which is of a character or reputation, or is associated with a political orientation or faction, which is inconsistent with the quality of the Building or Lot 1 or the Project, or which would otherwise reasonably offend a landlord of similar Buildings in the vicinity of the Building.
 
Section 17.16                                  Merger
 
The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, or a termination by Landlord, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subtenancies or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subtenancies.
 
Section 17.17                                  Quiet Possession
 
Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon timely paying the Rent for the Premises and timely observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be
 

 
49

 

observed and performed hereunder, shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the Lease Term, subject to all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease.  The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.
 
Section 17.18                                  Easements
 
Landlord reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant such easements, rights and dedications that Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and to cause the recordation of Parcel Maps and covenants, conditions and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, Maps and covenants, conditions and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of or access to the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights granted hereunder.  Tenant shall sign any of the aforementioned or other documents, and take such other actions, which are reasonably necessary or appropriate to accomplish such granting, recordation and subordination of the Lease to same, upon request of Landlord, and failure to do so within ten (10) business days after a written request to do so shall constitute a material breach of this Lease, provided that Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) necessarily incurred in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 17.18.
 
Section 17.19                                  Authority
 
Each individual executing this Lease on behalf of a corporation, limited liability company or partnership represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of such entity in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the governing group of the entity empowered to grant such authority, and that this Lease is binding upon said entity in accordance with its terms.  Each party shall provide the other with a certified copy of its resolution within thirty (30) days after execution hereof, but failure to do so shall in no manner (i) be evidence of the absence of authority or (ii) affect the representation or warranty.
 
Section 17.20                                  Force Majeure Delays
 
In any case where either party hereto is required to do any act (other than the payment of money), and the performance of such act is prevented, delayed or stopped due to Acts of God or Nature, war, terrorism, civil commotion, fire, flood or other casualty, labor difficulties, shortages of labor or materials or equipment, government regulations, delay by government or regulatory agencies with respect to approval or permit process, unusually severe weather, the time for performance of such act (whether designated by a fixed date, a fixed time or a “reasonable time”) shall be deemed to be extended by the period of such prevention, delay or stoppage.
 
Section 17.21                                  Hazardous Materials
 
(a)            Definition of Hazardous Materials and Environmental Laws
 
Hazardous Materials ” means any chemical, substance, petroleum, pollutant, product, waste or other material of any nature whatsoever (collectively called “ Hazardous Materials ”) subject to regulation pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. sections 9601, et seq.; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. section 1801, et seq.; the Resource Conservation and
 

 
50

 

Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. section 6901, et seq.; the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. sections 2601, et seq.; the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. sections 7401 et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. sections 1251, et seq.; the California Hazardous Waste Control Act, Health and Safety Code sections 25100, et seq.; the California Hazardous Substances Account Act, Health and Safety Code sections 26300, et seq.; the California Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act, Health and Safety Code sections 25249.5, et seq.; California Health and Safety Code sections 25280, et seq. (Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances); the California Hazardous Waste Management Act, Health and Safety Code sections 25170.1, et seq.; California Health and Safety Code sections 25501. et seq. (Hazardous Materials Response Plans and Inventory); California Health and Safety Code sections 25214.9 et seq. (Electronic Waste); or the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act, California Water Code sections 13000, et seq.; all of the foregoing as may be amended from time to time; or any other federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, resolution, code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating, relating to or imposing liability (including, but not limited to, warning, disclosure, management, storage, disposal, release, response, removal and remediation costs) or standards of conduct or performance concerning any Hazardous Material  as now or at any time hereafter may be in effect (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”).
 
(b)            Use of Hazardous Materials
 
Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept or used in, on or about Lot 1 or the Project by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensee, guests, visitors or invitees except as such substances that are required in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business conducted on the Premises or are otherwise approved by Landlord.  Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent so long as Tenant demonstrates to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that such Hazardous Materials and the quantity thereof are necessary or useful to Tenant’s business and will be used, kept and stored in a manner that complies with all applicable Environmental Laws.  Tenant shall, at all times, provide any required warnings or disclosure, and shall use, keep, store, and handle all such Hazardous Materials in or about Lot 1 or the Project in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws.  Tenant shall not treat or dispose of Hazardous Materials at Lot 1 or the Project.  Tenant shall properly dispose of Hazardous Materials at an off-site facility in accordance with Environmental Laws, and shall properly remove all Hazardous Materials used or brought onto Lot 1 or the Project during the Lease Term from Lot 1 or the Project prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.
 

 
51

 

(c)            Landlord’s Representation and Warranty .  Except as disclosed by that certain “Phase I Environmental Site Assessment Parcels 1 and 4 1111 Lockheed Martin Way, Sunnyvale, California Project No. 05-364-A dated July 28, 2005” prepared by Iris Environmental on behalf of Landlord’s affiliate, Jay Paul Company, Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that as of the Effective Date of this Lease, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge:  (a) there has been no release onto or under the Premises, the Building, Lot 1 or the Project of any Hazardous Material in violation of any Environmental Law, and (b) Landlord has not received written notice that the Premises, the Building, Lot 1 or the Project are in violation of any Environmental Law.
 
(d)            Environmental Indemnity .
 
Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any liabilities, losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, attorney fees, expert fees, court costs, remediation costs, investigation costs, or other expenses resulting from or arising out of a breach of this Section 17.21 or the use, storage, treatment, transportation, release, presence, generation, or disposal of Hazardous Materials on, from or about Lot 1 or the Project, and/or subsurface or ground water, after the Delivery Date from an act or omission of Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees, vendors or contractors.
 
(e)            Remediation Obligations
 
If the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises after the Delivery Date is a result from an act or omission of Tenant (or Tenant’s successors), its agents, employees, invitees, vendors, contractors, guests, or visitors and such Hazardous Materials contaminate Lot 1 or the Project or any water or soil beneath Lot 1 or the Project, Tenant shall promptly take all action necessary or appropriate to investigate and remedy that contamination, at its sole cost and expense, provided that Landlord’s consent to such action shall first be obtained, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.
 
(f)            Notification
 
Landlord and Tenant each agree to promptly notify the other of (i) any release of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises, the Building or Lot 1, and (ii) any communication received from any governmental entity concerning Hazardous Materials or the violation of Environmental Laws that relate to Lot 1.
 
Section 17.22                                  Intentionally Deleted.
 
Section 17.23                                  Brokers
 
Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, except for the Broker defined in the Basic Terms, and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission or finder’s fee in connection with this Lease.  Each party shall indemnify, protect, defend, and hold harmless the other party against all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, and costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any leasing commission, finder’s fee, or equivalent compensation alleged to be owning on
 

 
52

 

account of the indemnifying party’s dealings with any real estate broker or agent.  Landlord shall pay a commission to the Broker pursuant to the terms of a separate written agreement.
 
Section 17.24                                  Survival
 
All covenants and obligations arising out of this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and shall remain outstanding until satisfied in full.
 
Section 17.25                                  Rooftop Communications Equipment
 
(a)            Roof Space .  Landlord agrees to permit Tenant to utilize sufficient and suitable space on the roof of the Building (“ Roof Space ”) throughout the Lease Term and any extensions thereof for the purpose of installing, using, maintaining or replacing, or cause a carrier, vendor or other operator selected by Tenant to install, maintain and replace, on the Roof Space at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, certain telecommunications and other rooftop equipment (“ Equipment ”).  Landlord also agrees that Tenant may run cables (“ Cables ”) related to the use of such Equipment between the Roof Space and the Premises.  It shall be a condition precedent to the ability of Tenant to install such Equipment and/or Cables on the Roof Space that plans and specifications therefore have received written consent thereto by Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.  So long as the Equipment and Cables are used for the sole benefit of Tenant and its assignees, subtenants, guests and invitees in their operations at the Premises and no third party revenue is derived for such Equipment and Cables, there shall be no additional monthly rental fees charged to Tenant for its use of the Roof Space.
 
(b)            Possession; Removal .  The Equipment and Cables shall remain the property of the Tenant or Tenant’s contractors at all times.  Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove such Equipment and Cables upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease and, to the extent reasonably possible, Tenant shall restore the Roof Space to substantially its condition immediately preceding installation of the Equipment, excepting ordinary wear and tear, acts of God, casualties, condemnation, obsolescence, and repairs that are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord under this Lease.
 
(c)            Access .  Landlord shall allow Tenant reasonable access to the Roof Space and other areas of the Building so as to facilitate the installation, use and maintenance of the Equipment and Cables, and the removal of the Equipment pursuant to the terms of this Section 17.25.
 
(d)            Indemnity .  Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against liability, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Landlord to the extent caused by Tenant’s installation, use and maintenance of the Equipment and Cables.
 
Section 17.26                                  Right of First Offer
 
(a)            Grant .  Subject to the terms of this Section 17.26, Landlord grants to Tenant during the Right of First Offer Term a continuous right of first offer (“ Right of First Offer ”) to lease any space which is available for lease on the fifth (5 th ) floor of the Building (“ Available Space ”).  For the purposes of this Section 17.26, such space shall not be deemed
 

 
53

 

available for lease, and this Right of First Offer shall not apply, if the space in question is already leased to a tenant thereof who leases or re-leases such space pursuant to any right to extend the term of its lease or expand the size of its premises agreed upon by Landlord and such tenant as of the date of this Lease (the “Superior Rights”).  Landlord represents and warrants that all such Superior Rights, if any, are described in Exhibit K to this Lease.
 
(b)            Term .  The term of the Right of First Offer (“ Right of First Offer Term ”) shall commence on the Commencement Date and shall terminate on the Expiration Date or the expiration of any applicable Extended Term.
 
(c)            Covenants of Landlord .  Subject to the conditions precedent established by subsection (f) below, if at any time during the Right of First Offer Term Landlord decides to offer any Available Space for lease, Landlord shall first provide Tenant with a written notice (“ Offer Notice ”) detailing (i) the rent at which said Available Space is being offered, (ii) the rentable square footage and location thereof, (iii) the date the Available Space will become available and (iv) all other terms upon which Landlord proposes to lease the Available Space to Tenant including, without limitation, the tenant improvement allowance and all rent concessions.
 
(d)            Exercise of Tenant’s Right of First Offer.   Subject to the conditions precedent established by subsection (f) below, Tenant may exercise Tenant’s Right of First Offer to lease all (but not less than all) of the Available Space described in the Offer Notice by providing Landlord with written notice (“ Acceptance Notice ”) thereof within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of the Offer Notice.  If Tenant does not exercise its Right of First Offer within said ten (10) business day period, then (i) Tenant shall, if Landlord desires to lease less than all of the Available Space, first have a further right to lease the smaller Available Space under this Right of First Offer, and (ii) Landlord shall thereafter be free to lease the entirety of the Available Space to anyone; provided, however, that if Landlord offers the Available Space at a rental rate which is less than ninety percent (90%) of the effective rental rate specified in the Offer Notice (taking into account differences in tenant improvement allowances and free rent periods) for a lease for the same number of years as is specified in the Offer Notice within ninety (90) days after the date on which Landlord has delivered the Offer Notice to Tenant, then Tenant’s First Offer shall again be applicable to Available Space.
 
(e)            Conditions to Right of First Offer .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 17.26, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an Offer Notice, and Tenant shall have no right to exercise Tenant’s Right of First Offer, if:  (i) Tenant is in default beyond all applicable notice and cure periods either:  (a) at the time Landlord seeks to lease the Available Space in question, or at the time Tenant seeks to give Landlord an Acceptance Notice, whichever, is relevant, or (b) upon the date Tenant seeks to take possession of the Available Space referenced in the Offer Notice, (ii) Tenant has assigned this Lease or sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the rentable space located in the Premises to a party other than an Affiliate, (iii) Tenant then occupies less than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises or (iv) Tenant has received more than three (3) notices of default from Landlord during the Term of this Lease.  Tenant’s Right of First Offer shall be personal to Tenant and Tenant’s Affiliate and shall not be transferable with any assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises.
 

 
54

 

(f)            Terms for Right of First Offer .  In the event that Tenant exercises Tenant’s Right of First Offer, Tenant’s occupancy of the Available Space taken shall be on all of the same terms and conditions described in the Offer Notice.  In such event, Tenant’s Share due hereunder and the number of parking spaces available to Tenant shall also be adjusted accordingly.
 
(g)            Amendment to Lease .  Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to execute an amendment to this Lease (“ Lease Amendment ”) prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Available Space in question.  The Lease Amendment shall specify, among other things, the Rent, date of occupancy, increase in Tenant’s Share and square footage of the Available Space taken in connection with Tenant’s exercise of Tenant’s Right of First Offer.  If Tenant does not execute such a Lease Amendment within fifteen (15) business days after the date on which it provides Landlord with the Acceptance Notice, then, at Landlord’s option, Tenant’s rights hereunder shall be void and terminated, but, otherwise, a valid exercise of Tenant’s Right of First Offer shall be fully effective, whether or not such amendment is executed.
 
Section 17.27                                  List of Exhibits
 
EXHIBIT A
Real Property Legal Description, Project Site Plan and Premises Floor Plan
EXHIBIT B
Memorandum of Commencement of Lease Term and Schedule of Base Rent
EXHIBIT C
Work Letter Agreement for Tenant Improvements and Interior Specification Standards
EXHIBIT D
Signage Exhibit
EXHIBIT E
SNDA
EXHIBIT F
Estoppel Certificate
EXHIBIT G
Rules and Regulations
EXHIBIT H
Shipping/Loading Access
EXHIBIT I
Intentionally Deleted
EXHIBIT J
Sign Locations
EXHIBIT K
Superior Rights
 
The registrant agrees to funish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit.
 
 
LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH HAS CAREFULLY READ AND HAS REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL OF ITS OWN CHOOSING AS TO EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN AND, BY EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE, SHOWS ITS INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO.  EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.
 
 
Executed at Sunnyvale, California, as of the reference date.
 

 
55

 

 

 
(Signatures continued on next page)
 

 
56

 


LANDLORD:
MT SPE, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
 
By:           Moffett Towers, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Its:           Sole Member
 
By:           Moffett Towers Management Inc., a Delaware corporation
Its:           Managing Member
 
By:  /s/ Jay Paul              
Jay Paul, President
ADDRESS:
c/o Jay Paul Company
350 California Street, Suite 1905
San Francisco, CA 94104-1432
TENANT:
RAMBUS INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Michael Schroeder        
Name:    Michael Schroeder
(Type or Print Name)
 
Title: Vice President,  Human Resources and Facilities                                                              
ADDRESS:
4440 El Camino Real
Los Altos, CA 94022
Attn:  Director of Global Facilities and Real Estate
(Before Commencement Date)
 
1040 Enterprise Way
Sunnyvale, California 94089
Attn: Director of Global Facilities and Real Estate
(After Commencement Date)
 


 
57

 



Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

Rambus Delaware LLC
Rambus Deutschland GmbH (Germany)
Rambus International Ltd.
Rambus K.K. (Japan)
Rambus (Grand Cayman Islands, BWI)
Rambus Chip Technologies (India) Private Limited
Rambus Korea, Inc. (Korea)


 

 
 

 

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-28597, 333-38855, 333-67457, 333-93427, 333-48730, 333-52158, 333-86140, 333-103789, 333-115015, 333-124513, 333-146770 and 333-159516) of Rambus Inc., of our report dated February 25, 2010 relating to the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, California
February 25, 2010

 
 

 





Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Harold Hughes, certify that:
 
 
1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Rambus Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 
Date: February 25, 2010
   
 
By:            /s/ Harold Hughes                                            
 
Name:           Harold Hughes
 
Title:           Chief Executive Officer and President


 
 

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO RULE 13A-14(A) AND RULE 15D-14(A)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Satish Rishi, certify that:
 
1.  I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Rambus Inc.;
 
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


 
Date: February 25, 2010
   
 
By:            /s/ Satish Rishi  
 
Name:           Satish Rishi
 
Title:           Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer

 
 

 

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Harold Hughes, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Rambus Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Rambus Inc.

Date: February 25, 2010

 
By:             /s/ Harold Hughes                                            
 
Name:           Harold Hughes
 
Title:           Chief Executive Officer and President


 
 

 


Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Satish Rishi, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual Report of Rambus Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of Rambus Inc.

Date: February 25, 2010

 
By:            /s/ Satish Rishi  
 
Name:           Satish Rishi
 
Title:           Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer